Inbox News: September 2025 - Issue 646

Week Three September 2025 (Sept. 15-21)

First Manly Penguin Chicks for Spring 2025

Friends of Manly Penguins [posted on their Instagram account on Saturday morning, September 20:

''We have 2 new tiny fluffy chicks in our colony!  

Is this not the cutest family portrait EVER?! 


Mum, dad, and our two chicks!! We reckon we might need to call them Waddle and Daisy as we heard some children at North Harbour Preschool have a penguin mascot called ‘Waddle Daisy’.''

''This is the first set of chicks for the season and it’s quite likely that mum and dad will have 2 more chicks this season. Mum and dad take turns each day to look after the chicks - did you know that penguins are such great co-parents?''

We can’t wait to follow their parenting journey..''

"Friends of Manly Penguins" is a group of dedicated volunteers, known as Manly Penguin Wardens, who protect Manly's Little Penguin colony, the last mainland colony in NSW. They patrol foreshore areas at dusk to ensure penguins can safely return to their nests, and also monitor for predators and marine hazards.

A few years back the news service ran some insights into this program, penned by one of their dedicated volunteers, Taylor Springett after she'd received recognition for her dedication to these little aquatic birds. 


The above Screenshots from their Instagram account. 

You can follow @friendsofmanlypenguins to keep up to date with warden activities and Little Penguins at Manly.

And remember, they may have joined by another little penguin after the Fairy penguin found on Pacific Highway was returned to Local Pacific ocean waters at the end of August.

Tom Myers Takes Out Men's Ride of the Year in 2024/25 Big Wave Challenge

Freshwater Boardriders Club president Tom Myers has won the Men's Ride of the Year in the 2025 Big Wave Challenge.

The awards ceremony were held at the Lido Theater in Newport Beach, California on September 13, 2025 US time, with Bill Sharp as MC. Bill is co-producer of HBO’s 100-Foot Wave, which collected two Emmy’s last week, one for Outstanding Cinematography for a Nonfiction Program and another for Outstanding Documentary or Nonfiction Series.

Tom Myers accepting his award from Bill Sharp

“I work two jobs,” Tom laughed as he accepted the award. “Not really the time to be chasing swells. So for a purple blob to pop up, to call in sick to work and just go surfing — for that to happen like this is just absolutely incredible. Thank you so much to Bill Sharp and all you legends for putting this evening on and keeping the lights on in big wave surfing.”

Tom's two jobs, as a carpenter and as a firefighter, won Men’s Ride Of The Year at the 2025 Big Wave Challenge for the first of the two massive waves he caught at the Queenscliff bombie, which also secured him deals Florence Marine X, Pyzel and Veia, all associated with BIG waves.

Tom took out the Manly's Aloha Surf Shop Wave of the Winter in the last week of August. After the presentation, in an interview with Sydney Surf Daily's Steve Harrison, Harro asked ''where does it start for Tommy Myers to be a big wave legend, is there one session you can pin it on?''

Tom said,  ''just getting pumped at Deadies over and over and realising it's not as bad as you think it is and you can do this. You just get flogged so many times that your mind tells you it's not as bad as you think it is and you realise you can do it.''

The video, shot by Essa Staszewska, went viral in April, records him conquering a 5m wave on Good Friday this year, in one of the biggest swells to ever hit Manly's Queenscliff at Deadman's.

Deadman's is known for powerful, hollow, heavy waves. It only breaks on large swells, sometimes only a few times a year, and is considered one of Sydney's gnarliest and most unforgiving waves, requiring highly experienced and committed surfers. 

The 33-year-old dad of two, with another on the way, said in a recent Stab magazine piece, “It’s nice hearing nice words about you, but I’m not about to start a YouTube channel,” 

“I love my family, and I love surfing, and I just want to keep my head down. Though if I could get a sticker on the nose of my board that would help me chase a few more big swells, well, I wouldn’t knock it back, would I?”

Tom had had a contract with Quiksilver when younger but said, although he loves big waves, he couldn't see a way to make a living out of it. 

“There were no Nic von Rupps, Nathan Florences, or Chumbos buying sick pads with big contracts. Eventually, I gave up on that dream, trained as a carpenter, joined the Fire Brigade, bought a house, and just focused on family, work, and the waves at home. Ten years on, it’s come full circle.”

At the Saturday evening awards presentation, Tom first sent his love to his two youngsters and wife Jess (they will soon have 3 under 5 years of age) then said he can't believe the names his is now etched into history alongside and he is 'so honoured to be a part of this. 

He also thanked his new sponsors, and hoped they'd allow him to see more of the people he was among that night, surfing big waves around the planet.

Tom closed in saying, ''Thank you to all my family and all my friends and everyone watching back home in Sydney. The outpouring of support has just been amazing, so thank you very much.''

Other winner’s at the awards included 23-year-old Slebir who won the Biggest Wave honour for the wave at Mavericks which has been touted as possibly the biggest to ever be ridden.

A number of waves at Jaws (Maui) took top honours including Wilem Banks’ Biggest Paddle award, Ty Simpson-Kane’s Wipeout of the Year and Michaela Fregonese’s Ride of the Year and Biggest Wave honours.
 
Big wave stalwarts Lucas ‘Chumbo’ Chianca and Justine Dupont were honoured with Surfer of the Year Awards.
Full list below.

But first - that wave!


2025 BIG WAVE CHALLENGE WINNERS
MEN’S RIDE OF THE YEAR
Tom Myers at Queenscliff Bombie, Australia. Video by Essa Staszewska

WOMEN’S RIDE OF THE YEAR
Michaela Fregonese at Jaws, Hawaii. Video by Vincent Kardasik

MEN’S BIGGEST WAVE
Alo Slebir at Mavericks, California. Video by Blakeney Sanford. Photo by Frank Quirarte
Estimated face size: 76 feet

WOMEN’S BIGGEST WAVE
Michaela Fregonese at Jaws, Hawaii. Video by Vincent Kardasik. Photo by Erik Aeder
MEN’S PADDLE
Wilem Banks at Jaws, Hawaii. Video by Carlo Carbajal. Photo by Erik Aeder

WOMEN’S PADDLE
Domi Charrier at Punta de Lobos, Chile. Video by Jorge Calderon. Photo by Rodrigo Farias

WIPEOUT OF THE YEAR 
Ty Simpson-Kane at Jaws, Hawaii. Video by Sofie Louca

MEN’S SURFER OF THE YEAR
Lucas Chianca (Rio de Janeiro, Brazil)

WOMEN’S SURFER OF THE YEAR
Justine Dupont (Seignosse, France)

YOUNG GUN (under 18)
Kamiel Deraeve (Oostende, Belgium)

VIDEOGRAPHERS OF THE YEAR
Marcus Rodrigues & Carlo Carbajal

ALTERNATIVE SURF CRAFT RIDE OF THE YEAR
Lucas Fink at Jaws, Hawaii.

Grae Morris Crowned U23 iQFOiL World Champion

Sunday September 14
report by Australian Sailing Team
Sydney sailor Grae Morris has been crowned iQFOiL Under 23 World Champion in Portimão, Portugal, after an incredible week of racing. Morris dominated the fleet, winning 14 of the 19 qualifying races to secure his place directly in the Grand Final. In the race-to-two-wins format, he was granted one win as series leader, fell short in the opening race, but came back firing in the second race to seal victory and the championship. 

“I am super happy to take away the title since it's my last year of under 23,” shared Grae. “It’s a super awesome way to finish the international season, finishing on a high, and I’ve learnt a lot to bring back home and to work out before my next regatta.” 

Grae Morris with Trophy CREDIT Sailing Energy

Over six days of competition, athletes faced a full gamut of conditions, from strong winds to lighter, shifty breezes across three formats: Course Racing, Sprint Slalom, and Upwind Sprint. 

“We got lots of racing done in a short amount of time, so it revo was superefficient,” explained Grae. “I just managed to keep on my toes for all of it and have a pretty good scorecard leading up to the medal race, where I had a tough first race trying to figure out what the course was like and made a few mistakes. But instantly as I finished that race, I knew what I needed to do in my second attempt to pull it off, and I executed that to the best of my abilities, which gave me the win.” 

It’s been a standout 2025 international season for Grae, who now returns to Australia more determined than ever. “I'd say it's been a pretty good year, a long year of lots of learnings and very happy to finish the season witha win and looking forward to next year to see where I can bring this into hopefully many more wins on the international fleet.” 

Grae Morris in action at CREDIT Sailing Energy 

Coach Arthur Brett praised Morris’ achievements, noting both his results and his youth. “Grae has had a big year with wins in Cadiz, Palma and a second in Hyeres. It is easy to forget that he is still only 21.” 

He also underlined the importance of racing opportunities like this one. “Living and training in Australia is awesome but we are starved of large regattas to build his race craft. We are determined to expose ourselves to the range of pressures associated with the travel and high-level competitions to ensure there is genuine race hardness.” 

Arthur continued, “The Under 23 World Championship has been another blue-ribbon opportunity to deal with this. Grae continues to build his experience and sharpen his tactical nous in the intense and unforgiving medal race format.  

His composure in the final medal race was a pleasure to witness.” 

Heading back in Australia, where spring marks the start of the traditional sailing season, the Australian Sailing Team is preparing to make the most of prime training conditions, testing themselves at domestic regattas, and building momentum toward the 2026 international season, all with an eye on LA 2028. 

Australian Sailing Team (AST), Australian Sailing Futures (ASF) and other Australian (AUS) results at the U23 iQFOiL World Championship: 
 
iQFOiL Men – 95 Entries 
1st - Grae Morris (AST) 
26th- Joseph Folley (ASF) 
57th - Benjamin Robinson (AUS)  


Grae Morris wins a 'yes!' moment. CREDIT Sailing Energy

Opportunities:

Hugh Jackman backs the return of Australia’s acting training to Western Sydney

Western Sydney is set to reclaim its place at the forefront of actor training with the return of the prestigious Bachelor of Performing Arts (Acting), delivered by Western Sydney University and Actors Centre Australia (ACA) – part of the MindChamps group.

After a hiatus of 18 years, the iconic training ground of some of the world’s best actors is returning to the region. Building on the legacy of Theatre Nepean – whose distinguished alumni include Joel Edgerton, David Wenham, Yvonne Strahovski, and Celeste Barber – the new program will offer students dynamic and industry-relevant experience.

The partnership was celebrated at a special event on 25 August 2025 at the University’s Parramatta South campus, attended by Western Sydney University’s Vice-Chancellor and President, Distinguished Professor George Williams AO, Chairman of ACA and Founder and CEO of MindChamps, David Chiem, and industry representatives.

The Bachelor of Performing Arts (Acting) will be delivered by the School of Humanities and Communication Arts in partnership with ACA – a leading institution with a more than a 35-year heritage of excellence in actor training and whose storied alumni include Hugh Jackman, Daniel Henshall, Harriet Dyer, Emma Harvie and many others. This professional degree taught at the University’s Kingswood campus will offer students an immersive, conservatory-style education, commencing in Semester 1, 2026.

Vice-Chancellor and President, Distinguished Professor George Williams AO, said the University was proud to bring back world-class performing arts training to Western Sydney and to support the next generation of creative leaders.

“Western Sydney has a proud record of producing world leading creative artists, and this investment by the University recognises that our region deserves its own dedicated, world-class performing arts program,” said Professor Williams.

“This landmark program honours the legacy of Theatre Nepean and, combined with ACA’s industry-driven training model, will produce highly skilled graduates ready for the demands of today’s exciting creative industries."

“With deep connections to the Australian theatre and entertainment industries, and real-world learning through internships, guest lectures, and student productions, this program will support diverse talent from our region and equip them to thrive locally and globally.”

David Chiem, Chairman of ACA and Founder and Chairman of MindChamps, who is also an alumnus of the University, highlighted we are living through an era of unprecedented transformation, as AI reshapes every industry, including the performing arts.

“In such a world, the ability to think creatively, adapt fearlessly, and connect deeply with others will become more valuable than ever. This degree fuses the craft of acting with the neuroscience of the Champion Mindset, empowering our graduates to see opportunities where others see nothing, to mind-judo challenges into stepping stones, and to thrive in an AI-dominated future as authentic storytellers, innovators, and leaders,” said Mr Chiem.

Hugh Jackman, ACA Patron and Alumnus said:

“This partnership between Actors Centre Australia and Western Sydney University is a game changer for the Australian arts education sector. I am an alumnus of Actors Centre, and both of these institutions are powerhouses, but together, they're going to create an educational environment for students to thrive, and they are going to enter the industry way above industry standards.”

The program features 20 intensive core subjects focused on stage and screen performance, and four electives of complementary skills. It integrates traditional acting technique with the opportunity to learn from performance, industry expertise and the latest insights from performance research, including neuroscience and cognitive studies.

This approach empowers students to unlock their full creative potential, building the confidence, adaptability and vision to thrive in the challenging new world of AI and shifting models of new and established media, as authentic storytellers and leaders.

Students will enter through audition-based admission and have access to world-class facilities, elective flexibility, and built-in opportunities for internships, mentorships, and industry collaboration.

Applications for this program will close 17 October 2025.

For more information about the Bachelor of Performing Arts (Acting), please visit the webpage

She’s Electric competition is back with $10K on the line!

The Hyundai She’s Electric compettion is returning for a fourth season, offering female surfers across Australia, aged 14 and over, the opportunity to showcase their talent in this exciting online competition. Surfing Australia and Hyundai are proud to continue their mission to recognise and amplify grassroots female athletes on a national scale, this year allowing females between 14-16 years old to join as well. By uploading a video of your best wave, you could win a share of $33,200 worth of prizes.

Simply record yourself surfing your best wave and submit it for the chance to win weekly prizes and join Hyundai Team Electric. These athletes will gain access to expert coaching and national exposure. The top scorer will walk away with $10,000 in cash.

Female surfers are invited to submit their best wave clips to be judged by Surfing Australia’s panel of female experts. The competition runs until October 17, with the Top 5 finalists to be announced as Hyundai Team Electric. These athletes will receive invaluable support and exposure, including professional coaching and media opportunities, helping them advance to the top levels of the sport.

Hyundai Team Electric: Training, prizes, and national spotlight

At the end of Season 4, the Top 5 athletes will join Hyundai Team Electric and attend a three-day intensive surf camp at the Hyundai Surfing Australia High Performance Centre (HPC) . The camp will include surf analysis form some of Australia’s top surf coaches, surf-specific workshops, and workshops led by surfing icons and pioneers of women’s surfing.

Team Electric will then compete in a knockout surf-off, with the overall winner taking home $10,000 cash. Athletes placing 2nd–5th will each receive $1000 in prize money.

Season 4 also marks the return of the Hyundai Bright Spark award, given weekly to a surfer who demonstrates enthusiasm, courage, and commitment, no matter how long or short their ride lasts. The award aims to encourage surfers of all abilities to enjoy the process, commit to wipeouts, and have fun along the way. Each Hyundai Bright Spark winner will receive an MF x Laura Enever Collection Palm Springs surfboard, valued at over $700.

Paving the way for future female surfing talent

Hyundai She’s Electric is designed to elevate and inspire the next generation of female surfers, providing them with the tools, exposure, and support to reach their full potential. The program celebrates the diversity and skill of women’s surfing across Australia, offering athletes the opportunity to connect with some of the country’s best coaches and surfing icons.

Last year’s winner of Hyundai She’s Electric, India Robinson, said: “I love seeing more opportunities for females, especially in the surfing space. My biggest passion outside of surfing is inspiring and empowering the next generation of females, so I love everything about this. Although not everyone can win, everyone can participate, and that is so important. Building a space for more girls to feel welcome in the surfing community. I’m looking forward to seeing some of the up and coming talent, hopefully, we can all have a good time and showcase some really good surfing.”

Surfing Australia Manager of Boardrider Clubs and Judging, Glen Elliott, said: “This initiative has been instrumental in showcasing the extraordinary talent we have in women’s surfing. The online format, introduced last year, provides more surfers, regardless of their location, the opportunity to participate and be discovered. The standard of entries continues to rise each year, and we’re incredibly excited to see what Season 3 brings.”

Join the competition and learn more

Athlete profiles, competition updates, and wave submissions will be featured throughout the competition on Surfing Australia’s Instagram. Stay tuned for the official announcement of the Top 5 athletes later this year. For full details on how to enter, and to follow the journey of Hyundai Team Electric, visit the Surfing Australia website.

Ready to make your mark? 

Submit your best wave now for a chance to join Hyundai Team Electric, win amazing prizes, and gain national exposure. Whether you’re a seasoned pro or just love the thrill of surfing, Hyundai She’s Electric is for you!

Conditions apply, visit https://surfingaustralia.com/sheselectric for full Terms and Conditions and prize details. 

I'm with the Band: Music Comp.

East Coast Car Rentals are giving grassroots artists the chance to take their music on the road - and into the spotlight  with an opportunity to secure $2,000 cash, $10,000 PR package, and car hire to get you from gig to gig. 

If you’re a busker or artist lighting up street corners with talent, hustle and a love for performing, they want to hear from you.

Apply now before 30th Sep- https://bit.ly/47msb5s

Remember to read the Terms and Conditions before applying.

Open Mic at Palm Beach

Come on down this Sunday from 2–5pm for our Open Mic Afternoon — happening every last Sunday of the month!

Show off your talent, enjoy great vibes, and be part of a supportive local music scene. Don’t miss it!

Club Palm Beach

Financial help for young people

Concessions and financial support for young people.

Includes:

  • You could receive payments and services from Centrelink: Use the payment and services finder to check what support you could receive.
  • Apply for a concession Opal card for students: Receive a reduced fare when travelling on public transport.
  • Financial support for students: Get financial help whilst studying or training.
  • Youth Development Scholarships: Successful applicants will receive $1000 to help with school expenses and support services.
  • Tertiary Access Payment for students: The Tertiary Access Payment can help you with the costs of moving to undertake tertiary study.
  • Relocation scholarship: A once a year payment if you get ABSTUDY or Youth Allowance if you move to or from a regional or remote area for higher education study.
  • Get help finding a place to live and paying your rent: Rent Choice Youth helps young people aged 16 to 24 years to rent a home.

Visit: https://www.nsw.gov.au/living-nsw/young-people/young-people-financial-help

School Leavers Support

Explore the School Leavers Information Kit (SLIK) as your guide to education, training and work options in 2022;
As you prepare to finish your final year of school, the next phase of your journey will be full of interesting and exciting opportunities. You will discover new passions and develop new skills and knowledge.

We know that this transition can sometimes be challenging. With changes to the education and workforce landscape, you might be wondering if your planned decisions are still a good option or what new alternatives are available and how to pursue them.

There are lots of options for education, training and work in 2022 to help you further your career. This information kit has been designed to help you understand what those options might be and assist you to choose the right one for you. Including:
  • Download or explore the SLIK here to help guide Your Career.
  • School Leavers Information Kit (PDF 5.2MB).
  • School Leavers Information Kit (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • The SLIK has also been translated into additional languages.
  • Download our information booklets if you are rural, regional and remote, Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander, or living with disability.
  • Support for Regional, Rural and Remote School Leavers (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for Regional, Rural and Remote School Leavers (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • Support for Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander School Leavers (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander School Leavers (DOCX 1.1MB).
  • Support for School Leavers with Disability (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for School Leavers with Disability (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • Download the Parents and Guardian’s Guide for School Leavers, which summarises the resources and information available to help you explore all the education, training, and work options available to your young person.

School Leavers Information Service

Are you aged between 15 and 24 and looking for career guidance?

Call 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337).

SMS 'SLIS2022' to 0429 009 435.

Our information officers will help you:
  • navigate the School Leavers Information Kit (SLIK),
  • access and use the Your Career website and tools; and
  • find relevant support services if needed.
You may also be referred to a qualified career practitioner for a 45-minute personalised career guidance session. Our career practitioners will provide information, advice and assistance relating to a wide range of matters, such as career planning and management, training and studying, and looking for work.

You can call to book your session on 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337) Monday to Friday, from 9am to 7pm (AEST). Sessions with a career practitioner can be booked from Monday to Friday, 9am to 7pm.

This is a free service, however minimal call/text costs may apply.

Call 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337) or SMS SLIS2022 to 0429 009 435 to start a conversation about how the tools in Your Career can help you or to book a free session with a career practitioner.

All downloads and more available at: www.yourcareer.gov.au/school-leavers-support

Word Of The Week: Detail

Word of the Week remains a keynote in 2025, simply to throw some disruption in amongst the 'yeah-nah' mix. 

Noun 

1. an individual fact or item. 2. a small detachment of troops or police officers given a special duty.

Verb

1. give full information about. 2. assign (someone) to undertake a particular task. 3. clean (a motor vehicle) thoroughly.

Originating c. 1600, "attention to particulars," from French détail, from Old French detail "small piece or quantity," literally "a cutting in pieces," from detaillier "cut in pieces" (12c.), from de- "entirely" (see de-) + taillier "to cut in pieces" (tailor- clothes).

French en détail "piece by piece, item by item" (as opposed to en gros), a commercial term used where we would today use retail, expanded the senses of the noun. Meaning "a minute account or narrative" is from 1690s; that of "an individual part, a particular" is from 1786. In fine arts, "a small, subordinate part," by 1823.

Military sense of "selection of an individual or body of troops for a particular service" is from 1708, from the notion of "distribution in detail of the daily orders first given in general," including assignment of specific duties.

From early 17th century (in the sense ‘minor items or events regarded collectively’): from French détail (noun), détailler (verb), from dé- (expressing separation) + tailler ‘to cut’ (based on Latin talea ‘twig, cutting’).

Detail: Sea lions can hold their breath for 8 to 20 minutes, though some species, like our Australian sea lions, can manage up to 12 minutes, and Steller sea lions can hold theirs for up to 16 minutes. This is due to a high tolerance for carbon dioxide and specialised adaptations like nostril muscles that keep them sealed underwater, allowing them to dive to significant depths in search of food.  

Elephant seals stay at sea for between 2 and 8 months and dive continuously, spending 90% of their time underwater and averaging 20 minutes per dive with less than 3 minutes at the surface between dives. Their maximum dive duration is about 2 hours and they routinely feed at depths between 300 and 600 meters (980 and 1,970 feet). Beaked whales have been found to routinely dive to forage at depths between 835 and 1,070 meters (2,740 and 3,510 feet), and remain submerged for about 50 minutes. Their maximum recorded depth is 1,888 meters (6,194 feet), and the maximum duration is 85 minutes.

Emperor penguins regularly dive to depths of 400 to 500 meters (1,300 to 1,600 feet) for 4 to 5 minutes, often dive for 8 to 12 minutes, and have a maximum endurance of about 22 minutes. 

The Australian saltwater crocodile can hold its breath for over 7 hours and up to 8 hours.


Southern elephant seal. Photo: Sascha Grabow

Young people in England and Australia are supposedly poor at learning languages – our research shows this isn’t true

Rawpixel.com/Shutterstock
Abigail ParrishUniversity of SheffieldAnnamaria PaolinoEdith Cowan University, and Louisa FieldUniversity of Sydney

Australia and England are both multicultural countries where hundreds of languages are spoken. However, in both, levels of language learning at school are worryingly low.

Australia has seen a major downturn in language learning. In 2021, fewer than 10% of students in year 12 – the final year of compulsory education – were studying a language.

Exam entry figures for England show the numbers of young people taking languages at GCSE is stabilising to some degree. However, since 2004, when a language subject was made optional after the age of 16, there has been a decrease of 35%.

In both countries, the lack of a strong language learning culture contributes to low enrolment and achievement rates in foreign language education. That both countries are English-speaking also leads to the idea that there is limited use in learning additional languages, because English is so widely spoken worldwide.

This has resulted in the perception that inhabitants of both Australia and England are poor language learners.

Appetite to learn

Our research suggests this is not necessarily true. There is an appetite for language learning among young people in both countries, along with support from their parents. However, challenges such as harsh grading and teacher recruitment problems have meant this doesn’t always translate into full classrooms.

As fewer young people take languages after the ages of 14 and 16, there is a knock-on effect at degree level and beyond. This affects the supply of new language teachers.

Australian educators consistently argue that making language learning compulsory for longer is vital to increasing participation in language subjects. However, research by one of us (Abigail) in England indicates that students who choose to study a language are more motivated than those for whom it is compulsory.

European languages have traditionally dominated language teaching in both countries. However, in England, Wales and Northern Ireland, GCSE entries in “other modern languages” – any language other than French, German, Irish, Spanish and Welsh – are rising. In Wales, government initiatives are attempting to secure the Welsh language learning pipeline from early years all the way to university, in addition to making Welsh more visible in media and daily life.

Numerous attempts have been made to improve Australia’s Asian language capacities, in an effort to strengthen regional ties. Despite over $337 million AUD (adjusted for inflation) of investment in government programs, the past 20 years have seen a continued decline in numbers studying Asian languages there. Only Korean has seen any growth – but this can mostly be attributed to the rise of K-pop, rather than any Australian government initiative.

Students round a table
Focusing on what interests students could be a successful strategy. Rawpixel.com/Shutterstock

This musical phenomenon, along with other cultural exports such as the Netflix series Squid Game and the film Parasite, has seen interest in the Korean language grow globally.

Both England and Australia could use these successes to capitalise on language learning potential. Some Australian schools are already making the most of this wave of Korean popularity, called hallyu, to entice as many students as possible to the subject – but the language is not available as a school subject in England.

Australia is also taking steps to revitalise the teaching of Indigenous languages and to ensure their survival with future generations. Prior to colonisation, more than 250 Indigenous languages and 800 dialects were spoken throughout Australia. But a 2013 survey found only approximately 123 were in use, with only 12 being considered “strong”.

Australian primary students in particular have expressed a desire to learn Indigenous languages. This desire was also reflected in Louisa’s PhD data collection, with one university student saying: “If we have a look [at the languages spoken] internally, before we look externally, I think we’ll find a lot more answers, because there’s a wealth of resources here.”

This reflects a growing appetite among young people in Australia to learn Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander languages as part of a more locally grounded education.

Through our work, we feel strongly that educators should listen more closely to what students are saying they want, rather than taking the well-worn route of telling them to learn a language for economic or strategic reasons.

By listening more closely to the interests and goals of young people in schools, we can start to provide teaching which supports their need for autonomy – even if, in the short-to-medium term, systemic problems such as the supply of teachers and resources also need to be addressed.

Students need to see the benefits of learning a language for themselves, and have the opportunity to connect with a language on their own terms. Louisa’s PhD thesis asked language students in Australia about improving language participation. As one participant answered, students need to realise “what a cool life they’re going to have from knowing a language”.The Conversation

Abigail Parrish, Lecturer in Languages Education, University of SheffieldAnnamaria Paolino, Lecturer/Researcher in Languages Education, Edith Cowan University, and Louisa Field, Languages education researcher, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

New entanglement breakthrough links cores of atoms, brings quantum computers closer

Andrea MorelloUNSW Sydney

Quantum entanglement — once dismissed by Albert Einstein as “spooky action at a distance” — has long captured the public imagination and puzzled even seasoned scientists.

But for today’s quantum practitioners, the reality is rather more mundane: entanglement is a kind of connection between particles that is the quintessential feature of quantum computers.

Though these devices are still in their infancy, entanglement is what will allow them to do things classical computers cannot, such as better simulating natural quantum systems like molecules, pharmaceuticals or catalysts.

In new research published today in Science, my colleagues and I have demonstrated quantum entanglement between two atomic nuclei separated by about 20 nanometres.

This may not seem like much. But the method we used is a practical and conceptual breakthrough that may help to build quantum computers using one of the most precise and reliable systems for storing quantum information.

Balancing control with noise

The challenge facing quantum computer engineers is to balance two opposing needs.

The fragile computing elements must be shielded from external interference and noise. But at the same time, there must be a way to interact with them to carry out meaningful computations.

This is why there are so many different types of hardware still in the race to be the first operating quantum computer.

Some types are very good for performing fast operations, but suffer from noise. Others are well shielded from noise, but difficult to operate and scale up.

Getting atomic nuclei to talk to each other

My team has been working on a platform that – until today – could be placed in the second camp. We have implanted phosphorus atoms in silicon chips, and used the spin of the atoms’ cores to encode quantum information.

To build a useful quantum computer, we will need to work with lots of atomic nuclei at the same time. But until now, the only way to work with multiple atomic nuclei was to place them very close together inside a solid, where they could be surrounded by a single electron.

We usually think of an electron being far smaller than the nucleus of an atom. However, quantum physics tells us it can “spread out” in space, so it can interact with multiple atomic nuclei at the same time.

Even so, the range over which a single electron can spread is quite limited. Moreover, adding more nuclei to the same electron makes it very challenging to control each nucleus individually.

Electronic ‘telephones’ to entangle remote nuclei

We could say that, until now, nuclei were like people placed in soundproof rooms. They can talk to each other as long as they are all in the same room, and the conversations are really clear.

But they can’t hear anything from the outside, and there’s only so many people who can fit inside the room. Therefore, this mode of conversation can’t be scaled up.

In our new work, it’s as if we gave people telephones to communicate to other rooms. Each room is still nice and quiet on the inside, but now we can have conversations between many more people, even if they are far away.

Two blobs with arrows
An artist’s impression of two atomic nuclei entangled via electrons and the ‘geometric gate’. Tony Melov / UNSW Sydney

The “telephones” are electrons. By their ability to spread out in space, two electrons can “touch” each other at quite some distance.

And if each electron is directly coupled to an atomic nucleus, the nuclei can communicate via the interaction between the electrons.

We used the electron channel to create quantum entanglement between the nuclei by means of a method called the “geometric gate”, which we used a few years ago to carry out high-precision quantum operations with atoms in silicon.

Now – for the first time in silicon – we showed this method can scale up beyond pairs of nuclei that are attached to the same electron.

Fitting in with integrated circuits

In our experiment, the phosphorus nuclei were separated by 20 nanometres. If this seems like still a small distance, it is: there are fewer than 40 silicon atoms between the two phosphorus ones.

But this is also the scale at which everyday silicon transistors are fabricated. Creating quantum entanglement on the 20-nanometre scale means we can integrate our long-lived, well-shielded nuclear spin qubits into the existing architecture of standard silicon chips like the ones in our phones and computers.

In the future, we envisage pushing the entanglement distance even further, because the electrons can be physically moved, or squeezed into more elongated shapes.

Our latest breakthrough means that the progress in electron-based quantum devices can be applied to the construction of quantum computers that use long-lived nuclear spins to perform reliable computations.The Conversation

Andrea Morello, Professor, Quantum Nanosystems, UNSW Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Instant ramen: a short history of a long noodle

Christian Dala/Unsplash
Garritt C. Van DykUniversity of Waikato

Food prices remain high even as inflation eases, and instant noodles are at the top of the list of cheap options.

More than 100 billion servings of instant ramen are consumed each year, making it one of the world’s most popular convenience foods.

Instant noodles are a global commodity. But when were they invented, and has ramen always been a “struggle meal”?

Early origins

Most people attribute ramen’s global popularity to its low price and easy preparation, but a look at the origin story behind the noodles reveals working-class roots and innovative cooking techniques.

In 1910, Ozaki Kan'ichi, a former Japanese customs official, abandoned his career to open a Chinese restaurant in Asakusa, a working-class district in Tokyo. Rai-Rai Ken was the first Chinese restaurant owned by a Japanese national.

Before it was called ramen, thin Chinese wheat noodles in soup were called chūka soba (literally, Chinese noodles). Kan'ichi’s menu featured a soy-flavoured soup with noodles, roast pork, dried seaweed and fish cake. The broth and toppings were new additions to previous versions of Chinese noodle soups served in Japan, making a more substantial meal.

Sepia photograph
Kan'ichi Ozaki outside his ramen shop, Rai-Rai Ken, in Asakusa, Japan before 1914, with his family. Wikimedia Commons

An ancient Chinese technique using alkaline waterkansui, made the noodles curly, chewy and a light yellow colour.

Timing for the new food was perfect, as workers moved away from agriculture in rural areas to urban centres for work, education and training.

Chūka soba became a popular and affordable choice, served from cafes, pushcarts and informal Chinese and Western-style restaurants catering to students and industrial workers at all hours.

Postwar Japan

During World War II, restaurants and food carts (yatai) were prohibited in Japan, in an effort to preserve scarce food resources.

After the war, US forces in Japan enforced rationing and continued the wartime ban on restaurants. To make up for rice shortages, large quantities of US wheat were imported to prevent famine. The food-distribution system, however, was inefficient, insecure and prone to corruption.

Wheat made its way onto the black market, where it was turned into noodles and sold from illegal carts in bombed-out cities.

A Taiwanese immigrant, Momofuku Ando, saw the long lines of hungry people patiently waiting for noodles and was inspired to find a way to invent noodles that would be quick and easy to make at home.

Japanese men eating ramen, rice, and eggs with chopsticks, dressed in formal suits, wearing glasses, with apples and other food on a table, in a crowded room,
Japanese men eating ramen, photographed in 1952. Smith Collection/Gado/Getty Images

In his autobiography, Ando shared his vision for the future after witnessing postwar hunger:

Peace will come to the world when all its people have enough to eat.

By the 1950s, restrictions on wheat rationing eased and led to a boom in noodles sold from yatai. In the home, rice shortages continued and bread consumption increased out of necessity, although many hoped this was a short-term trend.

There was a gap in the market for a more familiar product that was made from wheat but was as convenient as bread.

Invented in the garden shed

Ando worked in a shed in his back yard, experimenting with an old noodle machine and a wok. After watching his wife make tempura, he saw that deep frying not only cooked the food, it also made water vaporise. He realised this was the key to creating noodles that could cook in only two minutes, but would not get soggy or stale on the shelf.

Ando holds a noodle cup.
Momofuku Ando, photographed at 94 in 2004. Kazuhiro Nogi/AFP via Getty Images

On August 25 1958, Momofoku Ando launched “Instant Cook Chikin Ramen” – referred to as magic ramen in Japan. The noodles were already seasoned and cooked, cutting down on time and labour, but delivering the protein content of bread flour. Ando chose “chikin” as the flagship flavour, as it didn’t raise dietary issues for any religion.

Ando popularised the term “ramen”, another name used in Japan for chuku soba, borrowed from the Chinese word lāmiàn for a type of hand-pulled noodles from the north. Japanese ramen are actually rolled and cut, not pulled, and are modelled after noodles from Guangdong in the south – but the name stuck.

The first instant noodles cost six times more than regular ramen, which took ten minutes to cook and were not flavoured. Prices fell quickly as the instant noodles became popular, and Ando’s Nissin corporation went into large-scale production.

In 1971, instant ramen was packaged in polystyrene cups, making it even more convenient – just add hot water.

Noodles, noodles, everywhere

The cultural importance of instant ramen in Japan cannot be overstated. It was named the most important invention of the 20th century in a poll at the end of 1999.

While there are two museums in Japan dedicated to instant ramen, the appeal is also global. Vietnam has the highest per capita consumption, followed by Korea and Thailand.

Instant noodles are ubiquitous, even behind bars. Ramen packets became a de facto currency in US prisons, replacing cigarettes after smoking bans were introduced in 2004. Budgets cuts at correctional facilities reduced spending on food, making ramen an essential supplement for inmates and a frequent purchase at the prison commissary.

Seafood ramen floats in front of an ISS window.
Specially formulated ramen has even made it to space. JAXA/NASACC BY-NC-SA

Instant ramen really is available everywhere, even in outer space. “Space Ram” accompanied Japanese astronaut Soichi Noguchi on his 2005 expedition. Naturally, these were a special edition, designed for eating in a zero-gravity environment.

In Thailand, Mama Noodles launched a noodle index in 2005 as an economic barometer, showing how sales increased during tough economic times.

Food prices are still high and the global economy remains uncertain, but at least we can rely on instant ramen remaining an affordable option around the world.The Conversation

Garritt C. Van Dyk, Senior Lecturer in History, University of Waikato

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

A pretty face helped make Robert Redford a star. Talent and dedication kept him one

Miroslav Zajic/CORBIS/Corbis via Getty Images
Daryl SparkesUniversity of Southern Queensland

Hollywood is the place where having a great face will get you far. Think Errol Flynn, James Dean, George Clooney, Brad Pitt – a handsome appearance opens acting doors.

Those good looks, the magical smile, the natural charm all became synonymous with Robert Redford, who has died aged 89.

But good looks can only get you so far. You still need the acting chops as well as the strength of character to make a real impression in the world of cinema, and in the world itself.

Redford had this all in spades.

The young actor

After a rough start in life, including the death of his mother and dropping out of college, Redford began acting at 23 on Broadway and in small roles in quality television productions such as The Untouchables (1963), Maverick (1960), Dr Kildare (1962) and The Twilight Zone (1962), to name a few, which all honed his screen presence.

He made his feature film debut with a minor role in Tall Story (1960), alongside Jane Fonda (also her debut). This started a lifelong friendship between the two. They would act on several productions together, and Fonda admitted she was in love with Redford her whole life.

His talent was soon recognised. He was nominated for his first Emmy in 1962 for his supporting role in the TV movie The Voice of Charlie Pont.

After this, Redford soon became an in-demand actor. Larger roles in film and TV soon came his way, many as a romantic character.

Films such as Inside Daisy Clover (1965), This Property is Condemned (1966) and Barefoot in the Park (1967) portrayed Redford as the lover/husband to strong female characters, the first two with Natalie Wood, the third, again, with Fonda.

The birth of an icon

His good looks sometimes grated on Redford, which led him to refuse a role in Who’s Afraid of Virginia Woolf (1966) and being turned down for the lead in The Graduate (1967). He went in search of more diverse roles.

This led to a film that didn’t just make Redford a star, but a Hollywood icon.

Butch Cassidy and the Sundance Kid (1969) was one of the greatest actor partnerships in Hollywood history. Paul Newman was a much bigger star than Redford at the time of the movie’s release, but arguably it propelled Redford’s star beyond anyone else at that time.

Redford portrayed Sundance with sly wit, simmering masculinity, sardonic smartness and, well, just outright sexiness. Suddenly both teenage boys and girls had his poster on their bedroom wall. The world fell in love with him.

a poster for George Roy Hill's 1969 biopic Butch Cassidy and the Sundance Kid.
Movie Poster Image Art/Getty Images

Redford was on a roll. Over the next half-decade came hit after hit, including The Candidate (1972), The Way We Were (1973) with Barbara Streisand, The Sting (1972) again with Newman, and The Great Gatsby (1974), to name but a few. Redford was cemented as the lead man du jour.

The saying “lightning never strikes twice” never reckoned on Redford. In 1976 he took on his next highly iconic role alongside Dustin Hoffman in All the President’s Men.

It could be said that Hoffman, well regarded as the actor’s actor, was eclipsed by Redford in his role as Watergate journalist Bob Woodward. To me it was a travesty that Redford (or Hoffman, for that matter) was not nominated for Oscars in these roles.

By now Redford wasn’t just seen as the “pretty boy” but as a serious actor who took on more and more dramatic roles in The Electric Horseman (1979), Brubaker (1980), Out of Africa (1985) and Indecent Proposal (1998).

Being on screen for over five decades, younger audiences possibly wondered who the grizzled old man playing agent Alexander Pierce in two Marvel movies in 2014 and 2019 was.

A lasting legacy

Beginning in the 70s, Redford increasingly yearned to also be behind the camera.

As early as 1969 he took on the executive producer role in Downhill Racer.

Into the 80s he began directing. His feature directorial debut, Ordinary People (1980), won him his one and only Oscar (although he was given an honorary one in 2002).

He would go on to direct and produce notable films such as The Horse Whisperer (1998), A River Runs Through It (1992) and Quiz Show (1994), among others.

He was still working as an executive producer up until recently on the TV series Dark Wind (2022–25).

Away from the cameras, Redford was widely known as a philanthropist, environmentalist and a strong supporter of American First Nations and LGBTQI+ rights.

Publicly, though, Redford will probably be most remembered for the Sundance Institute and the film festival that sprang from it.

Redford poses for a photo in front of a snow capped mountain.
Redford at the Sundance Film Festival in Salt Lake City, Utah, in 1994. Tom Smart/Liaison

The largest independent festival in the United States, it gave a leg up to hundreds of up-and-coming independent filmmakers over the years including Quentin Tarantino, Robert Rodriguez, Jane Schoenbrun, Kevin Smith and Paul Thomas Anderson.

When we look back on his body of work, though, one thing becomes plainly obvious.

While Redford may have used his looks to initially open the Hollywood doors to success and fame, it was his talent and dedication to his craft that kept those doors open.

A versatile actor, director and producer who gave back to the industry just as much, if not more, than he took. For this, Redford was much, much more than a pretty face.The Conversation

Daryl Sparkes, Senior Lecturer, Media Studies and Production, University of Southern Queensland

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

‘To my happy surprise, it grew beyond my imagination’: Robert Redford’s Sundance legacy

Robert Redford at The Filmmakers’ Brunch during 2005 Sundance Film Festival. George Pimentel/WireImage
Jenny CooneyMonash University

When Robert Redford launched the Utah-based Sundance Institute in 1981, providing an independent support system for filmmakers named after his role in Butch Cassidy and the Sundance Kid (1969), it would transform Hollywood and become his biggest legacy.

Redford, who has passed away age 89, was already a huge movie icon when he bought land and created a non-profit space with a mission statement “to foster independent voices, champion risky, original stories, and cultivate a community for artists to create and thrive globally”.

Starting with labs, fellowships, grants and mentoring programs for independent filmmakers, he finally decided to launch his own film festival in nearby Park City, Utah in 1985.

“The labs were absolutely the most important part of Sundance and that is still the core of what we are and what we do today,” Redford reflected during my last sit-down with him in 2013 at the Toronto International Film Festival, while promoting his own indie, All is Lost.

After the program had been running for five years, he told me

I realised we had succeeded in doing that much, but now there was nowhere for them to go. So, I thought, ‘well, what if we created a festival, where at least we can bring the filmmakers together to look at each other’s work and then we could create a community for them?’ And then, to my happy surprise, it grew beyond my imagination.

That’s putting it mildly. An astonishing list of filmmakers can all thank Redford for their career breakthroughs. Alumni of the Sundance Institute include Bong Joon-ho (who workshopped early scripts at Sundance labs before Parasite), Chloé Zhao and Taika Waititi, who often returns as a mentor.

Three people on a stage
President and founder of Sundance Institute Robert Redford, executive director of Sundance Institute Keri Putnam and Sundance Film Festival director John Cooper during the 2018 festival. Nicholas Hunt/Getty Images

First films that debuted at the festival include Quentin Tarantino’s Reservoir Dogs (1992), Steve Soderbergh’s Sex, Lies, and Videotape (1989), Richard Linklater’s Slackers (2002), Paul Thomas Anderson’s Cigarettes and Coffee (1993), Nicole Holofcener’s short film Angry (1991), Darren Aronofsky’s Pi (1998) and Damian Chazelle’s Whiplash (2014).

Australian films which recently made their Sundance debut include Noora Niasari’s Shayda (2023), Daina Reid’s Run, Rabbit, Run (2023) and Sophie Hyde’s Jimpa (2025).

Creating a haven

For anyone lucky enough to have attended Sundance in the early days, it was a haven for indie filmmakers. It was not uncommon to see “Bob”, as he was always known in person, walking down the main street on his way to a movie premiere or a dinner with young filmmakers eager for his advice.

Watching Redford portray Bob Woodward in the Watergate thriller All the President’s Men (1976) was one of my earliest inspirations for pursuing a career in journalism. Also, nurturing a crush since The Sting (1973) and The Way We Were (1973) made it hard not to be intimidated crossing paths with him in Park City.

Robert Redford and Andie MacDowell at the Sundance Film Festival in 2003. Randall Michelson/WireImage

Bob, however, quickly made you forget the icon status. Soon, you’d just be chatting about a new filmmaker he was excited to support, or his environmental work (he served as a trustee for five decades on the non-profit organisation, Natural Resources Defense Council).

Everyone felt equal in that indie film world, and Redford was responsible for that atmosphere.

In 1994, I waited in a Main Street coffee shop for Elle MacPherson to ski off a mountain and do an interview promoting her acting role in the Australian film Sirens. Later that day, I commiserated over a hot chocolate with Hugh Grant as he complained about frostbitten toes from wearing the wrong shoes and finding himself trekking through a snowstorm to the first screening of Four Weddings and a Funeral.

In the early days, Sundance was a destination for film lovers, not hair and makeup people, inappropriately glamorous designer gowns or swag lounges.

The arrival of Hollywood

But eventually, there was no denying the clout of any film making it to Sundance, and Hollywood came knocking.

“In 1985, we only had one theatre and maybe there were four or five restaurants in town, so it was a much quieter, smaller place and over time it grew so incredibly the atmosphere changed,” Redford reflected during our interview.

Suddenly all these people came in to leverage off our festival and because we are a non-profit, we couldn’t do anything about it. We had what we called ‘ambush mongers’ coming in to sell their wares and give out swag and I’m sure there will always be those people, but we are strong enough to resist being overtaken by it.

The festival resisted but the infrastructure gave in. In 2027, the Sundance Film Festival will finally relocate to Boulder, Colorado after a careful selection process aimed at ensuring the spirit of Sundance remains.

Redford stepped back from being the public face of the festival in 2019, dedicating himself instead to spend more time with filmmakers and their projects. But he supported the move to Colorado, and said in his statement of the announcement

Words cannot express the sincere gratitude I have for Park City, the state of Utah, and all those in the Utah community that have helped to build the organization.

The spirit of Sundance lives on, but it just won’t be the same without Bob on the streets or in the movie theatres.The Conversation

Jenny Cooney, Lecturer in Lifestyle Journalism, Monash University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Tiny crystals in Earth’s crust have captured the movement of the Milky Way’s spiral arms

Mengliu Di/Pexels
Chris KirklandCurtin University and Phil SuttonUniversity of Lincoln

When most of us think about what shaped our planet, we probably picture volcanoes, earthquakes, and huge continents slowly drifting apart (or back together again) over millions or billions of years. We also know meteorite impacts were important; our crater-packed Moon is clear evidence of that.

But what if Earth’s geological story was also written further afield in the stars – specifically, in the spiral arms of our home galaxy, the Milky Way?

That’s the bold idea that has been resonating behind some recent research that links astrophysics with geology. So far, these controversial ideas have been based on models, limited by gaps in Earth’s geological record and the uncertainties in our Solar System’s galactic path.

But our new study, published this week in Physical Review Research, takes a different approach by comparing maps of hydrogen gas in the Milky Way with chemical fingerprints in ancient crystals on Earth. The findings support the view that Earth’s crust may have been influenced by the Solar System’s journey around the galaxy.

Reading the galaxy through hydrogen

Astronomers often use neutral hydrogen, the simplest atom of one proton and one electron, as a cosmic marker.

This atomic hydrogen emits radio waves at a wavelength of 21 centimetres, which cut through the dust and gas that obscure much of the Milky Way from our view. These emissions, from higher density regions of hydrogen, reveal the sweeping spiral arms of the galaxy, even when visible-light telescopes cannot.

The spiral arms aren’t solid structures. Instead, they’re density waves – like traffic jams of stars, gas and dust that move around the galactic disc more slowly than individual stars themselves.

As the Solar System orbits the galactic centre faster than the arms, it periodically overtakes them, roughly every 180–200 million years. Passing through a spiral arm could increase the number of comets and asteroids striking Earth.

Zircon crystals: tiny time capsules

How can we know if Earth really felt the consequences of these galactic encounters? The answer may lie in zircon, a hardy mineral commonly found in Earth’s crust, that can survive for billions of years.

Zircon crystals form in magmas and are like tiny time capsules. Not only can they be dated, but they also carry chemical clues about what Earth was like at the moment they grew.

Inside these crystals, the oxygen atoms occur in slightly different forms, called isotopes, that have the same chemistry but different masses. These isotopes act as tracers, showing whether the magma came from deep inside Earth or had contact with surface water.

As the Solar System travels around the galaxy, it passes through spiral arms where hydrogen gas is more concentrated. If there is unusual variability in zircon oxygen isotopes at the times of high atomic hydrogen density, then this suggests something disrupted the normal balance of crust formation on Earth.

Matching Earth’s rocks with galactic maps

The new study directly compared this zircon isotope record with radio frequency-measured hydrogen density along the Solar System’s galactic orbit. The result? Striking correlations.

Periods when the Solar System passed through spiral arms – regions with denser hydrogen – line up with spikes in zircon oxygen variability.

In other words, Earth’s crust seemed more “chaotic” at the same times the Solar System was embedded in star-forming arms of the Milky Way.

An illustration of a spiral-shaped galaxy.
As the Solar System passes through through a spiral arm of the Milky Way, this could increase the number of comets and asteroids striking Earth. NASA/JPL-Caltech/R. Hurt

A galactic fingerprint on Earth’s crust

What could explain this connection?

One idea is that when the Solar System moves through a spiral arm, it can shake up the distant icy region of space known as the Oort Cloud, a giant reservoir of comets far beyond Pluto.

Some of these comets may then hurtle toward Earth.

A man wearing glasses peering into a scientific instrument.
Chris Kirkland using an ion microprobe to date zircon mineral grains. C.L. Kirkland

Each impact delivers enormous energy – enough to melt rock, trigger geological upheaval and leave lasting marks in the planet’s crust.

Crucially, this record is preserved over billions of years, much longer than the impact craters we can still see on Earth, which are often erased by erosion or plate tectonics.

Zircons may therefore offer a deep-time archive of galactic influences that we can’t observe directly through astronomy.

A cosmic connection

If Earth’s geology really responds to the rhythms of the galaxy, it expands our view of what drives planetary evolution. It suggests that to fully understand Earth, we must look beyond it, to the vast structures of the Milky Way that periodically reshaped our Solar System’s environment.

Recognising astrophysical fingerprints in planetary geology could provide new clues about crustal growth, habitability, and even the emergence of life.

Of course, caution is warranted. Correlation doesn’t always mean causation, and disentangling the effects of galactic arm crossings from Earth’s internal processes is tricky. But the emerging evidence is compelling enough to take seriously.

For now, zircon crystals, tiny grains often smaller than a sand particle, are helping us glimpse a connection between Earth and the cosmos.The Conversation

Chris Kirkland, Professor of Geochronology, Curtin University and Phil Sutton, Senior Lecturer in Astrophysics, University of Lincoln

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Kate Woods’ new film Kangaroo is the Heart-warming pick-me-up you didn’t know you needed

Studio Canal/John P
Chris ThompsonAustralian Catholic University

The new Australian family film, Kangaroo, is a rare beast. It’s not just a movie for kids that adults can tolerate. It’s funny, heartfelt, emotionally authentic and ultimately uplifting.

It’s been 25 years since director Kate Woods released the much-loved coming-of-age classic Looking For Alibrandi. That might seem like a long time between big screen gigs, but a quick look at Woods’ IMDb page brings up dozens of small screen credits both here and in the United States. She’s hardly been twiddling her thumbs.

You might know the story that inspired Kangaroo. Around 2005, outback tour guide Chris “Brolga” Barns set up Kangaroo Sanctuary in Alice Springs, after too many experiences rescuing orphaned joeys from the pouches of road-killed mothers. His most famous rescue, Roger the “sparring” kangaroo, became an internet sensation.

Studio Canal (the creators of the Paddington films) bought the rights to Brolga’s book, Kangaroo Dundee. But as Woods told me, they “didn’t actually want his story, so we made one up”.

In this case, “we” is Brolga Films and screenwriter Harry Cripps, with a little help from Looking for Alibrandi author and screenwriter, Melina Marchetta. Kangaroo’s screenplay has a light touch, and a fine balance between humour and serious themes – just one of the many factors that come together to make the film work.

Pit stop at Silver Gum

The story follows Charlie (Lily Whiteley), a young girl grieving the death of her father. Charlie and her mother Rosie (Deborah Mailman) move to the small fictional outback town of Silver Gum where her grandparents Gwennie (Trisha Morton-Thomas) and Ralph (Wayne Blair) live.

Charlie and her father shared a deep connection with kangaroos, and she honours that by caring for orphaned joeys in her bedroom – much to her mother’s frustration.

Meanwhile, in Sydney, ambitious TV weather man Chris Masterman (Ryan Corr) takes the advice of his producer (Brooke Satchwell) to be more action-oriented if he wants a big promotion. But his efforts with a dolphin go horribly, virally, wrong.

Chris is fired, and cancelled, so he heads to Broome in his Corvette to take the only job that will have him. But on the way he collides with a kangaroo and finds himself stranded in Silver Gum with a rescued joey.

He waits for his car to be fixed by Dave the mechanic (Ernie Dingo), who is in cahoots with Charlie to keep him there long enough to trick him into caring for his (and other) orphaned joeys. The longer Chris stays, the more joeys he ends up looking after.

The film’s excellent supporting cast includes Rachel House, Genevieve Lemon, Emily Taheny, Salvatore Coco, Rob Carlton, Roy Billing and Rarriwuy Hick. Together, they bring the town and its story to life.

The talented cast brings the little town of Silver Gum to life. Studio Canal

A breakthrough role for Whiteley

Much of this story’s success rides on the performance of the actor playing Charlie.

It’s not the first time Woods has needed an exceptional performance by a newcomer to carry a film. In Looking For Alibrandi, it was Pia Miranda. Here it’s the remarkable and very watchable Lily Whiteley.

Woods told me:

[Whiteley] had never stood in front of a camera before […] [she] was a gymnast and a dancer and so very disciplined, and took on the task of becoming an actor very seriously and very beautifully […] the minute we all saw Lily […] I just knew she was Charlie.

Whiteley is magic onscreen, and holds her own in the company of experienced talent.

Lily Whiteley shines as Charley in her first big screen role. Studio Canal

However, as good as the human cast is, they’re arguably upstaged by the marsupial cast. While many of the scenes with adult kangaroos are achieved using CGI (computer-generated imagery), the cast of joeys are the real thing.

As Woods explained:

they all had their own trailer and Chris Barns […] taught us how to look after them.

Then there are the visuals

Sam Hobbs’ production design and Kieran Fowler’s cinematography authentically bring the small community of Silver Gum to life.

The film’s stunning outback backdrop feels like much more than just product placement for potential tourists – which is unsurprising as the second unit work is done by renowned director and cinematographer Warwick Thornton.

Kangaroo succeeds on many levels. Woods notes that many outback films are about isolation and darker themes. Not this one. In her own words, this is a joyous film about “a thriving community and the healing power of nature and animals”.

It’s also about redemption, and the power of believing in yourself and others. “I want to create films that are an emotional experience, not just a laugh,” Woods said.

I’d say she has certainly achieved that.

Kangaroo is in cinemas from today.The Conversation

Chris Thompson, Lecturer in Theatre, Australian Catholic University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

How a fly sees the world – and why understanding its vision can help prevent disease

What do you look like to a fly? Lee Hua Ming/Shutterstock
Roger SanterAberystwyth University and Matthew SparksSwansea University

Jakob von Uexküll was a Baltic German biologist ahead of his time, intrigued by the idea that animals inhabit unique perceptual worlds quite unlike our own. In 1934, he described angling for flies by swinging an adhesive-covered pea on a thread, finding that male flies would dive on the pea and be caught. Within the perceptual world of a fly, the swinging pea was a potential mate.

We can’t be exactly sure what a fly’s perceptual world looks like, but we know it must be very different to our own. And learning about it can do much more than satisfy our curiosity. It could help keep people safe from disease.

While a human eye has only one lens, the main eyes of flies are compound eyes that each consist of hundreds or thousands of individual lenses. A fruit fly eye has about 700, and a blowfly eye 5,000. Each of these lenses is part of a sampling unit called an ommatidium, which also contains eight light-sensitive photoreceptor cells.

The structure of the compound eye affects a fly’s ability to make out shapes and patterns. In houseflies, light from a given point in its field of view activates seven photoreceptors in seven separate ommatidia through their respective lenses. Combined, that information is a bit like an image pixel.

Information about shape and pattern is generated when the visual system compares neighbouring “pixels”. The arrangement of lenses in the compound eye limits the minimum size of a “pixel” and thus a fly’s ability to make out spatial details.

As a result, a fly can only resolve relatively coarse spatial detail. If a housefly and a human with 20/20 vision were taking an eyesight test, the fly would need to be about 6cm from the chart to make out the detail that the human could at six metres. For the fly to achieve human-like spatial resolution, it would need larger lenses and a flatter eye, resulting in a compound eye about one metre in diameter.

This lack of spatial acuity is compensated for with speed. Some fly species’ photoreceptors respond much faster than human photoreceptors. This is true of day-active flies which have faster-responding photoreceptors than their more ponderous, nocturnal kin. For us, a flashing light blurs into a constant one at 50-90 flashes per second, but a blowfly’s photoreceptors can distinguish more than 200 separate flashes per second. Thus, we perceive motion in the fast sequence of static images comprising a cartoon, but a fly might not be fooled.

Green bottle fly on leaf.
Blowfly photoreceptors are much faster than human ones. PARMAM-BHUN2556/Shutterstock

Given this, it’s no wonder that swatting an irritating fly can be a challenge. When a scientist from Florida tried to photograph resting long-legged flies, he found that the flies were generally in flight, potentially startled by the flash, before the image was even captured.

Saying this, some fly eyes are specially adapted for both spatial and temporal detail. Male flies of many species have eyes that meet at the top and front of the head, whilst those of females have an obvious gap. The extra region of the male eye is the “love spot”, with larger lenses and faster-responding photoreceptors that give improved sensitivity to small and fast-moving objects needed for tracking females during high-speed airborne courtship chases.

Killer fly relatives of the humble housefly are also adapted for great visual prowess, here needed to catch small insect prey like fruit flies mid-flight.

Most people don’t consider perception as they try to shoo an annoying fly out of an open window, or whack it with a newspaper. However, understanding insect perception can inspire new ways of controlling pests, as von Uexküll’s fly “fishing rod” demonstrated. This is important because lots of flies transmit disease, so we need to control flies to prevent sickness in humans and animals.

Perception of colour is important in this context. The human retina has three kinds of cone photoreceptors sensitive to blue, green and red light, and our brains compare those three signals to create colour perceptions. By contrast, a typical housefly ommatidium has five types of photoreceptors including a couple sensitive to UV, but none that are particularly sensitive to red light.

As a result, colour perceptions must be quite different for flies and humans, and experiments with blowflies suggest they perceive just four distinct colours, some with no human equivalent. Whether this is true of other flies remains to be seen.

In Africa, tsetse flies spread sleeping sickness, which has profound effects on the central nervous system that upset the sleep/wake cycle, cause confusion and sensory disturbances, and ultimately lead to death without treatment.

Coloured fabric targets doused with insecticide are often used to control tsetse flies and protect humans and animals, and normally these targets are blue. However, we modelled fly colour perception to develop a better colour for luring flies, which turned out to be purple to a human eye. We recently found that this colour attracts stable flies and houseflies as well, which are also vectors of human and animal disease.

In urban settings, we are combining colour and spatial vision models to understand how to better manage flies in these environments. A particular challenge is that artificial lighting is designed for human vision, and lacks UV wavelengths that flies are sensitive to. This gives the light an entirely different colour from their point of view, and potentially prevents flies from differentiating between colours that they otherwise would under natural lighting.

By delving into the fly’s perceptual world, we hope we can better understand their behaviour, and devise new methods to control them.The Conversation

Roger Santer, Lecturer in Zoology, Aberystwyth University and Matthew Sparks, PhD Candidate in Entomology, Swansea University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Influencers of a bygone era: How late Victorian women artists mastered the art of networking

Triveni SrikaranMcMaster University

In our age of digital influencers, it could be easy to believe that building a professional network is a modern phenomenon.

However, long before the dawn of social media, women artists in late Victorian and Edwardian London mastered this art.

Although they weren’t the first in history to do so, they crafted a revolutionary style of social networking — not for the sake of fame, but as a means to break down systemic barriers and challenge the gender norms that dominated the English art world.

A historical framework for success

Historians David Doughan and Peter Gordon have documented the rise of women’s clubs in Britain, and feminist art historians Maria Quirk and Zoë Thomas have emphasized how these networks enabled women artists to professionalize and promote their work.

This article explores how the frameworks of authenticity, trust and mutual support established by these women laid a strong foundation for their professional success — a strategy that remains strikingly relevant today.

Exclusion and the art world

During the Victorian era, the art world operated like an exclusive “old boys’ club” that kept female talent at bay. Prestigious institutions like the Royal Academy largely excluded women, denying them entry for many years.

It wasn’t until 1860 that the first female member, Laura Herford, gained acceptance by submitting her application under the ambiguous name “L. Herford.” Once her true identity was revealed, the embarrassed academicians had no choice but to reconsider their policies.

Men in Victorian European suits in a room on chairs and standing examining paintings.
Oil painting, ‘The Council of the Royal Academy Selecting Pictures for the Exhibition, 1875,’ by Charles West Cope. (Royal Academy of Arts, London)CC BY-NC-ND

Despite this landmark achievement, crucial training opportunities, such as life drawing, remained inaccessible to female students. Women were sidelined from major exhibitions organized by their male counterparts and excluded from influential social clubs where valuable connections and potential patronage were often made.

The few artworks they managed to sell were generally limited to themes like flowers or still lifes, which fetched much lower prices compared to the grand historical paintings that propelled their male colleagues to stardom.

Members of the press and art critics, predominantly male, dismissed their efforts as mere “amateur” pursuits — a label that served to undermine their professional credibility. In this stifling environment, the system was designed to ensure women artists were never given a fair chance.

The rise of women’s art clubs

Confronted with a system that marginalized them, determined women artists formed their own women’s clubs aimed at overcoming institutional barriers.

In late 19th and early 20th-century London, several prominent women’s art organizations emerged, including the Society of Women Artists, the Women’s Guild of Arts, the Women’s International Art Club, the Pioneer Club and the Lyceum Club.

Each of these groups was founded on a commitment to professional development, mutual support and the essential need for a united voice.

My emerging research explores the dynamics of women’s networks by closely analyzing letters, documents, exhibition catalogues and contemporary newspapers related to these organizations, and so far has identified three vital functions:

1. Fostering artistic development

At a time when formal networking opportunities were scarce for women, organizations like the Pioneer Club (1892) and the Lyceum Club (1903) emerged as crucial, supportive environments. These clubs began with the ambitious vision of creating a space for personal and artistic growth and also provided venues for connection and collaboration.

They also offered the rare chance for members to stay overnight, giving women the freedom to travel for their work without a chaperone.

Founded in 1907, the Women’s Guild of Arts became a dynamic hub where members could learn, showcase their art, receive constructive criticism and hone their skills. These networks fostered mentorship and empowered women artists to refine their craft within a supportive community.

2. Creating independent exhibition opportunities

In the face of exclusion from male-only exhibitions, women artists established their own platforms. They launched their own venues to bypass the gatekeepers of the art world and connect directly with their audiences.

A striking example is the Society of Women Artists, founded in 1855, which has hosted annual “women-only” exhibitions that not only sparked public conversation but also created a lasting space for visibility.

The Women’s International Art Club, established in 1898, broadened this mission, forming a transnational network that enabled its members to exhibit and sell their works across Europe, America and Australia.

3. Building community and professional identity

Women’s clubs emerged as the original networking hubs, similar to modern meetups. For those often labelled “amateurs,” joining organizations like the Society of Women Artists, Women’s International Art Club or Women’s Guild of Art offered a pathway to professional development and recognition.

These social networks fostered a supportive environment where members could share advice and provide emotional backing as they navigated careers filled with systemic challenges. This ecosystem highlighted how working together was crucial in driving individual successes.

Their enduring legacy

The story of early women’s art clubs highlights a crucial chapter in the history of creative entrepreneurship. These women both created their own professional opportunities and worked to change societal perceptions of women in the arts.

The strategies they used to navigate a restrictive environment still resonate today.

In a digital landscape filled with fleeting followers and superficial likes, their legacy prompts us to reflect on the fundamental need for human connection, and the extent to which true success still hinges on building a community rather than simply amassing a following.The Conversation

Triveni Srikaran, PhD Candidate, Department of History, McMaster University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Hobart in 1966

From the NFSA
The Life in Australia series showcased Australian cities in an idyllic light, hoping to attract prospective immigrants with carefully tailored visions of a peaceful, prosperous life in attractive settings. They were made by the Commonwealth Film Unit in 1966 as part of the White Australia policy, and their invitation to middle-class families is clear.  

Life in Australia: Hobart (now restored in 4K) uses the device of a cheery postman on his round to stitch together various scenes of the city, from its parks, fountains and shopping arcades to its harbourside views and glamorous theatre crowds. Factories, schools, laboratories and construction sites are shown as sites of calm and orderly industry, with the camera and soundtrack rendering production lines in almost balletic terms. Bowls, beers, bands and boats are the reward for a productive day.   

Sydney in 1966

From the NFSA
From The Film Australia Collection.  Made by The Commonwealth Film Unit 1966.  Directed by Joe Scully. Episode 12 of the Life in Australia series.  

This series was made to encourage immigration to Australia and to highlight the various social activities, employment and educational opportunities and lifestyles of the various cities and regional centres throughout Australia. This film shows an idyllic picture of life in Sydney in the mid 1960s. Previously uploaded in SD it is now available in 4K HD.

Northern Beaches Police Area Command: Retired police day 2025

Call for applications to join the Aged Care Council of Elders

The Australian Government is now seeking applications from older people with lived experience of the aged care system to join the Aged Care Council of Elders from January 2026.

The Council of Elders is a diverse group of older people representing the make-up of modern Australia which delivers advice to government on how best to support older Australians in aged care.

The Australian Government established the Council of Elders in 2021 following the Royal Commission into Aged Care Quality and Safety, which called for an advisory body on quality and safety of care, and the rights and dignity of older people.

Older people across Australia who want to listen to their peers about what’s important to them when it comes to living and ageing well, and how the quality of care can be improved, are encouraged to apply.

Suitable applicants will demonstrate how they are active in their communities, engaging with people about key issues and bringing that feedback to Government.

We encourage you to apply if your experience of aged care includes: 
  • receiving services at home or living in residential aged care
  • caring for an older person or having worked in aged care
  • living in rural or remote locations 
  • Culturally and Linguistically Diverse (CALD) communities
  • Care for older Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander people
  • dementia care.
Appointments will be for a term of up to two years, commencing from January 2026.

Find details on how to apply by visiting www.health.gov.au/apply-to-council-of-elders-2026

Applications close 5pm, Friday 26 September 2025.

Read more about the Council of Elders and the Terms of Reference on the council’s webpage. 

Minister for Aged Care and Seniors, The Hon. Sam Rae said:

“The Council of Elders plays a crucial role in bringing a range of diverse views and insights to Government when it comes to aged care.

“I encourage every older Australian with lived experience of aged care and active community networks to nominate as a member of the Council of Elders. 

“Membership of the Council is a unique opportunity to represent the community and work alongside the Government to build an aged care system that delivers world-class care for every older Australian.”

Fewer friends, more time stress: the essential charts from this year’s HILDA survey

Dominic Kurniawan Suryaputra/Unsplash, The ConversationCC BY-SA
Inga LassThe University of MelbourneFerdi BothaThe University of MelbourneKyle PeytonThe University of Melbourne, and Roger WilkinsThe University of Melbourne

Every year, one of Australia’s biggest longitudinal surveys provides a range of insights on how the nation is changing.

The Household, Income and Labour Dynamics in Australia (HILDA) Survey, released today, reveals trends on a wide range of aspects of life in Australia, including household relationships, income, health and wellbeing.

HILDA has been following the same people every year since 2001, with about 16,000 respondents in the latest survey. This makes it possible to examine how the lives of Australians have changed across several aspects. Funded by the Australian government and managed by the Melbourne Institute, the survey is one of Australia’s most valuable social research tools.

So, what are the highlights from the 2025 report?

Friendships are declining

Friendships are clearly important, providing both emotional and practical support to people. However, agreement with the statement “I seem to have a lot of friends” has fallen noticeably from 2010 to 2023. This long-term decline accelerated during the COVID-19 period, when social distancing measures often prevented face-to-face interactions with friends.

The decline in friendships has repercussions for people’s wellbeing. The report shows a low perceived number of friends is associated fewer social activities, greater feelings of loneliness and poorer mental health. This is all the more concerning because it often gets harder to make friends as life goes on.

Time stress is rising again

Time stress – feeling rushed often or almost always – is common for many Australians, especially women. In 2023, 38% of women reported frequent time stress, while only 29% of men did. This gap has persisted over the past two decades. Rates fell sharply in 2020 during the pandemic’s first year but have since returned to pre-pandemic levels for both groups.

Retirement age has seen a big shift

Australia has seen a dramatic transformation of retirement over the past 20 years, retiring later than they used to. In 2003, nearly 70% of women and almost half of men aged 60–64 were fully retired. By 2023, this dropped to 41% for women and 27% for men.

Retirement rates have also declined among those aged 65-69. Over the same period, the Age Pension eligibility age was equalised for men and women at 65 by 2013, then gradually increased to 67 between 2017 and 2023.

The decision to retire is no longer driven purely by personal preference or age alone. It’s increasingly shaped by policy, housing wealth, super balances and whether someone can afford to stop working.

We’re paying more in income tax

Australians are now paying the highest average rate of income tax since the turn of the millennium. But the trend over this period hasn’t always been upwards. Between 2006 and 2011, the average tax rate for full-time workers actually fell, from 19.4% to 15.7%. Since 2011, however, the trend has overwhelmingly been upwards.

Across the population as a whole aged 15 and over, the average share of income paid as income tax rose to 11.7% in the 2022-23 financial year. For full-time workers, the average rate was higher, at 20.3%.

Bodily pain

Pain can severely affect people’s ability to take part in day-to-day activities, work, and lead happy and satisfying lives.

The new data shows the extent of bodily pain Australians report has risen over the last two decades – and it’s not just due to an ageing population. We asked respondents about whether they experienced pain and how much it affected their day-to-day life, then calculated a score from 0 (no bodily pain) to 100 (severe pain).

The average levels of pain that women reported increased by 5.6% between 2001 and 2003 (from 27 points to 28.5 points). For men, pain increased by 4.8% (27 points to 28.3 points).

Pain scores were slightly higher for women than for men across all years.

We adjusted these scores for age, suggesting the reported rise is not due to ageing but instead other factors, such as an increase in chronic conditions, obesity, and people being more likely to report their pain.

The Conversation

Inga Lass, Senior research fellow, The University of MelbourneFerdi Botha, Senior Research Fellow, Melbourne Institute of Applied Economic and Social Research, The University of MelbourneKyle Peyton, Senior research fellow, The University of Melbourne, and Roger Wilkins, Professorial Fellow and Co-Director, HILDA Survey, Melbourne Institute of Applied Economic and Social Research, The University of Melbourne

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

A pretty face helped make Robert Redford a star. Talent and dedication kept him one

Miroslav Zajic/CORBIS/Corbis via Getty Images
Daryl SparkesUniversity of Southern Queensland

Hollywood is the place where having a great face will get you far. Think Errol Flynn, James Dean, George Clooney, Brad Pitt – a handsome appearance opens acting doors.

Those good looks, the magical smile, the natural charm all became synonymous with Robert Redford, who has died aged 89.

But good looks can only get you so far. You still need the acting chops as well as the strength of character to make a real impression in the world of cinema, and in the world itself.

Redford had this all in spades.

The young actor

After a rough start in life, including the death of his mother and dropping out of college, Redford began acting at 23 on Broadway and in small roles in quality television productions such as The Untouchables (1963), Maverick (1960), Dr Kildare (1962) and The Twilight Zone (1962), to name a few, which all honed his screen presence.

He made his feature film debut with a minor role in Tall Story (1960), alongside Jane Fonda (also her debut). This started a lifelong friendship between the two. They would act on several productions together, and Fonda admitted she was in love with Redford her whole life.

His talent was soon recognised. He was nominated for his first Emmy in 1962 for his supporting role in the TV movie The Voice of Charlie Pont.

After this, Redford soon became an in-demand actor. Larger roles in film and TV soon came his way, many as a romantic character.

Films such as Inside Daisy Clover (1965), This Property is Condemned (1966) and Barefoot in the Park (1967) portrayed Redford as the lover/husband to strong female characters, the first two with Natalie Wood, the third, again, with Fonda.

The birth of an icon

His good looks sometimes grated on Redford, which led him to refuse a role in Who’s Afraid of Virginia Woolf (1966) and being turned down for the lead in The Graduate (1967). He went in search of more diverse roles.

This led to a film that didn’t just make Redford a star, but a Hollywood icon.

Butch Cassidy and the Sundance Kid (1969) was one of the greatest actor partnerships in Hollywood history. Paul Newman was a much bigger star than Redford at the time of the movie’s release, but arguably it propelled Redford’s star beyond anyone else at that time.

Redford portrayed Sundance with sly wit, simmering masculinity, sardonic smartness and, well, just outright sexiness. Suddenly both teenage boys and girls had his poster on their bedroom wall. The world fell in love with him.

a poster for George Roy Hill's 1969 biopic Butch Cassidy and the Sundance Kid.
Movie Poster Image Art/Getty Images

Redford was on a roll. Over the next half-decade came hit after hit, including The Candidate (1972), The Way We Were (1973) with Barbara Streisand, The Sting (1972) again with Newman, and The Great Gatsby (1974), to name but a few. Redford was cemented as the lead man du jour.

The saying “lightning never strikes twice” never reckoned on Redford. In 1976 he took on his next highly iconic role alongside Dustin Hoffman in All the President’s Men.

It could be said that Hoffman, well regarded as the actor’s actor, was eclipsed by Redford in his role as Watergate journalist Bob Woodward. To me it was a travesty that Redford (or Hoffman, for that matter) was not nominated for Oscars in these roles.

By now Redford wasn’t just seen as the “pretty boy” but as a serious actor who took on more and more dramatic roles in The Electric Horseman (1979), Brubaker (1980), Out of Africa (1985) and Indecent Proposal (1998).

Being on screen for over five decades, younger audiences possibly wondered who the grizzled old man playing agent Alexander Pierce in two Marvel movies in 2014 and 2019 was.

A lasting legacy

Beginning in the 70s, Redford increasingly yearned to also be behind the camera.

As early as 1969 he took on the executive producer role in Downhill Racer.

Into the 80s he began directing. His feature directorial debut, Ordinary People (1980), won him his one and only Oscar (although he was given an honorary one in 2002).

He would go on to direct and produce notable films such as The Horse Whisperer (1998), A River Runs Through It (1992) and Quiz Show (1994), among others.

He was still working as an executive producer up until recently on the TV series Dark Wind (2022–25).

Away from the cameras, Redford was widely known as a philanthropist, environmentalist and a strong supporter of American First Nations and LGBTQI+ rights.

Publicly, though, Redford will probably be most remembered for the Sundance Institute and the film festival that sprang from it.

Redford poses for a photo in front of a snow capped mountain.
Redford at the Sundance Film Festival in Salt Lake City, Utah, in 1994. Tom Smart/Liaison

The largest independent festival in the United States, it gave a leg up to hundreds of up-and-coming independent filmmakers over the years including Quentin Tarantino, Robert Rodriguez, Jane Schoenbrun, Kevin Smith and Paul Thomas Anderson.

When we look back on his body of work, though, one thing becomes plainly obvious.

While Redford may have used his looks to initially open the Hollywood doors to success and fame, it was his talent and dedication to his craft that kept those doors open.

A versatile actor, director and producer who gave back to the industry just as much, if not more, than he took. For this, Redford was much, much more than a pretty face.The Conversation

Daryl Sparkes, Senior Lecturer, Media Studies and Production, University of Southern Queensland

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Shelley Beach photo wins award

September 19 2025
A neurologist’s striking underwater image of a giant cuttlefish has won the Royal North Shore Hospital’s Art of Wellness photography prize. 

Dr Kate Ahmad is a regular scuba diver at Sydney’s Shelley Beach and took the photo in July when the males put on mating displays.

“They are huge animals about a metre in length. They change their colours, their textures and their shape while they are dancing around to impress the females,” said Dr Ahmad, who is based at Royal North Shore hospital (RNSH). 

''It’s honestly like being in another world. ''  

Eighty-one images were entered into the photography prize, held at Royal North Shore Hospital.

“I’m thrilled that the staff embraced this concept of the art of wellness and the interpretations highlight an incredible level of creativity in our district,” said committee coordinator Susan Day.

Five photographs received high commendation, with an additional 15 selected as finalists. The full collection will be on display in the RNSH foyer until mid-October.

Dr Ahmad's winning photo, 'The Appreciation of Beauty'.

Beyond weight loss: how healthy eating cuts chronic pain

New research from the University of South Australia shows that eating nutritious food is about far more than ticking off the five food groups – it can also significantly reduce chronic pain.

In a weight-loss study of 104 Australian adults living with overweight or obesity, researchers found that people who improved their diet quality over a three-month period reported far less joint and muscle pain, with the benefits not simply explained by weight lost.

The findings challenge common assumptions that weight loss is the primary way to reduce chronic musculoskeletal pain, highlighting the power of diet quality in managing health and wellbeing.

Lead researcher and PhD candidate, UniSA’s Sue Ward, says the results open new doors for pain management strategies.

“Chronic musculoskeletal pain is one of the most common and debilitating conditions worldwide. While excess weight is often thought to put stress on joints and drive pain, our study shows that what you eat may independently influence chronic pain,” Ward says.

“While weight loss helps many people, this study suggests that improving diet quality itself also eases the severity of people’s pain. This is a very hopeful finding for people living with chronic pain.”

The three-month dietary intervention reduced participants’ energy intake by 30% (from about 9100 to 5800 kilojoules per day) by following the Australian Dietary Guidelines.

After three months, participants had not only improved the quality of their diet (through the consumption of more fruits, vegetables, whole grains and lean meats/alternatives) but also reduced their intake of discretionary foods and alcohol.

Specifically, they improved diet quality by 22%, reduced chronic musculoskeletal pain from 50% to 24%, and reported less pain severity and better pain-related quality of life. Most participants had also lost around seven kilograms of body weight.

Importantly, in the participants presenting with pain, researchers found that despite changes in weight, waist circumference, and body fat improvements in pain severity were directly linked to their improved diet quality.

Co-researcher, UniSA’s Dr Alison Hill, says the results reinforce the importance of dietary guidelines.

“Eating well isn’t just about long-term disease prevention – it can also have an immediate and tangible impact on how we feel day to day,” Dr Hill says.

“This study shows that adopting a healthier diet may lead to meaningful reductions in pain which improve overall wellbeing.”

While more research needs to be done, the study underscores the vital role of nutrition in chronic pain management and adds to a growing body of evidence that healthy eating supports both physical and mental health.

1 in 3 Australians in their late 60s are still working, new HILDA survey shows

Jeff Overs/Getty Images
Kyle PeytonThe University of Melbourne

Australia has seen a dramatic transformation of retirement over the past 20 years, with more Australians delaying retirement than ever before, reshaping expectations for later life.

This shift matters because it marks a fundamental change in how people transition out of the workforce — with important implications for financial security in later life.

The decision to retire is no longer driven purely by personal preference or age alone. It’s increasingly shaped by policy, housing wealth, super balances and whether someone can afford to stop working.

In 2003, about 70% of women and almost half of men aged 60–64 had fully retired from the workforce. Twenty years later, those numbers have fallen to 41% and 27% respectively. For people aged 65–69, retirement rates have also dropped – from 86% to 66% among women, and from 73% to 61% among men.

These figures come from the latest annual report from the Household, Income and Labour Dynamics in Australia (HILDA) Survey, released today.

The HILDA Survey has been following the same households every year since 2001, which makes it possible to examine how the lives of Australians have changed across several aspects. Funded by the Australian government and managed by the Melbourne Institute, the survey is one of Australia’s most valuable social research tools.

I am part of the team that collects and analyses the data – here’s what we found.

How policy changes have influenced retirement age

The survey has included a special module on retirement every four years since 2003. The latest data, from 2023, show a clear and continuing trend: people are retiring later in life.

Policy changes are a major factor behind this shift. Since 2003, the age pension eligibility age has risen from 65 to 67 through two major reforms.

First, the eligibility age was equalised for men and women at 65 by July 2013. This was followed by a gradual increase to 67 for everyone between 2017 and 2023. Other factors likely include better health, increased workforce participation among women, and broader changes in social and economic expectations around retirement.

Still, retirement at younger ages hasn’t disappeared entirely – and for some people, it’s not a choice. Health problems remain the most common reason Australians give for retiring.

In 2023, 29% of recent retirees in our survey said they left work because of their own or a loved one’s health. That number has come down from 39% in 2003, reflecting longer life expectancy and better health outcomes, but health issues remain the most cited reason for retirement.

Job-related factors – such as redundancy or pressure from an employer – are another major factor cited by recent retirees. And financial reasons, such as becoming eligible for the pension, have also become more common. The share of recent retirees citing financial reasons as their main motivation has risen from 13% in 2003 to 21% in 2023.

The super gap is narrowing, but still there

The new HILDA data also shows superannuation balances are rising, but not evenly.

In 2023, the median super balance at retirement was just under A$191,000 for women and $310,000 for men. That’s a marked improvement for women – up more than 110% in real dollars (adjusted for inflation) since 2015 – but large gender gaps remain. In 2023, the median super balance at retirement was more than 1.5 times higher for men than women.

Yet these gaps are dwarfed by another source of inequality in retirement: housing wealth. Among recent retirees, 67% owned their home outright in 2023, down from 75% in 2003. These homeowners had average total wealth – including superannuation and home equity – of around $1.66 million. By contrast, those still paying off a mortgage had lower wealth, averaging about $1.48 million.

The wealth divide in later life

But the real divide is between homeowners and renters.

In 2023, 12% of recent retirees were renting privately – double the share from 2003. These retirees had no housing wealth and far less in super. In 2023, 59% of them retired with less than $100,000 in superannuation, compared to just 26% for homeowners. The overall financial position of renters is much more precarious in retirement, with two out of three living in poverty.

This shift has profound implications for future generations.

Housing plays a central role in shaping economic wellbeing in later life. People who retire without owning a home face much higher ongoing costs and have fewer options if health or income shocks occur. Unlike homeowners, they don’t benefit from rising property values or reduced housing expenses. And they’re more exposed to rent increases and housing insecurity.

Unfortunately, the number of retirees in this position is likely to grow. Homeownership is falling among younger Australians, especially those without access to family wealth. And while super balances are improving, renters will burn through their retirement savings much faster than homeowners, just to keep a roof over their head.

Australia’s retirement system is built on the assumption of homeownership. For most homeowners, it allows for a comfortable life after work.

But for renters, the picture is increasingly uncertain. If current trends simply persist – and housing affordability doesn’t get worse – then nearly one in four retirees could be renters by 2043.The Conversation

Kyle Peyton, Senior research fellow, The University of Melbourne

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Older Australians collect an average of 31 PBS scripts a year – new research

SimpleImages/Getty Images
Hui Wen QuekThe University of Western AustraliaAmy T PageThe University of Western AustraliaChristopher Etherton-BeerThe University of Western Australia, and Kenneth LeeThe University of Western Australia

Australians are living longer than ever before. While this is broadly good news, ageing well comes with a range of challenges.

As people grow older, they’re more likely to develop multiple chronic conditions, including heart disease, diabetes, high blood pressure, and cognitive problems such as dementia.

These conditions often mean people need to take more medications. Around one in three Australians aged over 70 take five or more different medications. While these can be important, and even lifesaving, managing multiple medications can become a major challenge in itself.

We wanted to understand more about how older Australians use medications. In a new study, we looked at ten years of national data from the Pharmaceutical Benefits Scheme (PBS), which subsidises medications for eligible Australians.

What did we find?

Using a 10% sample of Australians between 2013–23, we examined how often people aged 65 and over visited prescribers and pharmacies for the dispensing of their PBS medicines. Prescribers included GPs and other medical specialists, for example.

We found older Australians visited their prescribers an average of five times a year and made 16 pharmacy visits annually for the supply of their PBS medications. In 2023, people over 65 had an average of 31 PBS-subsidised medicines dispensed throughout the year (this figure may include repeats of the same medicine).

We also found the number of older Australians using five or more regular PBS medications increased by 32% (from 1.03 million to 1.35 million) from 2013 to 2023, likely driven by population ageing.

It’s important to note our study only captured PBS-subsidised medications that were dispensed. Prescriptions that weren’t filled or those not subsidised by the PBS (such as over-the-counter medications and supplements) weren’t included, meaning the true number of medications older people are using is likely even higher.

Managing medications

While medications are essential for managing health, they can also pose risks. Taking more medications often means a higher likelihood of errors, side effects, drug interactions and hospitalisations.

What’s more, as we age, physiological changes such as reduced kidney and liver function can increase the risk of medication-related harms. Depending on the individual, it could come to a point where the risk of harm eventually outweighs the benefits of the medication.

Sometimes, when it comes to medications, less can be more.

As well as the physical health risks, managing multiple medications can be complex and demanding for older adults and their families. More medications mean more doctors’ visits, more trips to the pharmacy, and prescription costs can also quickly add up. All this can influence what daily life looks like for older people.

Meet ‘Jean’

Let’s look at a hypothetical case study. Jean is 80 and lives on her own. She is on ten different medications for conditions including high blood pressure, high cholesterol, diabetes, arthritis, reflux and sleep problems. Some need to be taken multiple times a day, meaning she takes more than ten tablets daily.

Jean’s routine revolves around managing her medications, remembering what to take and when, coping with medication side effects including dizziness and tiredness, and making frequent trips to the doctor and pharmacy.

She’s stopped going to her weekly bowls game, and even lunch outings have become stressful as she needs to remember her pills and time them around meals. Her daughter helps with transport and picking up scripts, but the complexity of her medications has affected her lifestyle, independence, and enjoyment of life.

Although this case study is fictional, it reflects the circumstances many older people find themselves in with regards to medication use.

What can be done?

It’s important for older people taking multiple medications to talk to their doctor or pharmacist about whether their current medication regimen is still right for them, and how to manage their medication safely and effectively.

Many Australians, particularly older adults, could be eligible to be referred by their GP for a government-funded medication review. These medication reviews are conducted by a credentialed pharmacist and designed to help people get the most benefit from their medications while minimising any potential harms.

However this service remains under-utilised, which motivated a recent campaign to improve awareness and uptake.

Let’s return to Jean. Fortunately, she recently received a detailed medication review.

The reviewing pharmacist was able to make some practical changes to the timing of when Jean takes some of her medications. Also, by suggesting products that combine more than one medication in a single tablet, the pharmacist reduced the number of tablets Jean needs to take every day.

The pharmacist also worked with Jean’s community pharmacy to repackage Jean’s medications into a pill organiser and helped establish a reminder system to help Jean remember to take her medications at the correct times and when to refill her prescriptions.

Finally, the pharmacist queried several of Jean’s medications with her doctor in light of side effects and changes in her health status. As a result, the dose of one medication was halved, and another was discontinued.

Jean now plans to have her medications reviewed annually.

Older Australians tell us they want to enjoy happier, healthier and more fulfilling lives. With the right support, there’s a real opportunity to reduce the burden of taking multiple medications, and help older Australians like Jean not just live longer, but live well.The Conversation

Hui Wen Quek, PhD candidate, Discipline of Pharmacy, The University of Western AustraliaAmy T Page, Associate Professor, School of Health and Clinical Sciences, Pharmacy, The University of Western AustraliaChristopher Etherton-Beer, Professor in Geriatric Medicine, The University of Western Australia, and Kenneth Lee, Senior Lecturer, Pharmacy, School of Health and Clinical Sciences, The University of Western Australia

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Could plastic in your food be fuelling Alzheimer's?

September 19 2025
Plastic particles from everyday items like Styrofoam cups and take-out containers are finding their way into the brain, where they may trigger Alzheimer’s-like symptoms. New research shows that mice carrying the Alzheimer’s-linked APOE4 gene who consumed microplastics exhibited sex-dependent cognitive decline, mirroring the differences seen in human patients.

Micro- and nanoplastics prevalent in the environment routinely enter the human body through water we drink, foods we eat, and even the air we breathe. Those plastic particles infiltrate all systems of the body, including the brain, where they can accumulate and trigger Alzheimer's-like conditions, according to a new study by researchers in the University of Rhode Island College of Pharmacy.

After a previous study that showed how microplastics can infiltrate all systems of the body -- including the blood-brain barrier, which protects the brain from harmful substances as small as viruses and bacteria -- URI pharmacy assistant professor Jaime Ross expanded the study to determine the brain health impacts of the plastic toxins. Her findings indicate that the accumulation of micro- and nanoplastics in the brain can lead to cognitive decline and even Alzheimer's disease, especially in those who carry genetic risk factors.

Ross' latest study, published recently in the journal Environmental Research Communications, examined mice that had been genetically modified to include the naturally occurring gene APOE4, a strong indicator of Alzheimer's risk making people 3.5 times more likely to develop the disease than those who carry the APOE3 variant of the gene that is passed from parents to offspring.

"In these mice, like in people, it's not a guarantee that you're going to see any changes in cognition. You could have identical twins both carrying APOE4, one totally cognitively healthy, and the other could develop Alzheimer's disease," Ross said. "So that tells us there's something about lifestyle, something about the environment going on. There are modifiable factors we're studying related to Alzheimer's-diet, exercise, vitamins, and especially environmental toxins like microplastics. If you carry the APOE4, and you happen to consume a lot of microplastics, will this contribute to Alzheimer's disease?"

To find out, Ross and her team exposed two groups of mice -- one with the APOE4 variant and one with APOE3 -- to micro- and nanoplastics in their drinking water over a period of three weeks. The tiny particles from polystyrene -- among the most abundant plastics in the world, found in Styrofoam take-out containers, plastic cups and more -- infiltrated the mice' organs, including the brain, as expected. The research included a control group from each APOE designation did not receive microplastic exposure.

Ross' team then ran the mice through a series of tests to examine their cognitive ability, beginning with an open-field test, in which researchers put a mouse in a chamber and allow it to explore at will for 90 minutes. Ordinarily, a mouse will hug the walls, naturally attempting to hide from potential predators. However, after microplastic exposure, the APOE4 mice -- especially the male mice -- tended to wander more in the middle of the chamber and spend time in open space, leaving themselves vulnerable to predators.
To test their ability to recognize novel objects, Ross placed mice in an open chamber with two distinct objects. After having time to explore the objects, the mice were removed and returned later, this time with one of the objects replaced with a different shape. The female mice with APOE4 and microplastic exposure were slow to recognize the novel objects, if they did at all, a sign of cognitive decline affecting memory.

"In the first test, you can see the males are spending more time and resting more in the centre of the arena. In females, we saw changes in novel object recognition," Ross said. "In human Alzheimer's patients, men tend to experience more changes in apathy; they care less. Women experience more changes in memory. So the memory and the apathy connection are pretty clear: When you expose animals that are carrying the largest known risk factor in humans for developing Alzheimer's disease to micro- and nanopastics, lo and behold, their behaviour changes in a sex-dependent manner similar to the sex-dependent differences we see with Alzheimer's patients."

The results are concerning enough to warrant further study into the cognitive decline caused by exposure to micro- and nanoplastics, which are among the most prominent environmental toxins to which people are routinely exposed. (A separate URI study released in 2023 revealed of the extent to which microplastics accumulate in the environment, shockingly finding that the top two inches of the floor of Narragansett Bay contain more than 1,000 tons of microplastics.)

Ross is continuing to expand her research into the topic and encourages others to do so, in the hope of leading to better regulation of the toxins. The Microplastics Safety Act, introduced in the U.S. House of Representatives in July would direct the U.S. Food and Drug Administration to study the human health impacts of microplastics in food and water, specifically focusing on vulnerabilities for children, the endocrine and reproductive systems, and links to cancer and chronic illnesses.

"There has not been a lot of money spent on the human health impacts of microplastics," Ross said, noting she is in regular discussion with the Rhode Island Congressional delegation about the need for regulation. "It's interesting that what we're seeing in mice is similar to what we're seeing in the real world. We want to encourage further research into the scourge of micro- and nanoplastics."

Lauren Gaspar, Sydney Bartman, Hannah Tobias-Wallingford, Giuseppe Coppotelli, Jaime M Ross. Short-term exposure to polystyrene microplastics alters cognition, immune, and metabolic markers in an apolipoprotein E (APOE) genotype and sex-dependent manner. Environmental Research Communications, 2025; 7 (8): 085012 DOI: 10.1088/2515-7620/adf8ae

Jimmy Kimmel’s cancellation is the latest sign we’re witnessing the end of US democracy

Emma ShortisRMIT University

History’s path is never linear. But its turns can be very sharp.

It is rare to be able to identify the moment when we can say “this is the point at which everything changed”.

So have we reached the point where we can say the United States is in a constitutional crisis? Has American democracy failed? Has the US descended into authoritarianism?

If the answers to those questions weren’t clear already, they are now.

Yes. It is happening. Right now.

Not because of one incident, but a series of moments and choices, events within familiar historical structures, that are pushing the US over the edge.

The assassination of Charlie Kirk, and the choices made by the administration in its aftermath, is one such moment. It was immediately clear the Trump administration would use Kirk’s murder as a pretext for accelerating its authoritarian project, weaponising it to destroy opponents, both real and imagined.

In a video address from the Oval Office, Trump blamed the “radical left” and promised a crackdown on “organisations” that “contributed” to the crime. His vice president, JD Vance, hosted Kirk’s podcast, effectively making it a tool of state-sponsored media.

On that show, White House Deputy Chief of Staff Stephen Miller promised “we are going to use every resource we have at the Department of Justice, Homeland Security and throughout this government to identify, disrupt, dismantle and destroy these networks”.

In the MAGA-verse, terms such as “radical left”, “networks” and “organisations” are code for any form of opposition or dissent – including the Democratic Party and traditional media. It is worth noting here that “radical left” is now shifting to terms as broad as “left-leaning”, progressive or, even more subversive, liberal.

The Trump administration is promising to go after the fundraising architecture of its opposition, broadly defined. And it will. It is already using the agencies of the federal government – including the Federal Bureau of Investigation and the Internal Revenue Service – to threaten, punish and obliterate those who oppose it.

And the moments keep coming. On Wednesday, Chair of the Federal Communications Commission, Brendan Carr, appeared on another far-right podcast. Carr – a Project 2025 contributor – suggested that broadcasters running the Jimmy Kimmel Live! show were risking “the possibility of fines or licensed revocation from the FCC” due to Kimmel’s comments about Kirk’s death.

That night, ABC announced that Kimmel’s show would be suspended indefinitely.

Kimmel’s moment follows Stephen Colbert’s. It follows another moment earlier in the week, when Trump berated senior Australian Broadcasting Commission journalist John Lyons, aggressively telling him he was “hurting” Australia and that he would tell the Australian prime minster as much. The ABC has since been barred from Trump’s UK press conference, ostensibly for “logistical reasons”.

In the firehose of these moments, it can be difficult to see them in context. But they are all connected – part of a deliberate, carefully planned program to destroy anyone or anything that opposes or even questions Republican orthodoxy as defined by Trump.

The Kirk moment, the Kimmel moment, and all the rest, must be understood in that broader framework. This week, too, the Trump administration announced it was deploying the National Guard into Memphis, Tennessee. It will likely also send the National Guard into Chicago, as it has long been threatening. It has already despatched the National Guard into Los Angeles and Washington DC.

Trump and his cronies are openly musing about other “Democrat cities”. The point is to sow fear and suppress dissent. It is working.

This month, in the aftermath of a meeting with his Russian counterpart Vladimir Putin, Trump promised to end mail-in voting. The Trump-aligned Supreme Court is poised to gut a key provision of the Voting Rights Act intended to prevent racial discrimination. The mid-term elections are still over a year away.

Incredibly, we are only eight months into the second Trump administration. But the moments will keep coming, and the speed at which they arrive will likely accelerate.

Taken together, they paint a very grim picture for the future of US democracy, constrained though it already is. The widespread, coordinated suppression of dissent – and the extended chilling effect that suppression has – are ripping apart the fabric of American political life.

It is here. It is happening. History is being made before our eyes.

This is a monumental change. For the United States. For the world.The Conversation

Emma Shortis, Adjunct Senior Fellow, School of Global, Urban and Social Studies, RMIT University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Political witch hunts and blacklists: Donald Trump and the new era of McCarthyism

Shannon BrincatUniversity of the Sunshine CoastFrank MolsThe University of Queensland, and Gail CrimminsUniversity of the Sunshine Coast

A modern-day political inquisition is unfolding in “digital town squares” across the United States. The slain far-right activist Charlie Kirk has become a focal point for a coordinated campaign of silencing critics that chillingly echoes one of the darkest chapters in American history.

Individuals who have publicly criticised Kirk or made perceived insensitive comments regarding his death are being threatened, fired or doxed.

Teachers and professors have been fired or disciplined, one for posting that Kirk was racist, misogynistic and a neo-Nazi, another for calling Kirk a “hate-spreading Nazi”.

Journalists have also lost their jobs after making comments about Kirk’s assassination, as has the late-night television host Jimmy Kimmel.

A website called “Expose Charlie’s Murderers” had been posting the names, locations and employers of people saying critical things about Kirk before it was reportedly taken down. Vice President JD Vance has pushed for this public response, urging supporters to “call them out … hell, call their employer”.

This is far-right “cancel culture”, the likes of which the US hasn’t seen since the McCarthy era in the 1950s.

The birth of McCarthyism

The McCarthy era may well have faded in our collective memory, but it’s important to understand how it unfolded and the impact it had on America. As the philosopher George Santayana once said, “Those who cannot remember the past are condemned to repeat it.”

Since the 1950s, “McCarthyism” has become shorthand for the practice of making unsubstantiated accusations of disloyalty against political opponents, often through fear-mongering and public humiliation.

Joseph McCarthy. Library of Congress/Wikimedia Commons

The term gets its name from Senator Joseph McCarthy, a Republican who was the leading architect of a ruthless witch hunt in the US to root out alleged Communists and subversives across American institutions.

The campaign included both public and private persecutions from the late 1940s to early 1950s, involving hearings before the House Un-American Activities Committee and the Senate’s Permanent Subcommittee on Investigations.

Millions of federal employees had to fill out loyalty investigation forms during this time, while hundreds of employees were either fired or not hired. Hundreds of Hollywood figures were also blacklisted.

The campaign also involved the parallel targeting of the LGBTQI+ community working in government – known as the Lavender Scare.

And similar to doxing today, witnesses in government hearings were asked to provide the names of communist sympathisers, and investigators gave lists of prospective witnesses to the media. Major corporations told employees who invoked the Fifth Amendment and refused to testify they would be fired.

The greatest toll of McCarthyism was perhaps on public discourse. A deep chill settled over US politics, with people afraid to voice any opinion that could be construed as dissenting.

When the congressional records were finally unsealed in the early 2000s, the Permanent Subcommittee on Investigations said the hearings “are a part of our national past that we can neither afford to forget nor permit to reoccur”.

Another witch hunt under Trump

Today, however, a similar campaign is being waged by the Trump administration and others on the right, who are stoking fears of the “the enemy within”.

This new campaign to blacklist government critics is following a similar pattern to the McCarthy era, but is spreading much more quickly, thanks to social media, and is arguably targeting far more regular Americans.

Even before Kirk’s killing, there were worrying signs of a McCarthyist revival in the early days of the second Trump administration.

After Trump ordered the dismantling of public Diversity, Equity and Inclusion (DEI) programs, civil institutions, universities, corporations and law firms were pressured to do the same. Some were threatened with investigation or freezing of federal funds.

In Texas, a teacher was accused of guiding Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) squads to suspected non-citizens at a high school. A group called the Canary Mission identified pro-Palestinian green-card holders for deportation. And just this week, the University of California at Berkeley admitted to handing over the names of staff accused of antisemitism.

Supporters of the push to expose those criticising Kirk have framed their actions as protecting the country from “un-American”, woke ideologies. This narrative only deepens polarisation by simplifying everything into a Manichean world view: the “good people” versus the corrupt “leftist elite”.

The fact the political assassination of Democratic lawmaker Melissa Hortman did not garner the same reaction from the right reveals a gross double standard at play.

Another double standard: attempts to silence anyone criticising Kirk’s divisive ideology, while being permissive of his more odious claims. For example, he once called George Floyd, a Black man killed by police, a “scumbag”.

In the current climate, empathy is not a “made-up, new age term”, as Kirk once said, but appears to be highly selective.

This brings an increased danger, too. When neighbours become enemies and dialogue is shut down, the possibilities for conflict and violence are exacerbated.

Many are openly discussing the parallels with the rise of fascism in Germany, and even the possibility of another civil war.

A sense of decency?

The parallels between McCarthyism and Trumpism are stark and unsettling. In both eras, dissent has been conflated with disloyalty.

How far could this go? Like the McCarthy era, it partly depends on the public reaction to Trump’s tactics.

McCarthy’s influence began to wane when he charged the army with being soft on communism in 1954. The hearings, broadcast to the nation, did not go well. At one point, the army’s lawyer delivered a line that would become infamous:

Until this moment, Senator, I think I never really gauged your cruelty or your recklessness […] Have you no sense of decency?

Without concerted, collective societal pushback against this new McCarthyism and a return to democratic norms, we risk a further coarsening of public life.

The lifeblood of democracy is dialogue; its safeguard is dissent. To abandon these tenets is to pave the road towards authoritarianism.The Conversation

Shannon Brincat, Senior Lecturer in Politics and International Relations, University of the Sunshine CoastFrank Mols, Senior Lecturer in Political Science, The University of Queensland, and Gail Crimmins, Associate professor, University of the Sunshine Coast

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Trump accuses ABC journalist of ‘hurting Australia’ and says he’ll report him to Albanese

Michelle GrattanUniversity of Canberra

It doesn’t take much for a journalist to get under Donald Trump’s skin. When the ABC’s United States correspondent John Lyons started questioning the president during a Washington “doorstop” about his business dealings while in office, the response was both full-on and petty.

Lyons was trying to get answers for a coming ABC Four Corners program.

He asked how much wealthier Trump was now than when he re-entered office and “Is it appropriate, President Trump, that a president in office should be engaged in so much business activity?”

Trump said that “my kids are running the business”, and mostly the deals were done before he took office.

Turning on Lyons, he asked where he was from.

When Lyons replied he was from the Australian Broadcasting Corporation – Four Corners, the president let loose.

“In my opinion, you are hurting Australia very much right now. And they want to get along with me.

"You know, your leader is coming over to see me very soon. I’m going to tell him about you. You set a very bad tone”.

When Lyons tried to continue, Trump said “Quiet”.

The White House followed up with a post on its official response account. “POTUS smacks down a rude foreign Fake News loser (many such cases): ‘Quiet.’”

Albanese is set to have his long-sought first meeting with Trump next week on the sidelines of the United Nations leaders week. Trump’s reference to it is the first time it has been officially confirmed.

The Albanese government has been trying to clear obstacles ahead of the meeting. With the Americans pressing Australia to increase its defence spending from about 2% of GDP at present to 3.5%, defence announcements have preceded the meeting.

At the weekend the government announced $12 billion in investment over a decade in a naval facility in Western Australia.

Defence Minister Richard Marles also argues Australia is spending more than 2% on defence according to a different measure.

“There are different measures around the world of percentages of GDP. I mean, if you look at the way in which NATO accounts for its own spending in terms of percentage of GDP, based on that metric, our spending on GDP today in terms of defence is around 2.8%,” he said at the weekend.

Given how some other leaders have been treated when meeting Trump, there has been some nervousness in the Prime Minister’s Office about the initial face-to-face encounter between the president and the prime minister.

The planned Four Corners’ program adds a fresh potential irritant.

The ABC said: “John Lyons is a highly awarded journalist and one of the most experienced and respected reporters in Australia. His job is to ask questions. He has the ABC’s full support.”The Conversation

Michelle Grattan, Professorial Fellow, University of Canberra

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Right-wing extremist violence is more frequent and more deadly than left-wing violence − what the data shows

Most domestic terrorists in the U.S. are politically on the right. Paul Campbell, iStock / Getty Images Plus
Art JipsonUniversity of Dayton and Paul J. BeckerUniversity of Dayton

After the Sept. 10, 2025, assassination of conservative political activist Charlie Kirk, President Donald Trump claimed that radical leftist groups foment political violence in the U.S., and “they should be put in jail.”

“The radical left causes tremendous violence,” he said, asserting that “they seem to do it in a bigger way” than groups on the right.

Top presidential adviser Stephen Miller also weighed in after Kirk’s killing, saying that left-wing political organizations constitute “a vast domestic terror movement.”

“We are going to use every resource we have … throughout this government to identify, disrupt, dismantle and destroy these networks and make America safe again,” Miller said.

But policymakers and the public need reliable evidence and actual data to understand the reality of politically motivated violence. From our research on extremism, it’s clear that the president’s and Miller’s assertions about political violence from the left are not based on actual facts.

Based on our own research and a review of related work, we can confidently say that most domestic terrorists in the U.S. are politically on the right, and right-wing attacks account for the vast majority of fatalities from domestic terrorism.

Trump aide Stephen Miller says the administration will go after ‘a vast domestic terror movement’ on the left.

Political violence rising

The understanding of political violence is complicated by differences in definitions and the recent Department of Justice removal of an important government-sponsored study of domestic terrorists.

Political violence in the U.S. has risen in recent months and takes forms that go unrecognized. During the 2024 election cycle, nearly half of all states reported threats against election workers, including social media death threats, intimidation and doxing.

Kirk’s assassination illustrates the growing threat. The man charged with the murder, Tyler Robinson, allegedly planned the attack in writing and online.

This follows other politically motivated killings, including the June assassination of Democratic Minnesota state Rep. and former House Speaker Melissa Hortman and her husband.

These incidents reflect a normalization of political violence. Threats and violence are increasingly treated as acceptable for achieving political goals, posing serious risks to democracy and society.

Defining ‘political violence’

This article relies on some of our research on extremismother academic research, federal reports, academic datasets and other monitoring to assess what is known about political violence.

Support for political violence in the U.S. is spreading from extremist fringes into the mainstream, making violent actions seem normal. Threats can move from online rhetoric to actual violence, posing serious risks to democratic practices.

But different agencies and researchers use different definitions of political violence, making comparisons difficult.

The FBI and Department of Homeland Security define domestic violent extremism as threats involving actual violence. They do not investigate people in the U.S. for constitutionally protected speech, activism or ideological beliefs.

Domestic violent extremism is defined by the FBI and Department of Homeland Security as violence or credible threats of violence intended to influence government policy or intimidate civilians for political or ideological purposes. This general framing, which includes diverse activities under a single category, guides investigations and prosecutions.

Datasets compiled by academic researchers use narrower and more operational definitions. The Global Terrorism Database counts incidents that involve intentional violence with political, social or religious motivation.

These differences mean that the same incident may or may not appear in a dataset, depending on the rules applied.

The FBI and Department of Homeland Security emphasize that these distinctions are not merely academic. Labeling an event “terrorism” rather than a “hate crime” can change who is responsible for investigating an incident and how many resources they have to investigate it.

For example, a politically motivated shooting might be coded as terrorism in federal reporting, cataloged as political violence by the Armed Conflict Location and Event Data Project, and prosecuted as homicide or a hate crime at the state level.

Patterns in incidents and fatalities

Despite differences in definitions, several consistent patterns emerge from available evidence.

Politically motivated violence is a small fraction of total violent crime, but its impact is magnified by symbolic targets, timing and media coverage.

In the first half of 2025, 35% of violent events tracked by University of Maryland researchers targeted U.S. government personnel or facilities – more than twice the rate in 2024.

Right-wing extremist violence has been deadlier than left-wing violence in recent years.

Based on government and independent analyses, right-wing extremist violence has been responsible for the overwhelming majority of fatalities, amounting to approximately 75% to 80% of U.S. domestic terrorism deaths since 2001.

Illustrative cases include the 2015 Charleston church shooting, when white supremacist Dylann Roof killed nine Black parishioners; the 2018 Tree of Life synagogue attack in Pittsburgh, where 11 worshippers were murdered; the 2019 El Paso Walmart massacre, in which an anti-immigrant gunman killed 23 people. The 1995 Oklahoma City bombing, an earlier but still notable example, killed 168 in the deadliest domestic terrorist attack in U.S. history.

By contrast, left-wing extremist incidents, including those tied to anarchist or environmental movements, have made up about 10& to 15% of incidents and less than 5% of fatalities.

Examples include the Animal Liberation Front and Earth Liberation Front arson and vandalism campaigns in the 1990s and 2000s, which were more likely to target property rather than people.

Violence occurred during Seattle May Day protests in 2016, with anarchist groups and other demonstrators clashing with police. The clashes resulted in multiple injuries and arrests. In 2016, five Dallas police officers were murdered by a heavily armed sniper who was targeting white police officers.

A woman crying at a memorial of many flowers outside a church.
A memorial outside Emanuel AME Church in Charleston, S.C., on June 19, 2015, after a white supremacist killed nine Black parishioners there. Brendan Smialowski/AFP via Getty Images

Hard to count

There’s another reason it’s hard to account for and characterize certain kinds of political violence and those who perpetrate it.

The U.S. focuses on prosecuting criminal acts rather than formally designating organizations as terrorist, relying on existing statutes such as conspiracy, weapons violations, RICO provisions and hate crime laws to pursue individuals for specific acts of violence.

Unlike foreign terrorism, the federal government does not have a mechanism to formally charge an individual with domestic terrorism. That makes it difficult to characterize someone as a domestic terrorist.

The State Department’s Foreign Terrorist Organization list applies only to groups outside of the United States. By contrast, U.S. law bars the government from labeling domestic political organizations as terrorist entities because of First Amendment free speech protections.

Rhetoric is not evidence

Without harmonized reporting and uniform definitions, the data will not provide an accurate overview of political violence in the U.S.

But we can make some important conclusions.

Politically motivated violence in the U.S. is rare compared with overall violent crime. Political violence has a disproportionate impact because even rare incidents can amplify fear, influence policy and deepen societal polarization.

Right-wing extremist violence has been more frequent and more lethal than left-wing violence. The number of extremist groups is substantial and skewed toward the right, although a count of organizations does not necessarily reflect incidents of violence.

High-profile political violence often brings heightened rhetoric and pressure for sweeping responses. Yet the empirical record shows that political violence remains concentrated within specific movements and networks rather than spread evenly across the ideological spectrum. Distinguishing between rhetoric and evidence is essential for democracy.

Trump and members of his administration are threatening to target whole organizations and movements and the people who work in them with aggressive legal measures – to jail them or scrutinize their favorable tax status. But research shows that the majority of political violence comes from people following right-wing ideologies.The Conversation

Art Jipson, Associate Professor of Sociology, University of Dayton and Paul J. Becker, Associate Professor of Sociology, University of Dayton

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Kmart broke privacy laws by scanning customers’ faces. What did it do wrong, and why?

Steve Christo – Corbis / Getty Images
Margarita VladimirovaDeakin University

Today the Office of the Australian Information Commissioner found retail giant Kmart breached Australians’ privacy.

The company had collected personal and sensitive information through a facial recognition technology system designed to tackle refund fraud – where people try to obtain refunds to which they are not entitled, for example by returning stolen goods.

Between June 2020 and July 2022, Kmart used the system to capture the faces of every person who entered 28 of its retail stores, as well as people who presented at a returns counter.

Kmart’s response

In a statement to the ABC, a Kmart spokeperson said the company was disappointed with the decision and considering an appeal.

Like most other retailers, Kmart is experiencing escalating incidents of theft in stores which are often accompanied by anti-social behaviour or acts of violence against team members and customers.

The spokesperson also said images were only retained

if they matched an image of a person of interest reasonably suspected or known to have engaged in refund fraud. All other images were deleted, and the data was never used for marketing or any other purposes.

A disproportionate application of facial recognition tech

Kmart argued the fact they were attempting to prevent refund fraud meant the consent of the people whose faces they captured was not required.

However, Privacy Commissioner Carly Kind concluded that the use of facial recognition technology to prevent fraud is out of proportion, for several reasons.

First, there are other, less privacy-intrusive methods available to Kmart to address refund fraud. (For example, it could instruct staff to check documents more thoroughly.)

Second, the system was not very useful in preventing fraud. The amount of fraud detected was insignificant, and disproportionate when weighed against the serious privacy risks posed by the collection and management of facial information.

Third, every individual (customer) who entered the store was included in the facial recognition database, regardless of their intent and without their consent.

For these reasons, and as the system affected the privacy of many thousands of individuals not suspected of refund fraud, the collection of biometric information was a disproportionate interference with privacy.

A lack of transparency

Under the Privacy Act, the collection and use of personal information must be both proportionate and transparent. Like the proportionality requirement, the transparency requirement was not satisfied in this case. Customers were neither made aware of the process nor asked for their consent for their facial information to be collected.

Consent is one of the cornerstones in information collection. The Privacy Act provides a limited definition of consent that includes two types of consent: express and implied. Given its unique and sensitive nature, facial information should only be collected under conditions of express consent.

Express consent is when an individual, fully informed, voluntarily and explicitly, agrees to the collection of their information. The agreement may be given in writing, verbally, or through a clear affirmative action.

Simply walking into a store where you usually buy groceries and goods cannot be considered as giving consent.

Appeals to safety

As surveillance technologies expand, the collection of facial information is becoming increasingly normalised in daily life. It is often promoted through carefully crafted nudges such as claims that it is “for safety” or “to prevent fraud”.

My research for my PhD (not yet published, though some preliminary results are available here) has found these nudges change our perception of the ever-increasing presence of facial recognition technology in our lives.

We come to consider security cameras with embedded facial recognition technology to be a norm, rather than interference with our lives. And the justification of “safety” makes it sound reasonable.

The limits of facial recognition

However, the determination against Kmart shows these justifications are weak against thorough tests of reasonability and proportionality.

Facial recognition technology does little to protect against real risks. Only a human security guard can stop an aggressive customer, for example. And as the commissioner note in the Kmart case, the technology may not actually prevent much fraud.

This raises an important consideration for anyone planning to use facial recognition technology for security.

Facial information is unique and valuable. The use of facial recognition technology should be carefully crafted and adjusted.

Less privacy-intrusive measures must be considered first. This will ensure the protection of the privacy rights of individuals – and a balanced approach for society as a whole.The Conversation

Margarita Vladimirova, PhD in Privacy Law and Facial Recognition Technology, Deakin University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Eradicating mould would save millions in health-care costs: how our homes affect our health

Olga Rolenko/Getty Images
Rebecca BentleyThe University of Melbourne and Kate MasonThe University of Melbourne

Housing is a key determinant of physical health. Housing conditions can increase or reduce the risk of problems including respiratory illness, heart disease and injury.

Improving housing conditions would see an improvement in health at the population level and reduce health-care costs.

In a study yet to be peer-reviewed, our research team has estimated eradicating mould and damp in Australian housing could cut health expenditure by A$117 million per million people, and increase income by $174 million. These figures represent 0.5%–2.1% of annual health spending and 0.08%–0.36% of gross domestic product.

We also estimated tackling mould and damp could result in an extra 4,190 health-adjusted life years (the number of years a person can expect to live in good health) per million people over 20 years. This is equivalent to about 1.5 healthy days per person. We’d see the greatest gains among people who are most disadvantaged.

In Australia and several similar countries, the conditions and location of many people’s homes are heavily influenced by housing affordability and the failure of successive governments to treat housing as a human right. Instead, it’s often been treated as a wealth-generating asset.

But it’s time to change things. The significant effects of poor housing on health, and a growing body of evidence indicating healthier homes could lead to tangible improvements, build a strong case for prioritising healthy housing policy in Australia.

Respiratory health

Numerous studies have established strong links between poor housing quality and increased risk of respiratory issues.

Exposure to damp, mould and poor ventilation in homes has consistently been associated with higher rates of asthmaallergies and other respiratory conditions, particularly among children and vulnerable groups.

Cold and poorly insulated homes can exacerbate respiratory symptoms. Meanwhile, overcrowding may make it easier for respiratory infections to spread.

Indoor air pollutants, from sources such as building materials and inappropriate heating systems, can further compromise lung function and respiratory health.

On the flip side, interventions to improve housing conditions – such as enhancing insulation, reducing dampness and improving ventilation – can positively affect respiratory health.

For instance, studies have shown retrofitting homes with proper insulation can lead to significant reductions in asthma symptoms and hospital admissions for respiratory conditions.

Heart health

The conditions and location of housing are also linked to cardiovascular health (for example, blood pressure) and metabolic health conditions such as diabetes and obesity.

Cold and damp housing conditions can increase the risk of disease through their effect on blood pressure. Exposure to low indoor temperatures can lead to high blood pressure, a major risk factor for conditions including heart disease, stroke and type 2 diabetes.

Poor insulation and energy inefficiency can exacerbate these effects, especially in regions with cold climates or during winter months.

Conversely, changes to housing that make temperatures more comfortable – such as installing insulation or efficient heating and cooling systems – could reduce disease risk.

For example, studies have shown reductions in blood pressure and fewer hospital admissions following interventions designed to warm homes.

Where we live also matters. For instance, the location of our home determines how much we’re exposed to air pollution – a risk factor for a range of diseases.

Access to green spaces and places to exercise near home is linked to reduced risk of diabetesobesity and cardiovascular disease.

Injuries

Poor housing conditions can increase the risk of injuries such as falls and burns.

Inadequate lighting, uneven flooring, and poorly maintained or constructed stairs are common hazards that increase the risk of falls, especially among older adults. What’s more, the absence of proper accessibility features in homes can lead to increased risk of injuries among people with disabilities.

Studies have shown low-cost housing modifications – such as installing grab bars and handrails, improving lighting and childproofing measures – can markedly reduce injury rates.

Faulty electrical wiring and inadequate fire safety measures, such as the absence of smoke detectors, increase the risk of injuries and deaths. When New South Wales made smoke alarms compulsory in all homes in 2006, hospitalisation rates for residential fire injuries decreased by an estimated 36% annually.

But there’s variation in smoke alarm legislation across different Australian jurisdictions. And challenges remain with enforcement and ensuring alarms are functional.

Failing to act will cost us

Lower-income households, and especially renters, are at higher risk of the health consequences of poor housing. This contributes to health inequities across society.

In a new paper published in The Lancet Public Health, we present housing as a key social determinant of health. We highlight how affordability, security and suitability of housing shape health and wellbeing.

At the same time, our recent modelling and other research internationally provide compelling evidence that improving housing could have substantial benefits.

These models consistently show targeting mould, damp and cold in housing not only improve health outcomes, but also offer significant economic gains. This positions housing improvement as a cost-effective public health strategy.

As well as interventions to directly improve housing conditions for the homes that most need it, we also need structural reform of our housing systems. We must ensure everyone has access to an affordable, secure and suitable home.

This article is part of a series, Healthy Homes.The Conversation

Rebecca Bentley, Professor of Social Epidemiology and Director of the Centre of Research Excellence in Healthy Housing at the Melbourne School of Population and Global Health, The University of Melbourne and Kate Mason, Senior Research Fellow, Melbourne School of Population and Global Health, The University of Melbourne

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

The ‘anxiety economy’ is booming. But should companies be profiting from our fears?

Ron Lach/Pexels, The ConversationCC BY-SA
Paul HarrisonDeakin University

When the newly appointed chief executive of tracking app Life360 recently described the company as part of the “anxiety economy”, it sounded like a throwaway phrase. But it was also surprisingly candid.

The app, which allows families to track their children’s (or parent’s) whereabouts in real time, is on one in ten phones in the US, according to some reports. What began as a niche product has become part of everyday life for many households.

Life360, along with Snapchat’s Snap Map and Apple’s Find My Friends (or Stalk My Friends as it is called in my family) is promoted as a tool for safety and peace of mind.

But the fact its chief executive was comfortable to explicitly link the app to anxiety and its commercial exploitation highlights a much larger cultural phenomenon: we increasingly exist in a world where our unease, vigilance, and even our guilt is being used for profit.

Technology can prey on anxiety

From an evolutionary perspective, anxiety is mostly a good thing. It evolved to prepare us for potential threats – things like a rustle in the grass keeping us awake at night. This bias means negative or threatening information is more easily and quickly processed.

The difficulty is that the world we inhabit now is very different to the savannah. The same vigilance that once protected us from predators now keeps us refreshing apps, scrolling news feeds, and checking digital maps for reassurance.

But technology is not neutral. Indeed, it can serve to amplify this instinct. A tracking app like Life360 sells you peace of mind, but it can also create new anxieties. If your child’s location dot pauses for ten minutes, you might feel compelled to check, to call, or to worry. The reassurance is real, but so is the unease.

The illusion of control offered by these products gives us the sense that monitoring reduces risk, when in fact it can serve to increase our dependence on the technology. In fact, some research suggests that the harder we try to suppress anxiety, the worse it becomes.

Anxiety often presents as a vague unease. The genius of marketing lies in giving that unease a focus; for example, your home might not be safe, your child might not be learning enough, or your skin might not be radiant enough. Once the unease is named, a product can be offered as the solution. In the contemporary and commercial world, consumer products become the “fixes” that we use to defend ourselves from this constant instability.

The ‘guilty mum’ marketing ploy

Parenting is one area of life that marketers have been able to exploit with products to both relieve and reinforce those fears. The “guilty mum” trope captures the way marketing exploits the gap between the actual self (“I can’t always be there for my child”) and the ought/ideal self (“a good mum should always know and protect”).

That gap produces guilt, which ultimately creates demand for products such as baby monitors, organic snacks, and tracking apps. And while the relief is genuine, it is temporary, because the underlying self-discrepancy remains.

Marketers are able to prey on parents’ fears.

This helps to explain why facts rarely calm us. Statistically, most children are safer today than at almost any time in history with lower mortality rates, less violence, and better health care. Yet we are drawn to extreme and noticeable events, a bias that makes threats stand out more vividly than the quieter, more ordinary evidence of safety. And because parents do not feel safer, marketers can take advantage of this gap between facts and feelings.

This is why calling it an “anxiety economy” is not hyperbole. Economies emerge when a resource can be cultivated, extracted, exchanged, and scaled. Companies identify new triggers for anxiety, create tools to manage them, and sustain the unease they claim to solve.

young schoolboy using smartphone while waiting for the bus.
Despite the evidence, parents and children do not feel safer than in the past. SolStock/Getty Images

Algorithms then capitalise on this fear by testing millions of tiny interventions to determine which notifications, prompts and stories most effectively push our emotional buttons. By agreeing to the terms and conditions, we become part of a larger corporate consumer behaviour experiment.

The concern with these apps is not that they are inherently bad. In fact, they can and do provide a degree of comfort. However, the deeper issue is when the exploitation of anxiety becomes normalised. Once we believe in the necessity of monitoring, it becomes difficult to resist. These convictions are initially framed through the commercial lens built around personal choice, but bleed into daily routines, and eventually become part of the economy.

So, while the chief executive of Life360 may have been unusually unguarded, her statement raises a deeper question: do we want a society that commercialises fear? Anxiety is a universal human emotion, yet choosing to exploit it for profit is entirely cultural.

Markets do not care for us as people do. When even the financial press casually describes investment in a company like Life360 as a “lucrative roller-coaster”, it is worth pausing to ask whether we want investment markets and economies that reward the monetisation of anxiety.The Conversation

Paul Harrison, Director, Master of Business Administration Program (MBA); Co-Director, Better Consumption Lab, Deakin University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Details on how Australia’s social media ban for under-16s will work are finally becoming clear

Richard Baker / Getty Images
Lisa M. GivenRMIT University

The Australian government today released regulatory guidance on the social media minimum age law, which comes into effect on December 10. The law will restrict individuals under 16 from holding accounts on many social media platforms.

Reasonable steps for tech companies

This guidance follows a self-assessment guide for technology companies recently released by the eSafety Commission. Companies can use this to determine whether their services will be age-restricted.

That guidance included details on the types of platforms to be excluded from the age restrictions, such as those whose “sole or primary purpose” is professional networking, to support education or health, or to enable playing of online games.

Today’s guidance is aimed at services likely to be age-restricted, such as Facebook, Instagram and TikTok. It sets out what the government considers “reasonable steps” technology companies must take to “ensure they have appropriate measures in place” to comply with the legislation.

Removing underage users

Social media platforms will be expected to “detect and deactivate or remove” accounts from existing underage users. The government advice says this should be done “with care and clear communication”, which suggests account-holders will be notified.

However, it remains unclear whether companies will delete a user’s content. Nor is it clear whether an underage person’s account could be reactivated once they turn 16.

Preservation options may demonstrate a level of “care” expected by the legislation. This may be important for young people concerned about losing their creative content and social media history.

Tech companies will also need to “prevent re-registration or circumvention by underage users whose accounts have been deactivated or removed”.

This suggests companies may need to put measures in place to counter attempts to use virtual private networks (VPNs), for example, which allow users to hide their country of residence. They may also need strategies to check whether underage users are accessing accounts due to errors made by age-assurance technologies.

How age assurance may work

For users over 16 who are erroneously restricted from accessing accounts, technology companies must “provide accessible review mechanisms”.

Companies are also expected to take a “layered approach” to age assurance to minimise error rates and “friction” for users. They must also give users choice on how age will be assured, as they “cannot use government ID as the sole method”.

This may allay some data-privacy concerns. However, the number of users who need to provide some form of personal information to assure their age will be significant.

The government guidance makes clear companies must ensure they are “avoiding reliance on self-declaration alone” (that is, simply asking users their age). Companies must also be “continuously monitoring and improving systems” to demonstrate they are effective in limiting underage account access.

Will the legislation achieve its goal?

The guidance provides clarity on many practical questions about how the legislation will be implemented. It also demonstrates that Australians under 16 are not being banned, completely, from accessing social media content.

Under-16s will still be able to view social media content online without logging into an account. This means things such as watching YouTube on a web browser.

Young people may still access content through accounts held by older people. Think of when adult accounts remain logged in on shared devices.

Parents and other caregivers will need to ensure they understand the new rules and continue to guide young people accessing content online. The eSafety Commissioner will also provide further resources to support people to understand the new laws.

What won’t be required

Importantly, the government “is not asking platforms to verify the age of all users”. The guidance explains such a blanket verification approach “may be considered unreasonable, especially if existing data can infer age reliably”. Some young people may keep their accounts, such as in cases where facial scanning technology estimates them to be over 16.

The government “does not expect platforms to keep personal information from individual age checks” or retain “user-level data”. Rather, companies will be expected to keep records that “focus on systems and processes”.

This suggests individual cases of young people accessing accounts may not mean companies have failed to comply with legislation.

However, the eSafety Commissioner said in a press conference today that companies will be expected to “make discoverable and responsible reporting tools available”. Where some young people’s accounts are missed, the government will “talk to the companies about the need to retune their [age assurance] technologies”.

What happens next?

Technology companies are likely to start implementing restrictions using data they already have for account holders, to ensure compliance from December 10. If a person signed up to Facebook in 2004, when the platform launched, for example, that could demonstrate the account holder is over 16 without additional checks.

However, the government is not prescribing specific approaches or technologies companies must use. Each service will need to determine its own strategy. This means Australians could face differing expectations for age assurance from each platform.

What the government has made clear is there will be no delay in the start date for compliance. Communications Minister Anika Wells said there is “no excuse for non-compliance”.

The next steps are now in the social media companies’ hands.The Conversation

Lisa M. Given, Professor of Information Sciences & Director, Social Change Enabling Impact Platform, RMIT University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Viral violent videos on social media are skewing young people’s sense of the world: How to opt out of violence

September 17, 2025
When news broke last week that US political influencer Charlie Kirk had been shot at an event at Utah Valley University, millions of people around the world were first alerted to it by social media before journalists had written a word.

Rather than first seeing the news on a mainstream news website, footage of the bloody and public assassination was pushed directly onto audiences’ social media feeds. There weren’t any editors deciding whether the raw footage was too distressing, nor warnings before clips auto-played.

Australia’s eSafety commissioner called on platforms to shield children from the footage, noting “all platforms have a responsibility to protect their users by quickly removing or restricting illegal harmful material”.

This is the norm in today’s media environment: extreme violence often bypasses traditional media gatekeepers and can reach millions of people, including children, instantly. This has wide-ranging impacts on young people – and on society at large.

A wide range of violence
Young people are more likely than older adults to come across violent and disturbing content online. This is partly because they are more frequent users of platforms such as TikTok, Instagram and X.

Research from 2024 from the United Kingdom suggests a majority of teenagers have seen violent videos in their feeds.

The violence young people see on social media ranges from schoolyard fights and knife attacks to war footage and terrorist attacks.

The footage is often visceral, raw and unexpected.

A wide range of harms
Seeing this kind of violent footage on social media can make some children not want to leave the house.

Research also shows engaging with distressing media can cause symptoms similar to trauma, especially if the violence feels close to our own lives.

Research shows social media is not simply a mirror of youth violence but also a vector for it, with bullying, gang violence, dating aggression, and even self-directed violence playing out online. Exposure to these harms can have a negative effect on young people’s mental health, behaviour and academic performance.

For others, violent content on social media risks “desensitisation”, where people become so used to suffering and violence they become less empathetic.

Communication scholars also point to cultivation theory – the idea in this case that people who consume more violent content begin to see the world as potentially more dangerous than it really is.

This potentially skewed perception can influence everyday behaviour even among those who do not directly experience violence.

A long history of violence
Violence distributed by media is as old as media itself.

The ancient Greeks painted their pottery with scenes of battles and slaying. The Romans wrote about their gladiators. Some of the first photographs ever taken were of the Crimean War. And in the second world war, people went to the cinema to watch newsreels for updates on the war.

The Vietnam war was the first “television war” – images of violence and destruction were beamed into people’s homes for the first time. Yet television still involved editorial judgement. Footage of violence was cut, edited, narrated and contextualised.

Seeing violence as if you were there has been transformed by social media.

Now, footage of war, recorded in real time on phones or drones, is uploaded to TikTok or YouTube and shared with unprecedented immediacy. It often appears without any additional context – and often isn’t packaged any differently to a video of, say, somebody walking down the street or hanging out with friends.

War influencers have emerged – people who post updates from conflict zones, often with no editorial training, unlike war journalists. This blurs the line between reporting and spectacle. And this content spreads rapidly, reaching audiences who have often not sought it.

Israel’s military even uses war influencers to “thirst trap” social media users for propaganda purposes. A thirst trap is a deliberately eye-catching, often seductive, social media post designed to attract attention and engage users.

How to opt out of violence
There are some practical steps that can be taken to reduce your chances of encountering unwanted violent content:
  • turn off autoplay. This can prevent videos from playing unprompted
  • use mute or block filters. Platforms such as X and TikTok let you hide content with certain keywords
  • report disturbing videos or images. Flagging videos for violence can reduce how often they are promoted
  • curate your feed. Following accounts that focus on verified news can reduce exposure to random viral violence
  • take a break from social media, which isn’t as extreme as it sounds.
These actions aren’t foolproof. And the reality is that users of social media have very limited control over what they see. Algorithms still nudge users’ attention toward the sensational.

The viral videos of Kirk’s assassination highlight the failures of platforms to protect their users. Despite formal rules banning violent content, shocking videos slip through and reach users, including children.

In turn, this highlights why more stringent regulation of social media companies is urgently needed.

Samuel Cornell, PhD Candidate in Public Health & Community Medicine, School of Population Health, UNSW Sydney and T.J. Thomson, Senior Lecturer in Visual Communication & Digital Media, RMIT University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Free nasal spray influenza vaccine for children under five in NSW

On Tuesday September 16 the Minns Government announced it will provide a new free intranasal influenza vaccine for children aged two years to under five years, with the program set to begin next year ahead of the influenza season.

Influenza vaccination rates for children aged under five remain low. While anyone can get influenza, some people are at higher risk of severe illness, including children under five years of age.  

The government stated the FluMist intranasal vaccine has been widely used in the Northern Hemisphere for many years and is undergoing regulatory approval in Australia ahead of next year’s influenza season.

The vaccine is sprayed into the nose and provides the same protection as the currently available vaccine for this age group. The vaccine will be available through general practitioners.

This needle-free alternative to injectable influenza vaccine for children is expected to increase their uptake of the vaccine ahead of the 2026 winter influenza season.

It is expected the vaccine will also be available in the private market for other age groups, depending on regulatory approval.

Influenza in young children causes significant impacts on the individual and the health system more broadly. In 2025 to 31 August, children aged 0 to 4 years old made up 13 per cent of influenza notifications in NSW, and children aged 5 to 9 years old made up 16 per cent of notifications.

This year so far, there have been over 3,000 presentations to emergency departments in NSW for influenza-like illness in children less than 5 years old, and over 600 hospital admissions.

For more information on vaccination and NSW immunisation programs visit: 

Minister for Health Ryan Park said:

“This new program will provide an accessible and convenient needle-free option for children and improve vaccination uptake ahead of the 2026 winter flu season.

“Vaccination is the best protection from serious illness from influenza for everyone over six months of age.

“We hope the offering of a needle-free alternative will support parents’ decisions to protect their children against this serious disease.

“We know that EDs have been under pressure from winter illnesses – this innovative new vaccine method is about relieving pressure on our EDs next winter season.”

Quotes attributable to NSW Chief Health Officer, Dr Kerry Chant:

“Influenza is a serious illness that can cause pneumonia, make chronic underlying medical conditions like diabetes, lung and heart disease much worse requiring hospital admission, and cause death.

“Even previously healthy children can experience severe complications from influenza so it is great that we will be able to offer a new method of vaccination which can help support healthier communities during the winter months.”

NSW Investment Delivery Authority Announced

Businesses and investors are being encouraged to get their Expressions of Interest (EOIs) ready with the first round of the Investment Delivery Authority (IDA) to open within weeks.

Announced on Monday September 15 by NSW Treasurer Daniel Mookhey at the National Tech Summit, the first round of EOIs will accelerate approvals for major projects aligned with government priorities, focusing on advanced technology and energy, including data centres, renewable energy and energy security projects, as well as hotel developments critical to visitor economy growth.

As the new front door to major investment, the IDA will break down barriers to large-scale private investment in NSW, by cutting red tape, coordinating across government and encouraging large projects across the state. 

The IDA, modelled off the successful Housing Delivery Authority, is expected to assist around 30 large projects per year, bringing forward up to $50 billion of investment into NSW – boosting innovation, jobs and productivity.

The EOI process will open internationally and comes just weeks after the NSW Treasurer took part in the National Economic Reform Roundtable, where boosting investment and confidence in the business sector was identified as a key factor in driving productivity. 

Eligibility criteria for the IDA include:
  • A major project must be valued at $1 billion or more, be primarily non-residential, and related to data centres and technology, renewable energy and energy security
  • Hotel developments must meet a $200 million threshold, supporting the delivery of the Visitor Economy Strategy 2035, which outlined the need for more diverse, high-quality accommodation
  • Applicants must demonstrate a capability to commence development quickly, and
  • Identify where government can play a role in resolving barriers
Future EOI rounds will be expanded across other industries.

Projects recommended by the IDA will receive fast-track approvals for key initiatives, and support from a dedicated planning assessment team and multi-agency Investment Taskforce based in the Premier’s Department, the government stated.

The Investment Delivery Authority was announced in the 2025-26 NSW Budget with $17.7 million to support its work to drive investment, innovation and growth.

Comprised of the Secretary of the Premier’s Department, the Treasury Secretary, the Secretary of the Department of Planning, Housing and Infrastructure and the Chief Executive of Infrastructure NSW, the IDA will make recommendations to the Treasurer, the Minister for Planning and Public Spaces and the Minister for Industry and Trade.

Further information on eligibility criteria for the IDA is available at: https://www.nsw.gov.au/departments-and-agencies/investment-nsw/investment-delivery-authority.

Treasurer Daniel Mookhey said:

“17 of Australia’s tech unicorns - billion-dollar companies - are based here in NSW. These businesses are the engines of jobs and growth.

“Supporting innovative businesses to scale is one of the greatest opportunities we have to improve the productivity and sustainability of the NSW economy.

“The Investment Delivery Authority is the vehicle to foster that growth – cutting red tape to boost productivity and jobs.”

Minister for Planning and Public Spaces Paul Scully said:

“We want to attract major investment to NSW, so we have created this new mechanism to systematically identify major projects and their associated land use before they enter the planning system.

“Just as we created the HDA to fast-track housing, we are now reforming the process for major new investment projects, so their needs are identified early, and the right resources and infrastructure are planned for and brought to bear. 

“As part of the IDA, we will establish a dedicated planning assessments team within the Department of Planning, Housing and Infrastructure, because we know the important role planning can play speeding up and in coordinating resources investment approvals.”

Minister for Jobs and Tourism Steve Kamper said:

“The Minns Labor Government have set an ambitious target to grow our visitor economy to $91 billion by 2035, to achieve this, we need to deliver more than 40,000 new hotel rooms in NSW.

“By including a pathway for hotels in the new Investment Delivery Authority, we are unlocking the private capital that will help turbocharge our states visitor economy.”

Minister for Industry and Trade Anoulack Chanthivong said:

“We have heard the frustrations of businesses loud and clear - it’s taking far too long to get major projects off the ground.

“To secure our position in the future economy NSW needs to get the right infrastructure in place.  That means things like data centres and renewable energy. And that’s why the first IDA EOI round will call for projects in these areas, along with hotels critical to the visitor economy.

“The IDA will help move these projects from concept to construction faster accelerating productivity along the way.”

Tech Council of Australia CEO, Damian Kassabgi said:

“Collaboration between government and industry, including through targeted initiatives like this, is such an important driver of tech sector growth and the benefits that will deliver for this State.

“Fast and centralised approvals for digital infrastructure will be vital to making the most of the AI opportunity for Australia.”

$60 Capped cab fare from Sydney Airport Announced

September 13, 2025
Millions of people who arrive at Sydney Airport each year will have the confidence they are getting a fair ride to the CBD, with the introduction of a $60 flat rate taxi fare.

The Minns Labor Government is introducing a trial of fixed fares between the airport and the city as part of measures to crackdown on taxi rip-offs that blight the experience of landing in Sydney for many tourists and visitors.

A trial of a flat fare from the airport was recommended by the pricing watchdog, the Independent Pricing and Regulatory Tribunal, in its report into taxi fares in May.

The NSW taxi industry and the operators of the airport support a flat fare structure.  

The NSW Point to Point Commission has received frequent complaints of taxi drivers taking advantage of first-time arrivals to Sydney, with hotel concierges livid to find out their guests have been slugged wildy-overpriced fares of more than $150 for the 13-kilometre trip.

The practice of overcharging and refusing to use meters has even led to drivers touting for business inside the arrivals hall at the airport.

The Point to Point Commissioner has issued more than 1,100 fines to taxi drivers since the introduction of the Taxi Fare Hotline in November 2022.

Earlier in the year, a Sydney cabbie was fined $2000 for refusing to use the meter and landing an overseas family with a $188.76 fare from the international terminal to a hotel in the CBD.

Flat fares have been introduced in other major cities, including New York’s JFK Airport.

A $60 fixed fare from the airport to the CBD will begin with a 12-month trial from 3 November. The trial will be assessed and made permanent if deemed a success.

A November start date allows for the installation of signage around the airport, a communication campaign to passengers and changes to meters inside cabs.

Road tolls and Sydney Airport ground transport access fees must NOT be passed on to the passenger in addition to the fixed fare.

Up to 5000 taxis a day queue to pick up visitors from the international and domestic terminals and some drivers complain about the wait times.

During consultation interviews, IPART found customer complaints centred around overcharging and refusal to use the meter, as well as a range of unexpected charges added to the fare at the end of the journey.

Minister for Transport John Graham said:

“As Australians, we pride ourselves on a warm welcome and a fair go. This has not been the experience for many visitors to Sydney once they land in the cab rank.

“One bad experience for tourists can ricochet around the world in 2025 and we must be vigilant about maintaining the good image Sydney has earned over decades.

“It’s time for a fair fare, every time.”

“I want to thank IPART for its work and the support of the NSW Taxi Council and Sydney Airport for helping us make a positive change.”

Point to Point Transport Commissioner Anthony Wing said:

“This is about building trust in taxi services and delivering a consistent, predictable experience for all passengers – including tourists and travellers on business arriving in Sydney for the first time.

“This trial will help up us stop overcharging before it happens, and will complement the work of my on-street inspectors in helping make sure every ride is a safe ride in NSW”

“I recently called a meeting of taxi companies and meter and payment device providers to work through the trial’s technical details in order to make it as robust as possible. I am pleased that we are able to come together with Government and industry to improve outcomes for NSW passengers”

Sydney Airport CEO Scott Charlton said:

“The fixed fare trial puts Sydney on par with cities like New York and Paris and is an important step in improving the passenger experience for travellers to our city.

“More than 40 million people pass through Sydney Airport every year, and, for many, their first experience of Australia is when they get into a taxi.  Knowing how much they will pay to get to the city is a positive step.

“We welcome the leadership of Minister Graham and the NSW Government, and acknowledge the collaboration of the NSW Taxi Council and the Point to Point Transport Commissioner in making this trial possible.”

NSW Taxi Council CEO Nick Abrahimsaid:

“The NSW Taxi Council welcomes this announcement by the NSW Government, and we believe set fares will provide certainty and confidence for passengers when travelling in a taxi from the Airport. 

“Pending the success of the trial, we would like to see the set fares extended to other locations across Sydney, as well as reciprocated for trips coming back to the Airport.

NSW Rental Taskforce recovers $166,000 in illegal fees, issues nearly $240,000 in fines and unveils new automated compliance tool

September 13. 2025
Since its establishment by the NSW Government in February 2025, the NSW Rental Taskforce has recovered more than $166,000 in unlawful fees for more than 2,000 renters, issued more than 200 penalty notices totalling just shy of $240,000, and conducted 300 property inspections to check compliance with minimum standards.

During that time, the Taskforce also commenced more than 300 investigations, with more than 80 currently ongoing and three court proceedings resulting in the successful prosecution of two people for rental bond fraud, the government states.

To mark the six months since its inception, the NSW Rental Taskforce is unveiling a new automated compliance monitoring tool which detects unlawful re-letting in near real time.

The system began operating in July and uses advanced data-matching to track more than 950,000 rental properties across NSW, cross-referencing landlord reports, rental listings, bond lodgements and tenant complaints.

It is a crucial tool to enforce the Government’s historic rental reforms, which started on 19 May 2025. 

''We have ended ‘no grounds’ evictions by requiring landlords to have a valid reason to end a lease. The reforms are backed by evidence requirements and re-letting exclusion periods to ensure people are doing the right thing.'' the government said in a release

''In its first two months, the tool flagged 21 potential breaches of re-letting exclusion periods which were escalated for further investigation, while more than 2000 properties were added to a watchlist for ongoing compliance monitoring.

The intelligence-led approach ensures resources are focused on the highest-risk cases while reducing the burden on compliant landlords and agents, forming part of a broader suite of data-driven initiatives introduced by NSW Fair Trading to strengthen transparency and accountability in the rental market.

This includes mandatory landlord reporting on reasons they have ended a lease, end-of-tenancy surveys integrated into the bond claim process, and the popular Rent Check website, which has attracted more than 330,000 visits since launching in September 2024.''

Education has also been a key focus, with renter awareness of their rights and new laws rising from 33 per cent to 80 per cent during the corresponding education campaign period, bolstered by almost 60 stakeholder events, targeted outreach to Aboriginal and multicultural communities and a surge in website traffic from 35,000 to 330,000 monthly visits.

The Government has invested $8.4 million across four years to strengthen compliance and enforcement in the rental market though the Rental Taskforce in NSW Fair Trading.

Led by the NSW Rental Commissioner, the 21-person multidisciplinary team includes 14 frontline inspectors dedicated to monitoring and enforcing rental laws, improving transparency, and protecting renters.

NSW Fair Trading is committed to protecting renters and ensuring a fair, transparent rental market through strong enforcement and education so to learn more about its compliance and enforcement priorities, please visit: www.nsw.gov.au/fair-trading/compliance-priorities

Minister for Better Regulation and Fair Trading Anoulack Chanthivong said:

“The Taskforce’s results in the first six months speak for themselves – from refunding over $166,000 in illegal fees, to issuing nearly $240,000 in fines, to driving 99 per cent compliance on rent bidding and pet advertising, it is delivering real benefits for renters across the state.

“We’re using data and innovation to make compliance easier for honest operators while cracking down on those who break the rules. This is about creating a fairer, more transparent rental market for everyone in NSW.

“This new automated tool ensures landlords and agents follow the law by harnessing technology to detect unlawful re-letting in real time so swift action can be taken to protect renters from unfair practices.”

NSW Rental Commissioner Trina Jones said:

“NSW Fair Trading’s intelligence-led approach means the highest-risk breaches are targeted quickly and effectively, rather than relying on complaints alone. This is smarter regulation in action.

“We’ve seen renter awareness jump from 33 to 80 per cent, and that’s critical to making sure people know their rights and where to access help when they need it.

“With more than 2200 properties under active monitoring and only 1.1 per cent requiring investigation, instruments like the re-letting tool mean as regulators we can have a greater focus on problem areas without burdening compliant landlords and agents.”

Suicide Prevention Bill passes NSW Parliament

The Suicide Prevention Bill 2025 passed New South Wales Parliament on September 11.

The passing of this legislation coincided with R U OK? Day and World Suicide Prevention Day  yesterday. These important days serve as reminders of the importance of conversations and checking in on others.

This is the first time in NSW history that suicide prevention has been written into law. NSW now joins a handful of countries around the world in adopting a world-leading legislative model that makes every arm of government accountable for preventing suicide.

In 2024, 951 people in NSW were lost to suicide making it the leading cause of death for people aged 15 to 44.

The Suicide Prevention Bill 2025 is one of the most significant reforms ever undertaken in mental health, placing suicide prevention at the centre of government decision making and embedding accountability across agencies.

The bills includes:
  • A Statewide strategy: A mandatory suicide prevention plan led by the NSW Mental Health Commission and shaped by lived experience.
  • Agency action plans: Every government department, including NSW Police, will be required to develop their own suicide prevention plan with rollout from 2027.
  • Advisory councils: Two new advisory bodies, the NSW Suicide Prevention Council and the NSW Aboriginal Suicide Prevention Council, bringing together lived-experience voices, Aboriginal leaders, experts and government.
  • Monitoring system: The NSW Suicide Monitoring System enshrined in law, ensuring transparent and ongoing reporting of suspected and confirmed suicides to inform policy and funding.
''The New South Wales Government understands there is much more work to be done, but this is a key step in building a better New South Wales and preventing suicide and its widespread impact on our community.'' the government stated

RUOK? Day resources can be found here

Minister for Mental Health Rose Jackson stated:
“This is historic. For the first time, NSW has suicide prevention written into law, making every part of government accountable for saving lives. It is a world-leading approach and one of the most significant reforms in our history.”

“Every life lost to suicide is one too many. This legislation delivers a united, evidence-based response that puts lived experience and Aboriginal voices at the centre of prevention.”

“By passing this Bill we are honouring our election commitment and driving a cultural shift across government. No longer can suicide prevention be left to the health system alone. It is now everyone’s responsibility.”

“Today marks R U OK? Day I urge people to check in with their loved ones. A simple conversation can be life changing. It might be the connection someone needs to feel seen, supported and safe.”

Mental Health Commissioner of New South Wales Jennifer Black stated:
"The Commission welcomes the passage of this landmark legislation, which strengthens NSW’s whole-of-government approach to suicide prevention.

“The new functions for the Commission – leading statewide plans and supporting new advisory councils – underline that suicide prevention is a key priority for government, and highlight the importance of coordinated action across government and the community to save lives.

“The Commission is committed to delivering on these additional responsibilities with focus, diligence and collaboration.”

CEO of Suicide Prevention Australia Nieves Murray said:

“This is a huge step forward for New South Wales and sets the standard for suicide prevention nationally.  For the first time, suicide prevention is embedded in law in this state, making it clear that saving lives is a responsibility shared across every part of government.

“This legislation enshrines the whole-of-government approach we have long called for. Suicide prevention is not just a health issue — it is shaped by housing, education, employment, justice, and many other factors. By making every agency accountable, the NSW Government is showing real leadership and driving the kind of systemic change that will make a lasting difference.

“We commend Minister Jackson and the NSW Government for this landmark reform and urge other states and territories to follow their lead. This is exactly the type of action we need to reduce distress, save lives and build a safer future for our communities”

Mental health advocate and media personality Renee Gartner said:

“I can’t go back and change my younger self. But by not choosing silence, I’ve created a future full of possibilities, and now, through this Bill, we’re building a system that makes that future possible for others too.”

“This legislation takes us from awareness to action suicide prevention is now everyone’s responsibility”

If life is in danger, call Triple Zero. If you or someone you know needs specialist mental health care, please call the Mental Health Line on 1800 011 511. It is a free service operating 24 hours a day, 7 days a week staffed by trained mental health professionals.

We encourage NSW residents affected by suicide to call StandBy: Support After Suicide on 1300 727 247 at any time for support – irrespective of how much time has passed since the tragedy occurred. This state-wide service provides a range of practical and emotional support to anyone who has been bereaved or impacted by suicide. 
For more information, visit: standbysupport.com.au/find-support/nswpss.

For further information on NSW Health’s suicide prevention programs visit:  www.health.nsw.gov.au/towardszerosuicides/Pages/default.aspx

Politicians are pushing AI as a quick fix to Australia’s housing crisis. They’re risking another Robodebt

Jorg Greuel/Getty
Ehsan NabaviAustralian National University

“This is a game changer”.

That’s how Paul Scully, New South Wales Minister for Planning and Public Spaces, described the state government’s launch of a tender for an artificial intelligence (AI) solution to the housing crisis earlier this month.

The system, which is aimed at cutting red tape and getting more homes built fast, is expected to be functioning by the end of 2025.

“This is allowing construction to get underway and new keys into new doors,” Scully added.

The announcement was later endorsed by federal treasurer Jim Chalmers as a model for other states and territories to replicate, to “unlock more housing” and “boost productivity across the economy”.

Speeding up building approvals is a key concern of the so-called abundance agenda for boosting economic growth.

Those wheels are already in motion elsewhere in Australia. Tasmania is developing an AI policy, and South Australia is trialling a small-scale pilot for specific dwelling applications to allow users to submit digital architectural drawings to be automatically assessed against prescribed criteria.

But will AI really be a quick fix to Australia’s housing crisis?

Cutting red tape

Housing and AI were both key themes at last month’s productivity roundtable.

In a joint media release, federal Minister for Housing Clare O’Neil and Minister for the Environment and Water Murray Watt said “easing the regulatory burden on builders” is what Australia needs.

They point to the backlog of 26,000 homes currently stuck in assessment under environmental protection laws as a clear choke point. And AI is going to be used to “simplify and speed up assessments and approvals”.

None of this, however, explains AI’s precise role within the complex machinery of the planning system, leaving much to speculation.

Will the role of AI be limited to checking applications for completeness and classifying and validating documents, as Victorian councils are already exploring? Or drafting written elements of assessments, as is already the case in the Australian Capital Territory?

Or will it go further? Will AI agents, for example, have some autonomy in parts of the assessment process? If so, where exactly will this be? How will it be integrated into existing infrastructure? And most importantly, to what extent will expert judgement be displaced?

A tempting quick fix

Presenting AI as a quick fix for Australia’s housing shortage might be tempting. But it risks distracting from deeper systemic issues such as labour market bottlenecks, financial and tax incentives, and shrinking social and affordable housing.

The technology is also quietly reshaping the planning system – and the role of planners within it – with serious consequences.

Planning is not just paperwork waiting to be automated. It is judgement exercised in site visits, in listening to stakeholders, and in weighing local context against the broader one.

Stripping that away can make both the system and the people brittle, displacing planners’ expertise and blurring responsibility when things go wrong. And when errors involving AI happen, it can be very hard to trace them, with research showing explainability has been the technology’s Achilles’ heel.

The NSW government suggests putting a human in charge of the final decision is enough to solve these concerns.

But the machine doesn’t just sit quietly in the corner waiting for the approve button to be pressed. It nudges. It frames. It shapes what gets seen and what gets ignored in different stages of assessment, often in ways that aren’t obvious at all.

For example, highlighting some ecological risks over others can simply tilt an assessor’s briefing, even when local communities might have entirely different concerns. Or when AI ranks one assessment pathway as the “best fit” based on patterns buried in its training data, the assessor may simply drift toward that option, not realising the scope and direction of their choices have already been narrowed.

Lessons from Robodebt

Centrelink’s Online Compliance Intervention program – more commonly known as Robodebt – carries some important lessons here. Sold as a way to make debt recovery more “efficient”, it soon collapsed into a $4.7 billion fiasco.

In that case, an automated spreadsheet – not even AI – harmed thousands of people, triggered a hefty class action and shattered public trust in the government.

If governments now see AI as a tool to reform planning and assessments, they shouldn’t rush in headlong.

The fear of missing out may be real. But the wiser move is to pause and ask first: what problem are we actually trying to solve with AI, and does everyone even agree it’s the real problem?

Only then comes the harder question of how to do it responsibly, without stumbling into the same avoidable consequences as Robodebt.

Responsible innovation offers a roadmap forward

Responsible innovation means anticipating risks and unintended consequences early on – by including and deliberating with those who will use and be affected by the system, proactively looking for the blind spots, and being responsive to the impacts.

There are abundant research case studies, tools and frameworks in the field of responsible innovation that can guide the design, development and deployment of AI systems in planning. But the key is to engage with root causes and unintended consequences, and to question the underlying assumptions about the vision and purpose of the AI system.

We can’t afford to ignore the basics of responsible innovation. Otherwise, this so-called “gamechanger” to the housing crisis might find itself sitting alongside Robodebt as yet another cautionary tale of how innovations sold as efficiency gains can so go wrong.


The author would like to acknowledge the enormous contribution of Negar Yazdi, an experienced urban planner and a member of ANU’s Responsible Innovation Lab and Planning Institute of Australia, to this article.The Conversation

Ehsan Nabavi, Senior Lecturer in Technology and Society, Responsible Innovation Lab, Australian National University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

12,000-year-old smoked mummies - world’s earliest evidence of human mummification

A middle-aged woman, discovered in a tightly flexed position at the Liyupo site in southern China, preserved through smoked mummification. Hsiao-chun Hung
Hsiao-chun HungAustralian National University

Smoke-drying mummification of human remains was practised by hunter-gatherers across southern China, southeast Asia and beyond as far back as 12,000 years ago, my colleagues and I report in new research published today in the Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences.

This is the earliest known evidence of mummification anywhere in the world, far older than better-known examples from ancient Egypt and South America.

We studied remains from sites dated to between 12,000 and 4,000 years ago, but the tradition never vanished completely. It persisted into modern times in parts of the New Guinea Highlands and Australia.

Hunter-gatherer burials in southern China and Southeast Asia

In southern China and Southeast Asia, tightly crouched or squatting burials are a hallmark of the hunter-gatherers who inhabited the region between roughly 20,000 and 4,000 years ago.

Archaeologists working across the region for a long time have classified these graves as straightforward “primary burials”. This means the body was laid to rest intact in a single ceremony.

Map of southern China and southeast Asia with 95 locations marked.
Hunter-gatherer burials in a crouched or squatting posture have been found across southern China and southeast Asia. Hung et al. / PNAS

However, our colleague Hirofumi Matsumura, an experienced physical anthropologist and anatomist, noticed some skeletons were arranged in ways that defied anatomical sense.

Combined with this observation, we often saw some bones in these bodies were partly burnt. The signs of burning, such as charring, were visible mainly in the points of the body with less muscle mass and thinner soft tissue coverage.

We began to wonder if perhaps the deceased were treated through a more complicated process than simple burial.

A casual conversation in the field

A turning point came in September 2017, during a short break from our excavation at the Bau Du site in central Vietnam.

The late Kim Dung Nguyen highlighted the difficulties of interpreting the situation where skeletons were found, likely intentionally placed and seated against large rocks. Matsumura noted problems with their bone positions.

People digging at an archaeological site.
The team excavating an ancient hunter-gatherer cemetery in Guangxi, southern China. Hsiao-chun Hung

I remember blurting out – half joking but genuinely curious – “Could these burials be similar to the smoked mummies of Papua New Guinea?”

Matsumura thought about this idea seriously. Thanks to generous support and cooperation from many colleagues, that moment marked the real beginning of our research into this mystery.

How we identified the ancient smoked mummies

With our new curiosity, we began looking at photographs of modern smoked-dried mummification practices in the New Guinea Highlands in books and on the internet.

In January 2019, we went to Wamena in Papua (Indonesia) to observe several modern smoked mummies kept in private households. The similarity to our ancient remains was striking. But most of the skeletons in our excavation showed no outwardly obvious signs of burning.

A dressed and mummified body in a crouching posture.
A modern smoke-dried mummy kept in Pumo Village, Papua (Indonesia). Hsiao-chun Hung

We realised we needed a scientific test to prove our hypothesis. If a body was smoked by low-temperature fire – while still protected by skin, muscle and tissue – the bones would not be obviously blackened. But they could still retain subtle signs or microscopic traces of past firing or smoking.

Then came the COVID pandemic, which led to travel restrictions, preventing us from travelling anywhere. My colleagues and I were spread across different regions, but we sought various ways to continue the project.

Eventually, we tested bones from 54 burials across 11 sites using two independent laboratory techniques called X-ray diffraction and Fourier-transform infrared spectroscopy. These methods can detect microscopic changes in the structure of bone material caused by high temperatures.

The results confirmed the remains had been exposed to low heat. In other words, almost all of them had been smoked.

More than 10,000 years of ritual

The samples, discovered in southern China, Vietnam and Indonesia, represent the oldest known examples of mummification. They are far older than the well-known practices of the Chinchorro culture in northern Chile (about 7,000 years ago) and even ancient Egypt’s Old Kingdom (about 4,500 years ago).

Remarkably, this burial practice was common across East Asia, and likely also in Japan. It may date back more than 20,000 years in Southeast Asia.

It continued until around 4,000 years ago, when new ways of life began to take hold. Our research reveals a unique blend of technique, tradition and belief. This cultural practice has endured for thousands of years and spread across a very broad region.

A visible form bridging time and memory

Ethnographic records show this tradition survived in southern Australia well into the late 19th and early 20th centuries.

In the New Guinea Highlands, some communities have even kept the practice alive into recent times. Significantly, the hunter-gatherer groups of southern China and Southeast Asia were closely connected to Indigenous peoples of New Guinea and Australia, both in some physical attributes and in their genetic ancestry.

In both southern Australia and Papua New Guinea, ethnographic records show that preparing a single smoked mummy could take as long as three months of continuous care. Such extraordinary devotion was possible only through deep love and powerful spiritual belief.

This tradition echoes a truth as old as humanity itself: the timeless longing that families and loved ones might remain bound together forever – carried across the ages, in whatever form that togetherness may endure.The Conversation

Hsiao-chun Hung, Senior Research Fellow, School of Culture, History & Language, Australian National University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

This report measures our national wellbeing across five key areas. Health trends are not improving

Jenny GordonAustralian National University

In 2023, Treasurer Jim Chalmers announced the government would measure what matters to the wellbeing of Australians as a complement to the traditional economic measures in the national accounts.

The purpose of the report, called Measuring What Matters, is to help us understand whether the lives of Australians are improving or deteriorating. It measures more than economic output, such as gross domestic product (GDP).

Measuring What Matters has five wellbeing themes – healthy, secure, sustainable, cohesive, and prosperous. The Australian Bureau of Statistics (ABS) has just published the 2025 results.

How to read the 50 indicators

It can be overwhelming to wade through the 50 indicators across the 12 dimensions in the five themes that make up the Measuring What Matters framework. What’s important is the overall direction of change – are things getting better or worse in each area of wellbeing?

There are some things to be aware of in trying to decipher the measures. The data will reflect events, like the COVID pandemic, that have mostly temporary impacts. In addition, many of the indicators are subjective – that is, they report perceptions or attitudes.

These can reflect changes in popular discourse and expectations, rather then a more fundamental change in objectively measured outcomes. The disconnect between rates of crime and perceptions of crime is one example. However, how people feel is an important part of wellbeing, so people reporting feeling less safe matters, even if measures of crime are trending down.

Health measures are not improving

So, with these caveats in mind, what does the 2025 report tell us? Here are a few key indicators in each of the five themes:

Healthy – The trends in this report show the health of the Australian population is slowly deteriorating. Gains in life expectancy at birth have flatlined at 85 for women and 81 for men. The share with chronic conditions rose to 50% in 2022 from 43% in 2007–08. On access to health services, 39% of people with a disability reported needing more formal assistance than they received. The one good bit of news was that the share of people saying they delayed or did not see a GP when needed due to cost ticked down slightly in 2024.

Secure – The indicator of feeling safe to walk at night trended down (to 74% for men and 46% for women). Feeling safe based on world events followed a similar pattern.

The importance of looking at results across groups is stark in indicators such as homelessness. In 2021, 48 in 10,000 people were assisted by homeless services. The rate was 91 for people between 19 and 24 years, and 307 per 10,000 for Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander people.

Sustainable – Greenhouse emissions flatlined in 2024, as did the efficiency with which resources are reused and recycled. The rate of decline in the index of biological diversity has slowed but it is still heading the the wrong direction.

Cohesive – The indicators reflecting elements of cohesiveness tell a mixed story. Acceptance of diversity had risen over the last decade but fell slightly in 2024 to 71%, but the measure of a sense of belonging has been falling since 2007. Trust in other people fell slightly between 2021 and 2024 to 46%, but there was a slight rise in trust in the police (68%) and national government (49%).

Prosperous – Income per capita was down slightly in 2023–24 (to A$74,727) following a post-pandemic rise. A measure of inequality, the Gini coefficient, fell back toward its long term level of 0.3, following a sharp rise (showing an increase in inequality) post-pandemic.

The education and skills indicators tell a mixed story. NAPLAN provides the most recent data of all measures with 2025 showing an improvement in Year 3 numeracy, but a continued decline in reading. Less encouraging is that the share of children on track in all domains of childhood development has reversed its improving trend to fall slightly to 53% in 2024.

One way to rate government performance

The limitations of the national accounts in measuring what matters for people’s wellbeing has long been recognised, including by its creator, Simon Kuznets. The System of National Accounts was established to ensure comparability across countries for economic statistics.

Other reports have been developed to delve deeper into areas that cross industries, such as tourism, or that fall outside the standard economic measures, such as health and welfarehousehold and unpaid work, and the longer-term impact on the environment. While the methodology for these reports has been standardised across countries, measures of wellbeing tend to be more country specific and tailored to their policy needs and data availability.

Australian efforts to measure wellbeing are not new. The Bureau of Statistics’ ambitious project called Measuring Australia’s Progress was cancelled in the 2014 Abbott government budget cuts.

This latest version is a worthy exercise, although the lack of a headline number, like GDP, makes it hard to report. But this is what policy making has to cope with – lots of competing priorities, programs pushing against underlying deteriorating trends, and expectations driving satisfaction with government performance. Measuring What Matters is not a scorecard for government performance. But it is good start.The Conversation

Jenny Gordon, Honorary Professor, Centre for Social Research and Methods, Australian National University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

ANZ has been hit with a record $240 million fine.

These lessons should have been learned years ago

Jeannie Marie PatersonThe University of Melbourne

ANZ Bank has agreed to pay a record fine of A$240 million after admitting to various forms of misconduct that occurred “over many years”.

Announced on Monday, the fine marks the culmination of a major investigation by Australia’s corporate regulator, the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC), into multiple allegations of misconduct across the bank’s retail and institutional divisions.

This penalty still requires approval from the Federal Court. But if it seems an eye-watering sum, that’s because it is the largest fine ASIC has ever sought against a single company.

So, what was this scandal all about? And what could this outcome mean – both for corporate regulation and customers?

What has ANZ admitted to?

According to ASIC, the record penalty being sought relates to admissions of misconduct across four key matters by ANZ. These are:

1. Handling a federal government bond deal: “Unconscionable” conduct in the management of a $14 billion government bond deal in April 2023, and incorrect reporting of bond trading data to the federal government, “overstating the volumes by tens of billions of dollars over almost two years”.

2. Customer hardship: Not responding to hundreds of customer hardship notices, sometimes for two years or more, nor having adequate hardship procedures.

3. Interest rates: Making false and misleading statements on its savings interest rates, resulting in the wrong rate being paid to “tens of thousands of customers”.

4. Deceased customers: “Failing to refund fees charged to thousands of dead customers” and “not responding to loved ones trying to deal with deceased estates within the required timeframe”.

A huge fine, but not the maximum

At $240 million, the announced penalty is the largest ASIC has ever sought against a company. However, the amount that can be imposed on financial institutions for contraventions of financial services law, such as the ASIC Act and the National Consumer Credit Protection Act, is astronomically high.

Under provisions in place from 2019, the civil penalty could have been set at 10% of ANZ’s annual turnover, currently capped at $825 million per contravention.

One point of comparison is the $125 million penalty ordered against Volkswagen in 2019 for misleading consumers about emissions (and later upheld on appeal). Notably, this was one contravention, not four as the case with the ANZ. And the contravention by Volkswagen related to the prohibition on misleading conduct in the Australian Consumer Law.

ANZ has agreed to the penalty rather than contesting the matter in court. Given the potentially higher penalties that could have been imposed, this may be a sensible, economic strategy, especially given the savings in litigation cost.

But we still might want to think about the outcome for the consumers and the willingness of banks to actually change their systems and processes.

What about customers?

ASIC Chair Joe Longo said ANZ has betrayed the trust of Australians “time and time again”.

Notably, many of the matters in question in this case relate to misconduct affecting ANZ’s retail customers. On Monday, ANZ Chairman Paul O’Sullivan apologised to customers and said the bank would take action.

But the need for better oversight of customer-facing compliance was raised in 2019, following the banking royal commission. One of the key recommendations put forth was recommendation 5.6: “changing culture and governance”:

This called on financial services providers, “as often as reasonably possible”, to:

  • assess the entity’s culture and its governance
  • identify any problems with that culture and governance
  • deal with those problems
  • determine whether the changes it has made have been effective.

ASIC’s press release noted the regulator has now brought 11 civil penalties proceedings against ANZ since 2016, including those announced today. ASIC has been investigating financial services providers charging fees for no services since 2016.

That doesn’t look like progress, so customers might reasonably ask what this penalty really means for them.

Where do funds from the fine go?

One issue at stake is monetary compensation for affected customers. The penalty amount is paid to the Commonwealth. Often, ASIC asks a bank to remediate customers as part of an agreement on the penalty that will be awarded.

The documents involved in the application to the court suggest ANZ is completing the required remediation. Sometimes, the penalty award is followed by litigation or class actions brought by disgruntled customers to obtain compensation.

The other issue is what is sometimes called “corporate culture”, but really means complying with the law. Ideally, if approved by the Federal Court, the sheer size of this penalty should send a strong message to other banks and financial institutions about the importance of being fully compliant with the law.

Notably, ANZ has announced it will spend $150 million implementing a plan to address shortcomings in its non-financial risk management practices.

We need better systems and processes

Across the rest of the financial services sector, there is also power in the signal ASIC is sending: it will continue to pursue these kinds of misconduct and the reputational loss from any contraventions.

At the end of the day, compliance comes through good systems and processes that are capable of identifying misconduct and then responding in a timely manner. Australia’s banks should not be making “mistakes” of this scale.

Perhaps the AI chatbots being rolled out by the corporate sector should also be deployed to assist with legal oversight and consumer protection, while retaining robust human oversight.The Conversation

Jeannie Marie Paterson, Professor of Law (consumer protections and credit law), The University of Melbourne

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Disclaimer: These articles are not intended to provide medical advice, diagnosis or treatment.  Views expressed here do not necessarily reflect those of Pittwater Online News or its staff.

Week Two September 2025 (Sept. 8-14)

Davidson High's budding swimming star off to world championships

September 10, 2025

Fresh out of school, a world championship awaits steely-focused swim star Declan Budd. Glenn Cullen reports.

Declan Budd gets a signed shirt during his surprise farewell at Davidson High School

A humble and reserved student when he started at Davidson High School in 2019, Declan Budd remains much the same today.

But his unassuming demeanour hides a remarkable determination and drive that will take him all the way to the swimming world championships in Singapore later this month.

The 17-year-old was given a surprise send-off from his teachers and fellow Davidson High School students last week as he wrapped up his Year 12 studies and started preparations for the biggest swimming meet of his career.

“He's actually no different today,” said principal David Rule, who has been at the school throughout Declan’s six-year journey.

“He's found something that he was good at, that he was passionate about, but the difference really is he was prepared to make a sacrifice to get it, and that's something that we're really proud of.”

It has rarely been straightforward for Declan who competes in the Para Games S14 classification because of cerebral palsy and an intellectual disability but he prefers to focus on what he can do, rather than what he can’t.

In a sporting sense that took him to the senior national swimming championships in June, where he finished second in the 200-metre freestyle multiclass final to punch his ticket to the world titles.

In a school and life sense, the attitude remains the same.

“Sometimes you feel like you're not going to get your schoolwork done – but you get it done,” he said. “You just have to put in the effort”.

As Declan rapidly improved at swimming it became obvious that he was destined to be a high performer. With that came tougher training regimes and a greater ask of his time, opening the door to study remotely or elsewhere.

But never one for the easy option, Declan took what he believed to be the best option and stayed at Davidson High School where he could be amongst his peers, supportive teachers and a strong community.

“He’d probably have a better excuse than anyone with 4.30am starts, but he turned up every day – just a fantastic role model,” Mr Rule said.

And once Declan made that decision the school played its part, working with his parents to come up with a study plan that would still enable him to complete the HSC.

Completing a construction certificate as part of his studies, Declan says he is most likely to pursue a career as a carpenter.

“I think I’ll get on the tools, you know, I just can't see myself sitting in an office,” he said with a laugh.

But first there is the matter of his swimming career, and the world championships where is his goal is a personal best “and to leave nothing in the tank”.

Sydney Birding Hotspots - #28 Manly

by Roger's Birding Hotspots, published September 4, 2025

Hugh Jackman backs the return of Australia’s acting training to Western Sydney

Western Sydney is set to reclaim its place at the forefront of actor training with the return of the prestigious Bachelor of Performing Arts (Acting), delivered by Western Sydney University and Actors Centre Australia (ACA) – part of the MindChamps group.

After a hiatus of 18 years, the iconic training ground of some of the world’s best actors is returning to the region. Building on the legacy of Theatre Nepean – whose distinguished alumni include Joel Edgerton, David Wenham, Yvonne Strahovski, and Celeste Barber – the new program will offer students dynamic and industry-relevant experience.

The partnership was celebrated at a special event on 25 August 2025 at the University’s Parramatta South campus, attended by Western Sydney University’s Vice-Chancellor and President, Distinguished Professor George Williams AO, Chairman of ACA and Founder and CEO of MindChamps, David Chiem, and industry representatives.

The Bachelor of Performing Arts (Acting) will be delivered by the School of Humanities and Communication Arts in partnership with ACA – a leading institution with a more than a 35-year heritage of excellence in actor training and whose storied alumni include Hugh Jackman, Daniel Henshall, Harriet Dyer, Emma Harvie and many others. This professional degree taught at the University’s Kingswood campus will offer students an immersive, conservatory-style education, commencing in Semester 1, 2026.

Vice-Chancellor and President, Distinguished Professor George Williams AO, said the University was proud to bring back world-class performing arts training to Western Sydney and to support the next generation of creative leaders.

“Western Sydney has a proud record of producing world leading creative artists, and this investment by the University recognises that our region deserves its own dedicated, world-class performing arts program,” said Professor Williams.

“This landmark program honours the legacy of Theatre Nepean and, combined with ACA’s industry-driven training model, will produce highly skilled graduates ready for the demands of today’s exciting creative industries."

“With deep connections to the Australian theatre and entertainment industries, and real-world learning through internships, guest lectures, and student productions, this program will support diverse talent from our region and equip them to thrive locally and globally.”

David Chiem, Chairman of ACA and Founder and Chairman of MindChamps, who is also an alumnus of the University, highlighted we are living through an era of unprecedented transformation, as AI reshapes every industry, including the performing arts.

“In such a world, the ability to think creatively, adapt fearlessly, and connect deeply with others will become more valuable than ever. This degree fuses the craft of acting with the neuroscience of the Champion Mindset, empowering our graduates to see opportunities where others see nothing, to mind-judo challenges into stepping stones, and to thrive in an AI-dominated future as authentic storytellers, innovators, and leaders,” said Mr Chiem.

Hugh Jackman, ACA Patron and Alumnus said:

“This partnership between Actors Centre Australia and Western Sydney University is a game changer for the Australian arts education sector. I am an alumnus of Actors Centre, and both of these institutions are powerhouses, but together, they're going to create an educational environment for students to thrive, and they are going to enter the industry way above industry standards.”

The program features 20 intensive core subjects focused on stage and screen performance, and four electives of complementary skills. It integrates traditional acting technique with the opportunity to learn from performance, industry expertise and the latest insights from performance research, including neuroscience and cognitive studies.

This approach empowers students to unlock their full creative potential, building the confidence, adaptability and vision to thrive in the challenging new world of AI and shifting models of new and established media, as authentic storytellers and leaders.

Students will enter through audition-based admission and have access to world-class facilities, elective flexibility, and built-in opportunities for internships, mentorships, and industry collaboration.

Applications for this program will close 17 October 2025.

For more information about the Bachelor of Performing Arts (Acting), please visit the webpage

From homeless to homeowner: Apprentice of the Year highlights the power of VET

A 27-year-old electrician who was homeless at 15 and is now preparing to buy her first home has been named NSW’s Apprentice of the Year on Friday, September 12.

Sydney-based Kathryn Beale, who was a mature-aged apprentice, received the top individual award at the NSW Training Awards, with Wagga Wagga Council employee Imogen Young-Maloney named Trainee of the Year.

The annual awards celebrate excellence across vocational education and training, recognising outstanding students, trainers, providers and employers. In 2025, regional NSW shone brightly, with most awards going to individuals living and working outside metro Sydney.

Ms Beale was recognised for her technical expertise and commitment to excellence in her electrical apprenticeship with NECA Group Training, hosted by Star Electrical. Now a qualified electrician working on major construction and infrastructure projects, she is also mentoring colleagues, promoting diversity and inspiring the next generation of tradespeople.

Ms Young-Maloney was honoured for her resilience and proactive approach to overcoming work challenges as a trainee business support officer at Wagga Wagga City Council. She champions vocational education as a pathway for students still exploring their careers, frequently promoting opportunities and fairs and expos.

Presented by Training Services NSW and in its 70th year, the NSW Training Awards highlight the vital role of vocational education in building skilled workforces and stronger communities.

Award winners will now represent NSW at the Australian Training Awards in Darwin on 5 December.

Minister for Skills, TAFE and Tertiary Education, Steve Whan said:

“I congratulate all the winners and finalists at the 2025 NSW Training Awards whose achievements are a powerful reminder of how vocational education and training uplifts futures and strengthens our communities, industries and economy.

“Our future prosperity is dependent on growing our skilled workforce, and role models like our Training Awards winners are essential in breaking down stereotyped about VET careers.

As our winners head to Darwin for the Australian Training Awards in December, I know they’ll fly the NSW flag with pride. They’re the best of the best, and I’m confident they’ll inspire the nation, just as they’ve inspired us here at home.”

Apprentice of the Year, Kathryn Beale, said:  

“The decision to pursue an electrical apprenticeship was driven by my desire to develop a skill set that would allow me to take on more responsibility, gain hands-on experience, and achieve long-term stability in the industry.

“Despite the challenges of being a woman in a traditionally male-dominated industry, I have gained confidence and resilience, which have further reinforced my commitment to this trade and my personal growth.

“This training pathway has truly been a transformative journey for me. I was homeless at 15 and now am almost ready to buy my own home.”

Kathryn Beale – Apprentice of the Year.  Qualification: Certificate III in Electrotechnology – Electrician, trained by NECA Training and Apprenticeships, employed by NECA Electrical Apprenticeships and hosted by Star Electrical Pty Ltd

Trainee of the Year, Imogen Young-Maloney, said:  

“Education and careers are not ‘one size fits all’. There are so many different paths you can take, and it’s never too late to change direction. I want people to see what vocational education can offer and to know that the same opportunities are out there for them too.

“Vocational training gave me the chance to explore a pathway I might not have considered otherwise, and it’s been one of the best decisions I’ve made. I’d encourage others to stay open to opportunities, try new things, and not feel pressured to have all the answers right away.”

Imogen Young-Maloney – Trainee of the Year. Qualification: Certificate III in Business, trained by Australian College Of Commerce and Management - RTO 1441 and employed by City of Wagga Wagga council.

The full list of winners can be found below:

How an ancient trade surprised Hayley with a rewarding career change

“I’ve learned so much about myself in this job and I’m so proud to be a qualified tradeswoman with all of these skills”  - Hayley Sharp, TAFE NSW graduate

A former swim instructor and hospitality worker has made a radical career switch to stonemasonry. Rooty Hill woman Haley Sharp, 26, is one of a small band of females nationwide to qualify in the ancient trade.

An ageing workforce and intense competition for skilled labour in the construction industry has contributed to a national shortage of stonemasons. TAFE NSW Miller, the only Registered Training Organisation (RTO) in NSW to teach the trade, is addressing the shortage by training the next generation of stonemasons. 

After leaving school, a career in the trades was the furthest thing from Ms Sharp’s mind. However, taking a one-week job as a labourer for a kitchen cabinet maker unlocked a hidden passion for practical work, and she was offered an apprenticeship.

Eight months into her cabinetmaking apprenticeship, Ms Sharp was offered a stonemasonry apprenticeship with her uncle’s company, Artisan of Stone. Working as a heritage stonemason, she spends her days restoring and repairing historic structures, such as buildings and bridges.

“It’s so rewarding knowing you’re helping preserve history,” Ms Sharp said. “I’ve worked in conservation across a range of heritage sites, including the Museum of Sydney, Seal Rocks Lighthouse, and Government House. These are structures that will stand for hundreds of years, if not more.”

The job offered the satisfaction of working outdoors while making a mark on history. “I’ve learned so much about myself in this job and I’m so proud to be a qualified tradeswoman with all of these skills,” Ms Sharp said. “I love that I’m often working in different locations and just to be able to see the before and after of a job you’re working on.”

Ms Sharp attends TAFE NSW Miller for week-long blocks during term, learning the intricate skills of a trade that dates back more than 4500 years to the building of the pyramids at Giza and Stonehenge.

“TAFE NSW has really helped build my skills, even in other parts of the trade I don’t usually use like lead lettering,” she said. “It’s also been a great opportunity to meet like-minded people in such a small, niche trade.”

TAFE NSW Head Teacher of Stonemasonry Michael Landers said while there were only about a dozen female stonemasons qualified nationally, apprentice numbers were growing.

“We are seeing more women coming through and we’ve just had three graduate from Haley’s class,” Mr Landers said. “It’s a great industry and one that many TAFE NSW graduates have built rewarding careers in. It’s extremely gratifying to create things with your hands that will last longer than you do and knowing you can help preserve these magnificent old buildings or help a grieving family cherish the memory of loved ones.”

Stonemasons work with natural and engineered stone, cutting, shaping and assembling it for buildings, monuments and decorative purposes. According to Jobs and Skills Australia, there are about 27,100 stonemasons employed nationally, with median weekly earnings of $1597.

TAFE NSW Online Training Options transforms a fashionable career

“My TAFE NSW study helped me learn marketing strategy to further my knowledge and help [Coco Willow] grow… My teacher Leanne … was so focussed on sharing her industry experience to help us consolidate our learning.” - Kayla Reynolds, Coco Willow employee

With Australians spending a record $69 billion in online shopping in 2024 and one report predicting that by 2032 30% of all spending will be online, businesses are gearing up by sharpening their digital skills. Upskilling workers through accessible training can help bridge demand for the 370,000 additional digital workers the Future Skills Organisation estimates Australia will need by 2026.

Burleigh Heads local Kayla Reynolds embodies this shift, having moved from a decade-long career on the shop floor to leading marketing for a busy fashion online retailer. She has transitioned her career thanks to the support of her employer Coco Willow and the practical, hands-on learning she received at TAFE NSW.

Kayla credits completing a Certificate IV in Marketing and Communication at TAFE NSW Digital, her dedication, and the support from her workplace traineeship as the keys to her success.

“My TAFE NSW study helped me learn marketing strategy to further my knowledge and help the business grow. It also gave me confidence in a professional setting to speak up and present ideas. My teacher Leanne was so encouraging and helpful. You could ask anything, as she was so focussed on sharing her industry experience to help us consolidate our learning,” Kayla said.

Coco Willow Director and Founder Dyan Thais is a strong advocate for traineeships. “I’m very happy to support extra education as I find that both the business and trainees benefit from the practical and hands-on experience in a fast-moving environment,” she said.

Dyan encourages other businesses to explore traineeships but advises a considered approach. “I’ve been strategic about employing people first before putting them into a traineeship. It’s a big commitment for the trainee and the business, so choosing an existing employee means I know they’ll have that commitment. Kayla is my third trainee at Coco Willow, which shows this method is the secret to success.” “I’m so proud of Kayla. She has grown alongside our business, and her skill set has matured immensely.”

TAFE NSW’s online study options broaden access to employers and trainees anywhere in NSW, removing one of the biggest barriers for regional and remote businesses. TAFE NSW Teacher in Digital, Business, and Finance, Leanne Cherry, said Kayla’s success story shows what’s possible when business and education work hand-in-hand.

“We provide specialised delivery of the Certificate IV in Marketing and Communication to trainees that supports businesses in building capacity and real-world skills in this key area. Trainees join their classmates virtually to study one day a week from anywhere in NSW and apply what they learn directly in their workplace. 

“Our students study foundational and core marketing and communication concepts and apply them in ways that suit today’s fast-paced work environments. It’s exciting to see how they grow throughout their traineeship.

“Trainees come from a broad range of industries which vary in size, and this showcases how versatile and valuable these skills are for businesses in NSW, supporting a skilled, digitally savvy workforce now and into the future.”

Opportunities:

She’s Electric competition is back with $10K on the line!

The Hyundai She’s Electric compettion is returning for a fourth season, offering female surfers across Australia, aged 14 and over, the opportunity to showcase their talent in this exciting online competition. Surfing Australia and Hyundai are proud to continue their mission to recognise and amplify grassroots female athletes on a national scale, this year allowing females between 14-16 years old to join as well. By uploading a video of your best wave, you could win a share of $33,200 worth of prizes.

Simply record yourself surfing your best wave and submit it for the chance to win weekly prizes and join Hyundai Team Electric. These athletes will gain access to expert coaching and national exposure. The top scorer will walk away with $10,000 in cash.

Female surfers are invited to submit their best wave clips to be judged by Surfing Australia’s panel of female experts. The competition runs until October 17, with the Top 5 finalists to be announced as Hyundai Team Electric. These athletes will receive invaluable support and exposure, including professional coaching and media opportunities, helping them advance to the top levels of the sport.

Hyundai Team Electric: Training, prizes, and national spotlight

At the end of Season 4, the Top 5 athletes will join Hyundai Team Electric and attend a three-day intensive surf camp at the Hyundai Surfing Australia High Performance Centre (HPC) . The camp will include surf analysis form some of Australia’s top surf coaches, surf-specific workshops, and workshops led by surfing icons and pioneers of women’s surfing.

Team Electric will then compete in a knockout surf-off, with the overall winner taking home $10,000 cash. Athletes placing 2nd–5th will each receive $1000 in prize money.

Season 4 also marks the return of the Hyundai Bright Spark award, given weekly to a surfer who demonstrates enthusiasm, courage, and commitment, no matter how long or short their ride lasts. The award aims to encourage surfers of all abilities to enjoy the process, commit to wipeouts, and have fun along the way. Each Hyundai Bright Spark winner will receive an MF x Laura Enever Collection Palm Springs surfboard, valued at over $700.

Paving the way for future female surfing talent

Hyundai She’s Electric is designed to elevate and inspire the next generation of female surfers, providing them with the tools, exposure, and support to reach their full potential. The program celebrates the diversity and skill of women’s surfing across Australia, offering athletes the opportunity to connect with some of the country’s best coaches and surfing icons.

Last year’s winner of Hyundai She’s Electric, India Robinson, said: “I love seeing more opportunities for females, especially in the surfing space. My biggest passion outside of surfing is inspiring and empowering the next generation of females, so I love everything about this. Although not everyone can win, everyone can participate, and that is so important. Building a space for more girls to feel welcome in the surfing community. I’m looking forward to seeing some of the up and coming talent, hopefully, we can all have a good time and showcase some really good surfing.”

Surfing Australia Manager of Boardrider Clubs and Judging, Glen Elliott, said: “This initiative has been instrumental in showcasing the extraordinary talent we have in women’s surfing. The online format, introduced last year, provides more surfers, regardless of their location, the opportunity to participate and be discovered. The standard of entries continues to rise each year, and we’re incredibly excited to see what Season 3 brings.”

Join the competition and learn more

Athlete profiles, competition updates, and wave submissions will be featured throughout the competition on Surfing Australia’s Instagram. Stay tuned for the official announcement of the Top 5 athletes later this year. For full details on how to enter, and to follow the journey of Hyundai Team Electric, visit the Surfing Australia website.

Ready to make your mark? 

Submit your best wave now for a chance to join Hyundai Team Electric, win amazing prizes, and gain national exposure. Whether you’re a seasoned pro or just love the thrill of surfing, Hyundai She’s Electric is for you!

Conditions apply, visit https://surfingaustralia.com/sheselectric for full Terms and Conditions and prize details. 

I'm with the Band: Music Comp.

East Coast Car Rentals are giving grassroots artists the chance to take their music on the road - and into the spotlight  with an opportunity to secure $2,000 cash, $10,000 PR package, and car hire to get you from gig to gig. 

If you’re a busker or artist lighting up street corners with talent, hustle and a love for performing, they want to hear from you.

Apply now before 30th Sep- https://bit.ly/47msb5s

Remember to read the Terms and Conditions before applying.

Open Mic at Palm Beach

Come on down this Sunday from 2–5pm for our Open Mic Afternoon — happening every last Sunday of the month!

Show off your talent, enjoy great vibes, and be part of a supportive local music scene. Don’t miss it!

Club Palm Beach

Financial help for young people

Concessions and financial support for young people.

Includes:

  • You could receive payments and services from Centrelink: Use the payment and services finder to check what support you could receive.
  • Apply for a concession Opal card for students: Receive a reduced fare when travelling on public transport.
  • Financial support for students: Get financial help whilst studying or training.
  • Youth Development Scholarships: Successful applicants will receive $1000 to help with school expenses and support services.
  • Tertiary Access Payment for students: The Tertiary Access Payment can help you with the costs of moving to undertake tertiary study.
  • Relocation scholarship: A once a year payment if you get ABSTUDY or Youth Allowance if you move to or from a regional or remote area for higher education study.
  • Get help finding a place to live and paying your rent: Rent Choice Youth helps young people aged 16 to 24 years to rent a home.

Visit: https://www.nsw.gov.au/living-nsw/young-people/young-people-financial-help

School Leavers Support

Explore the School Leavers Information Kit (SLIK) as your guide to education, training and work options in 2022;
As you prepare to finish your final year of school, the next phase of your journey will be full of interesting and exciting opportunities. You will discover new passions and develop new skills and knowledge.

We know that this transition can sometimes be challenging. With changes to the education and workforce landscape, you might be wondering if your planned decisions are still a good option or what new alternatives are available and how to pursue them.

There are lots of options for education, training and work in 2022 to help you further your career. This information kit has been designed to help you understand what those options might be and assist you to choose the right one for you. Including:
  • Download or explore the SLIK here to help guide Your Career.
  • School Leavers Information Kit (PDF 5.2MB).
  • School Leavers Information Kit (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • The SLIK has also been translated into additional languages.
  • Download our information booklets if you are rural, regional and remote, Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander, or living with disability.
  • Support for Regional, Rural and Remote School Leavers (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for Regional, Rural and Remote School Leavers (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • Support for Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander School Leavers (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander School Leavers (DOCX 1.1MB).
  • Support for School Leavers with Disability (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for School Leavers with Disability (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • Download the Parents and Guardian’s Guide for School Leavers, which summarises the resources and information available to help you explore all the education, training, and work options available to your young person.

School Leavers Information Service

Are you aged between 15 and 24 and looking for career guidance?

Call 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337).

SMS 'SLIS2022' to 0429 009 435.

Our information officers will help you:
  • navigate the School Leavers Information Kit (SLIK),
  • access and use the Your Career website and tools; and
  • find relevant support services if needed.
You may also be referred to a qualified career practitioner for a 45-minute personalised career guidance session. Our career practitioners will provide information, advice and assistance relating to a wide range of matters, such as career planning and management, training and studying, and looking for work.

You can call to book your session on 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337) Monday to Friday, from 9am to 7pm (AEST). Sessions with a career practitioner can be booked from Monday to Friday, 9am to 7pm.

This is a free service, however minimal call/text costs may apply.

Call 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337) or SMS SLIS2022 to 0429 009 435 to start a conversation about how the tools in Your Career can help you or to book a free session with a career practitioner.

All downloads and more available at: www.yourcareer.gov.au/school-leavers-support

Word Of The Week: Meniscus 

Word of the Week remains a keynote in 2025, simply to throw some disruption in amongst the 'yeah-nah' mix. 

Noun 

1. a crescent or crescent-shaped body 2. a concavo-convex lens 3. the curved upper surface of a column of liquid 4. a fibrous cartilage within a joint. 

From: late 17th century: modern Latin, from Greek mēniskos ‘crescent’, diminutive of mēnē ‘moon’.

In physics (particularly liquid statics), the meniscus (pl.: menisci, from Greek 'crescent') is the curve in the upper surface of a liquid close to the surface of the container or another object, produced by surface tension.

A concave meniscus occurs when the attraction between the particles of the liquid and the container (adhesion) is more than half the attraction of the particles of the liquid to each other (cohesion), causing the liquid to climb the walls of the container (see Surface tension § Causes). This occurs between water and glass. Water-based fluids like sap, honey, and milk also have a concave meniscus in glass or other wet-able containers.

A meniscus as seen in a burette of coloured water. '20.00 mL' is the correct depth measurement. Photo: PRHaney 

Conversely, a convex meniscus occurs when the adhesion energy is less than half the cohesion energy. For example, convex menisci occur between mercury and glass in barometers and thermometers.

In general, the shape of the surface of a liquid can be complex. For a sufficiently narrow tube with circular cross-section, the shape of the meniscus will approximate a section of a spherical surface, while for a large container, most of the upper surface of the liquid will be almost flat, only curving up (if concave) or down (if convex) near the edges.

Menisci are a manifestation of capillary action, by which either surface adhesion pulls a liquid up to form a concave meniscus, or internal cohesion pulls the liquid down to form a convex meniscus. This phenomenon is important in transpirational pull in plants. When a tube of a narrow bore, often called a capillary tube, is dipped into a liquid and the liquid wets the tube (with zero contact angle), the liquid surface inside the tube forms a concave meniscus, which is a virtually spherical surface having the same radius, r, as the inside of the tube. The tube experiences a downward force of magnitude 2πrσ, where σ is the surface tension of the liquid.

A meniscus (pl.: menisci or meniscuses) as a crescent-shaped fibrocartilaginous anatomical structure is one that, in contrast to an articular disc, only partly divides a joint cavity. In humans, menisci are present in the knee, wrist, acromioclavicular, sternoclavicular, and temporomandibular joints.

Generally, the term "meniscus" is used to refer to the cartilage of the knee, either to the lateral or medial meniscus. Both are cartilaginous tissues that provide structural integrity to the knee when it undergoes tension and torsion.

The menisci are also known as "semi-lunar" cartilages, referring to their half-moon, crescent shape.

In sports and orthopedics, people sometimes speak of "torn cartilage" and will actually be referring to an injury to one of the menisci. There are two general types of meniscus injuries: acute tears which are often the result of trauma or a sports injury, and chronic or wear-and-tear type tears.

The term meniscus, from Greek μηνίσκος meniskos, meaning "crescent", was first used in English around 1690. The word was used in reference to a lens that is concave on one side and convex on the opposite side.

How do flowers know it’s spring? A botanist explains

Gregory MooreThe University of Melbourne

For many plants, spring is just a really good time. They have endured a cold, dark, hard winter and in some places, winters can be murderously tough for plants.

It makes sense that when spring comes around, plants are ready to take advantage of warmer temperatures, longer days and more sunshine. They resume growth after their winter dormancies and many rapidly produce flowers.

You’ve probably been spotting the sudden springtime explosion of flowers everywhere on your neighbourhood walks, your commute or in your own garden.

But why exactly do flowers go crazy in spring, and how do they know exactly when to show up for duty? Here’s the science.

Letting loose in a big rush

For many plants, the conditions for growth in spring are close to ideal. Water, warmth and sunlight are suddenly readily available.

Plants don’t have to hold back anymore. They can resume almost unconstrained growth and have the energy and resources to invest in flowering.

Your garden (or a patch of natural bush) is, in fact, a highly competitive environment.

Plants will rush to produce masses of flowers in the hope this will give individual plants an advantage in the reproductive race that ultimately might lead to seed and reproduction. This, after all, is the universal goal of biological success.

There is another factor, however, that also influences spring flowering.

Flowers bloom in rows at a flower festival.
In spring, plants don’t have to hold back anymore. Photo by Lachlan Macleod/Pexels

The birds and the bees (and other insects)

Flowering plants (known as angiosperms) are relatively recent arrivals on the evolutionary time line. They first became significant during the Cretaceous Period, about 100 to 120 million years ago.

By then, insects had already been on the scene and evolving for millions of years. Birds had evolved more or less at the same time as these flowering plants, becoming more common during the Cretaceous Period too, but a few million years earlier.

These creatures, the plants noticed, were excellent at dispersing pollen and seeds. Many flowering plants evolved to use their helpful services.

Before the angiosperms, ancient plants used spores for reproduction. Conifers, which had evolved hundreds of millions of years before angiosperms, used wind to disperse their pollen. Seed dispersal was often limited, unreliable and slow.

Flowering plants needed to attract pollinators and seed dispersal vectors, such as insects and birds. Many developed flashy and showy flowers: the epitome of good advertising.

So flowering in spring coincides with the return of migratory birds and the life cycles of insects (insect activity usually declines over winter).

It makes great sense that many plants flower when the insects and birds so vital to their reproductive success are also getting active (and getting busy).

It is a matter of great timing that benefits all involved.

A bee sits on a flower in Tasmania.
Perfect timing. Photo by RE Walsh on Unsplash

Timing is everything

The way flowering plants time their flowering is superb biology.

Many people assume warmer temperatures trigger spring flowering. But temperature is renowned for its variability and unpredictability. Temperature is not a good indicator of season or time.

So most plants measure day length using a green pigment called phytochrome (literally plant colour). This exists in two forms, one of which is active in triggering plant metabolism.

This phytochrome system enables plants to measure, with remarkable accuracy, both day length (also known as photoperiod) and the night length.

The ratio of the two forms allows plants to measure time like a biological clock.

Photoperiod is a very accurate and reliable measure of time and season and so plants nearly always get their flowering times in spring right.

In some plants there is an extra feature that can affect flowering, where the plants produce an inhibitor (abscisic acid) before winter that keeps them dormant.

Abscisic acid is cold-sensitive. So when spring comes, the inhibitor level is low. This, combined with photoperiod, helps initiate flowering.

The two mechanisms combined are a very reliable and consistent trigger for flowering.

Advantages to being a flower in spring

Flowering in spring means plants can use insects and birds to facilitate pollination and disperse seeds.

The pollen can be spread effectively and in a targeted way to other flowers of the same species. Less valuable pollen is wasted than if you’re relying on wind dispersal.

The seed can spread over much greater distances. The seed for many species will germinate during spring when growth conditions are highly favourable.

It’s not a coincidence flowering plants with this type of reproductive biology spread around the globe very quickly after their emergence during the Cretaceous Period.

They are highly efficient and successful plants.

Not everyone can be a flower in spring

So why don’t all flowering plants bloom in spring?

It is one of the delights of biology that there is nearly always room for contrarians and exceptions.

Some plants flower in autumn or perhaps during winter and some in summer, but there is always advantage in them doing so.

Sometimes it’s to avoid the fierce competition from all those other spring flowers in attracting pollinators.

Sometimes it’s because they are focused on a particular insect or bird vector that another season suits better.

Sometimes it’s because the plants can only survive in a highly competitive environment by not flowering in spring.

In the complex web of plant biology, a one-size-fits all approach never works.

Spring flowering has a lot going for it – as the current profusion of flowers attests – but many plants have made success of being different.The Conversation

Gregory Moore, Senior Research Associate, School of Agriculture, Food and Ecosystem Sciences, The University of Melbourne

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Blue, green, brown, or something in between – the science of eye colour explained

Pouya Hajiebrahimi/Unsplash
Davinia BeaverBond University

You’re introduced to someone and your attention catches on their eyes. They might be a rich, earthy brown, a pale blue, or the rare green that shifts with every flicker of light. Eyes have a way of holding us, of sparking recognition or curiosity before a single word is spoken. They are often the first thing we notice about someone, and sometimes the feature we remember most.

Across the world, human eyes span a wide palette. Brown is by far the most common shade, especially in Africa and Asia, while blue is most often seen in northern and eastern Europe. Green is the rarest of all, found in only about 2% of the global population. Hazel eyes add even more diversity, often appearing to shift between green and brown depending on the light.

So, what lies behind these differences?

It’s all in the melanin

The answer rests in the iris, the coloured ring of tissue that surrounds the pupil. Here, a pigment called melanin does most of the work.

Brown eyes contain a high concentration of melanin, which absorbs light and creates their darker appearance. Blue eyes contain very little melanin. Their colour doesn’t come from pigment at all but from the scattering of light within the iris, a physical effect known as the Tyndall effect, a bit like the effect that makes the sky look blue.

In blue eyes, the shorter wavelengths of light (such as blue) are scattered more effectively than longer wavelengths like red or yellow. Due to the low concentration of melanin, less light is absorbed, allowing the scattered blue light to dominate what we perceive. This blue hue results not from pigment but from the way light interacts with the eye’s structure.

Green eyes result from a balance, a moderate amount of melanin layered with light scattering. Hazel eyes are more complex still. Uneven melanin distribution in the iris creates a mosaic of colour that can shift depending on the surrounding ambient light.

What have genes got to do with it?

The genetics of eye colour is just as fascinating.

For a long time, scientists believed a simple “brown beats blue” model, controlled by a single gene. Research now shows the reality is much more complex. Many genes contribute to determining eye colour. This explains why children in the same family can have dramatically different eye colours, and why two blue-eyed parents can sometimes have a child with green or even light brown eyes.

Eye colour also changes over time. Many babies of European ancestry are born with blue or grey eyes because their melanin levels are still low. As pigment gradually builds up over the first few years of life, those blue eyes may shift to green or brown.

In adulthood, eye colour tends to be more stable, though small changes in appearance are common depending on lighting, clothing, or pupil size. For example, blue-grey eyes can appear very blue, very grey or even a little green depending on ambient light. More permanent shifts are rarer but can occur as people age, or in response to certain medical conditions that affect melanin in the iris.

The real curiosities

Then there are the real curiosities.

Heterochromia, where one eye is a different colour from the other, or one iris contains two distinct colours, is rare but striking. It can be genetic, the result of injury, or linked to specific health conditions. Celebrities such as Kate Bosworth and Mila Kunis are well-known examples. Musician David Bowie’s eyes appeared as different colours because of a permanently dilated pupil after an accident, giving the illusion of heterochromia.

A collage of three people, each with different coloured eyes.
Celebrities such as David Bowie, Mila Kunis and Kate Bosworth (L to R) are well-known examples of people whose eyes are different colours. Wikimedia Commons/The Conversation

In the end, eye colour is more than just a quirk of genetics and physics. It’s a reminder of how biology and beauty intertwine. Each iris is like a tiny universe, rings of pigment, flecks of gold, or pools of deep brown that catch the light differently every time you look.

Eyes don’t just let us see the world, they also connect us to one another. Whether blue, green, brown, or something in-between, every pair tells a story that’s utterly unique, one of heritage, individuality, and the quiet wonder of being human.The Conversation

Davinia Beaver, Postdoctoral research fellow, Clem Jones Centre for Regenerative Medicine, Bond University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

The gospel according to Lady Gaga: why pop’s Mother Monster is also a theologian

Stephen RobertsCardiff University

Lady Gaga is leading the nominations for this year’s MTV Video Music Awards – merely her latest accolade.

Since she burst onto the scene with The Fame album in 2008, Gaga has become one of the world’s most recognisable pop stars. Her hit Born This Way even topped Billboard’s list of the 100 greatest LGBTQIA+ anthems of all time. The track defines her commitment to celebrating diversity in all its forms.

While she is known for filling dance floors and dominating pop culture, she has also sparked serious academic interest. Scholars have explored her influence on music, fashion, gender and sexuality. Yet her use of religious imagery remains relatively under-examined. As a theologian, I have studied Gaga’s music and its rich religious symbolism.

Gaga’s most overtly political and theological album was Born This Way, released in 2011. It also inspired the Born This Way Foundation, which she founded with her mother to “empower and inspire young people to build a kinder, braver world that supports their mental health”.

I argue Gaga’s work makes her a kind of “musical public theologian”. In other words, an artist who brings theological arguments into public debate, particularly around LGBTQIA+ inclusion, often in tension with religious communities.

Born This Way

Take the title track. Here she tackles the theological opposition to LGBTQIA+ inclusion head on, in what might seem a fairly obvious and unsophisticated way: “No matter gay, straight, or bi, lesbian, transgender life, I’m on the right track, baby, I was born to survive … I’m beautiful in my way ’cause God makes no mistakes, I’m on the right track, baby, I was born this way.”

In a world where some claim that God’s design allows only for heterosexuality, Gaga turns this argument upside down. If God makes no mistakes, she insists, then diversity itself is divinely intended.

So far, so simple. But there is a more complicated story to be told about Gaga’s theological affirmation of difference. Some queer theorists are uneasy with the idea of being “born this way”, and the notion that identity is fixed by biology alone.

This is where deeper analysis of Born This Way pays dividends. The video offers a more fluid understanding of identity as something that can be performed.

Lady Gaga - Born This Way

It opens with a surreal sci-fi creation myth, scored with the theme from Alfred Hitchcock’s Vertigo (1958), a film in which identity is not straightforwardly “given”. The dancers adopt multiple postures resembling ovaries and wombs – a visual metaphor for the possibility of new births – suggestive of our ability to take on fresh identities for ourselves.

Gaga doesn’t do the work of connecting the lyrics and the visuals. That goes on in the world of queer theology, which is an approach that places LGBTQIA+ people at the centre of faith. But Gaga makes a significant public theological statement by holding them together in this song and its accompanying video.

Central to Gaga’s creative vision and resistance to dominant narratives telling people who and how they should be, is the theme of monstrosity. She calls herself “Mother Monster” and her fans “little monsters”, reclaiming a word often used to exclude or belittle those who are different.

The “Manifesto of Mother Monster”, at the beginning of the Born This Way video, presents a mythic creation story where freedom and difference are celebrated. It builds on the ambiguous place of monsters in religion.

Garden of Eden

Although her later albums are less overtly theological, Gaga has continued to weave religious themes into her music, including those of monstrosity. On her latest album Mayhem, for example, which was released earlier this year, the song Garden of Eden plays with the biblical story of the fall of Adam and Eve.

Lady Gaga - Garden Of Eden.

At one level, the theological motif of taking a bite from the apple in Eden can be seen simply as a metaphor for indulging in a short-lived relationship that, for that very reason, disobeys more conservative expectations of sexual relationships. But here, too, Gaga’s lyrics can be read at a deeper level. The story of Adam and Eve is fundamental to Christian theology, and it can be used to enforce certain ways of being.

Instead, Gaga’s reinterpretation of Eden offers a liberating vision. There’s an invitation to rethink a story that has been used to divide the world neatly into good and evil. Instead of using scripture to police behaviour, she reimagines it as a story that opens up possibilities. This reflects the experiences of many of her fans, who may have felt excluded by dominant religious narratives.

Through her music and imagery, Gaga invites us to embrace difference and to question stories that oppress. She queers tradition, offering an alternative theology rooted in inclusivity and creativity. Her work demonstrates that theology does not belong only in churches or seminaries. It can be found in music videos, stadium tours and dance anthems.

In studying Gaga’s work, I have come to see her as a theologian in her own right. She transforms pop music into a space where faith, identity and power are re-imagined. That, to me, is why she is worth celebrating, not just as a pop icon, but as someone who has turned theology into art for a wider audience.The Conversation

Stephen Roberts, Honorary Lecturer in Theology, Cardiff University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

THIS VIDEO WAS FILMED AT “THE ISLAND OF THE DOLLS” IN XOCHIMILCO, MÉXICO - MOTHER MONSTER

Signs of ancient life may have been found in Martian rock – new study

Sean McMahonUniversity of Edinburgh

Just over a year ago, Nasa made a remarkable announcement. The Perseverance rover had found potential signs of ancient life on Mars. Now, the technical details behind that discovery have been published in a Nature paper that, despite its rather modest wording, may ultimately prove to be among the most significant in the history of science.

The bottom line is this: it might be life, but we won’t know for sure until we return the samples to Earth. Perseverance has already collected a fragment of the relevant rock — we just have to go and get it.

Indeed, Nasa has been working with the European Space Agency on a mission to go to Mars, retrieve the samples of rock collected by Perseverance and deliver them to Earth. This would include the sample from the rock that’s the subject of the Nature study. However, the mission, known as Mars Sample Return, has run into trouble because of rising costs.

In mid-2024, the Perseverance rover encountered a block of ancient mudstone, nicknamed Cheyava Falls, distinguished by its brick-red hue. This rock was laid down by water roughly four billion years ago. While most Martian rocks appear red due to a coating of oxidised (ferric) iron dust, Cheyava Falls is red through and through – the ferric iron is in the rock itself.

More intriguingly, Cheyava Falls is peppered with dozens of tiny pale spots, typically less than a millimetre across. These spots are fringed with a dark phosphorus-rich mineral, which also appears as tiny dots called poppy seeds that are scattered between the other spots. Associated with this mineral are traces of ancient organic compounds. (Organic compounds contain carbon and are fundamental to life on Earth, but they also exist in the absence of biology.)

What does this have to do with life?

All living organisms on Earth harness energy through oxidation-reduction (redox) reactions – transferring electron particles from chemicals known as reductants to compounds named oxidants. On Earth, for example, structures called mitochondria in animal cells transfer electrons from glucose (a reductant) to oxygen (an oxidant). Some rock dwelling bacteria use other kinds of organic compound instead of glucose, and ferric iron instead of oxygen.

Serpentine Rapids
A rock dubbed Serpentine Rapids also showed features reminiscent of reduction spots. Nasa JPL-Caltech

When ferric iron is reduced to a different form, known as ferrous iron, it becomes soluble in water and either leaches away or reacts to form new, lighter-coloured minerals. The result is that many red rocks and sediments on Earth contain small bleached spots – “reduction spots” – strikingly similar to those found in Cheyava Falls. In fact, Perseverance subsequently spotted bleached features even more reminiscent of reduction spots at a site called Serpentine Rapids, but spent too little time there to analyse them and, unfortunately, didn’t collect any samples.

The new Nature paper builds on abstracts presented at the Lunar and Planetary Science Conference, held in Houston in March 2025, but with more detail and the added weight of peer review. It confirms that the pale spots are associated with organic matter, and that they contain ferrous iron and sulphur – specifically, an iron-sulphide mineral.

The most plausible interpretation is that redox reactions occurred within the rock after it formed, transferring electrons from organic matter to ferric iron and sulphate, and producing bleached zones where ferric iron was depleted.

Perseverance
Perseverance with the Cheyava Falls rock. Nasa JPL-Caltech

Notably, these reactions – especially sulphate reduction – don’t typically occur at the low temperatures this rock experienced over its history. Unless microbes are involved, that is. Microbial oxidation of organic matter can also produce phosphate minerals, like those found at Cheyava Falls.

Without getting samples back to laboratories on Earth, there’s only so much we can really know about what happened at Cheyava Falls four billion years ago. Even so, no entirely satisfying non-biological explanation accounts for the full suite of observations made by Perseverance.

The new paper does a good job of making this clear, considering the possibilities one by one. But in astrobiology, the lack of a non-biological explanation isn’t where life detection ends – it’s where it begins. History tells us that when we can’t think of a non-biological explanation for something, it’s usually not because there isn’t one. It’s just that we haven’t thought of it yet.

So what happens next? First, astrobiologists around the world must explore which oxidation-reduction reactions involving iron, sulphur, organic compounds, and phosphate can occur with and without biology under conditions relevant to Cheyava Falls.

Second, Nasa and other space agencies must provide bold leadership on the Mars Sample Return mission. Yes, it will be expensive – possibly tens of billions of dollars – but the payoff could be the most important scientific discovery ever made.The Conversation

Sean McMahon, Reader in Astrobiology, University of Edinburgh

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Recipes from the middle ages have much in common with how our grandparents used to cook

Painting of a banquet from the manuscript of The Romance of Alexander the Great, mid-15th century. Wiki Commons
Diane PurkissUniversity of Oxford

“You have to keep beating it for longer,” my grandmother instructed me. “It isn’t pale yet. It’s still too yellow.” I didn’t ask how long this would take. I was nine years old, and I understood what my grandmother meant. You have to keep doing something until it works. It’s like asking: “Are we there yet?”

I watched for the miraculous transformation. The eggs, golden when first beaten, were lightening to a soft lemon colour. The texture was changing. You couldn’t see the sugar anymore; it had looked like sand, but now it was invisible, cloaked in the egg. My grandmother stopped beating, and lifted up the beater. A stream of thick liquid hung down, like the wet sand you used to reinforce a sandcastle. “Yes, that’s enough. Now add the melted butter. Slowly. Then the flour. We’ll need a bit more.”

My grandmother taught me to cook. She never weighed anything. The only measurement she used was a pink breakfast teacup, and it was more a useful scoop than a measure. Instead, she worked towards a desired result. You didn’t cook things for five minutes. You cooked things until you got the result you wanted. The first thing she taught me to make was bechamel sauce. She didn’t call it that. She called it white sauce with flavour. I could make it when I was five, and I still do it the same way.

Her cooking was preliterate, or, more exactly, a special kind of literacy, a grammar of ingredients and heat and air.

I’m a food historian and the author of English Food: A People’s History. I have never found the recipes of the middle ages as difficult to understand as most food historians. Perhaps because they look a little like my grandmother’s instructions.

Cooking in the middle ages

A medieval recipe
The recipe for sambocade from Add MS 5016. British Library

Take and make a crust in a trap, and take cruddes and wryng out þe wheyze, and drawe hem þurgh a straynour, and put in þe straynour crustes. Do þerto sugar the þridde part and somdel whyte of ayren, and shake þerin blomes of elren, and bake it up with eurose, and messe it forth.

This is a recipe for “sambocade” from a middle ages manuscript held in the British Library. Sambocade is an elderflower cheesecake of sorts. It uses curds – the beginnings of cheese – and the recipe gives quite detailed instructions on how to make them, a method a little like making Greek yoghurt. You add sugar, egg white and elderflowers, along with rosewater. Then you serve it.

A recipe like this is not a series of instructions. It is meant to act as a reminder, a series of quick notes to recall to mind something taught orally – something taught as my grandmother taught me.

Just as Google Maps will not tell me how to walk by putting one foot in front of the other, this kind of recipe doesn’t tell me what I’m looking for or how to achieve it. It doesn’t give exact measurements. It doesn’t really give any measurements at all. But if you made this recipe half a dozen times, you would soon understand the process required. And then, it would be yours, in a way that a recipe tested or created by another cook can never quite be yours.

Medieval image of a baker putting bread into an oven
A baker with his assistant making bread rolls, from a book of hours manuscript (circa 1500). Bodleian Library

In my kitchen I still keep my mother’s recipe book, a manuscript volume in which she tried to preserve recipes that were gifts from friends. All of it is in her handwriting.

It contains a recipe for cheesecake from the days when cheesecake was a little-known novelty; it notes that the recipe comes from an American friend. It contains exact quantities and exact baking times, although the result is a lot more strongly baked than the majority of cheesecakes now. The exact quantities preserve a memory of the effect that’s difficult to reconstruct from recipes that come from earlier times.

In the same way, I have only my memories of my grandmother’s cooking to preserve what she did; she was barely literate, and her own recipes consisted solely of lists of ingredients. These were kept in a shoe box and after she died, my mother threw it away on the grounds that it was of no possible value to anyone. All the same, every time I make a sponge cake, I say to myself, is it pale enough yet?


Looking for something good? Cut through the noise with a carefully curated selection of the latest releases, live events and exhibitions, straight to your inbox every fortnight, on Fridays. Sign up here.The Conversation


Diane Purkiss, The William F Pollard Tutorial Fellow in English, University of Oxford

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Want more protein for less money? Don’t be fooled by the slick black packaging

The ConversationCC BY-SA
Emma BeckettUNSW Sydney

If you’ve been supermarket shopping lately, you might have noticed more foods with big, bold protein claims on black packaging – from powders and bars to yoghurt, bread and even coffee.

International surveys show people are shopping for more protein because they think it’ll help their fitness and health. But clever marketing can sway our judgement too.

Before your next shop, here’s what you should know about how protein is allowed to be sold to us. And as a food and nutrition scientist, I’ll offer some tips for choosing the best value meat or plant-based protein for every $1 you spend – and no, protein bars aren’t the winner.

‘Protein’ vs ‘increased protein’ claims

Let’s start with those “high protein” or “increased protein” claims we’re seeing more of on the shelves.

In Australia and New Zealand, there are actually rules and nuances about how and when companies can use those phrases.

Under those rules, labelling a product as a “protein” product implies it’s a “source” of protein. That means it has at least 5 grams of protein per serving.

“High protein” doesn’t have a specific meaning in the food regulations, but is taken to mean “good source”. Under the rules, a “good source” should have at least 10 grams of protein per serving.

Then there is the “increased protein” claim, which means it has at least 25% more protein than the standard version of the same food.

If you see a product labelled as a “protein” version, you might assume it has significantly more protein than the standard version. But this might not be the case.

Take, for example, a “protein”-branded, black-wrapped cheese: Mini Babybel Protein. It meets the Australian and New Zealand rules of being labelled as a “source” of protein, because it has 5 grams of protein per serving (in this case, in a 20 gram serve of cheese).

But what about the original red-wrapped Mini Babybel cheese? That has 4.6g of protein per 20 gram serving.

The difference between the original vs “protein” cheese is not even a 10% bump in protein content.

Black packaging by design

Food marketers use colours to give us signals about what’s in a package.

Green signals natural and environmentally friendly, reds and yellows are often linked to energy, and blue goes with coolness and hydration.

These days, black is often used as a visual shorthand for products containing protein.

But it’s more than that. Research also suggests black conveys high-quality or “premium” products. This makes it the perfect match for foods marketed as “functional” or “performance-boosting”.

The ‘health halo’ effect

When one attribute of a food is seen as positive, it can make us assume the whole product is health-promoting, even if that’s not the case. This is called a “health halo”.

For protein, the glow of the protein halo can make us blind to the other attributes of the food, such as added fats or sugars. We might be willing to pay more too.

It’s important to know protein deficiency is rare in countries like Australia. You can even have too much protein.

How to spend less to get more protein

If you do have good reason to think you need more protein, here’s how to get better value for your money.

Animal-based core foods are nutritionally dense and high-quality protein foods. Meats, fish, poultry, eggs, fish, and cheese will have between 11 to 32 grams of protein per 100 grams.

That could give you 60g in a chicken breast, 22g in a can of tuna, 17g in a 170g tub of Greek yoghurt, or 12g in 2 eggs.

In the animal foods, chicken is economical, delivering more than 30g of protein for each $1 spent.

But you don’t need to eat animal products to get enough protein.

In fact, once you factor in costs – and I made the following calculations based on recent supermarket prices – plant-based protein sources become even more attractive.

Legumes (such as beans, lentils and soybeans) have about 9g of protein per 100g, which is about half a cup. Legumes are in the range of 20g of protein per dollar spent, which is a similar cost ratio to a protein powder.

5 bowls of different nuts, including unshelled peanuts.
Nuts, seeds, legumes and oats are all good plant-based options. Towfiqu Barbhuiya/UnsplashCC BY

Nuts and seeds like sunflower seeds can have 7g in one 30g handful. Even one cup of simple frozen peas will provide about 7g of protein.

Peanuts at $6 per kilogram supply 42g of protein for each $1 spent.

Dry oats, at $3/kg have 13g of protein per 100g (or 5g in a half cup serve), that’s 33g of protein per dollar spent.

In contrast, processed protein bars are typically poor value, coming in at between 6-8g of protein per $1 spent, depending on if you buy them in a single serve, or in a box of five bars.

Fresh often beats processed on price and protein

Packaged products offer convenience and certainty. But if you rely on convenience, colours and keywords alone, you might not get the best deals or the most nutritious choices.

Choosing a variety of fresh and whole foods for your protein will provide a diversity of vitamins and minerals, while reducing risks associated with consuming too much of any one thing. And it can be done without breaking the bank.The Conversation

Emma Beckett, Adjunct Senior Lecturer, Nutrition, Dietetics & Food Innovation - School of Health Sciences, UNSW Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

An AI startup has agreed to a $2.2 billion copyright settlement. But will Australian writers benefit?

Leo Lau & DigitCC BY-NC-SA
Agata Mrva-MontoyaUniversity of Sydney

Anthropic, an AI startup founded in 2021, has reached a groundbreaking US$1.5 billion settlement (AU$2.28 billion) in a class-action copyright lawsuit. The case was initiated in 2024 by novelist Andrea Bartz and non-fiction writers Charles Graeber and Kirk Wallace Johnson.

If the settlement is approved by the presiding judge, the company will pay authors about US$3,000 for each of the estimated 500,000 books included in the agreement. It will destroy illegally downloaded books and refrain from using pirated books to train chatbots in the future.

This is the largest copyright settlement in US history, establishing a crucial legal precedent for the evolving relationship between AI companies and content creators.

It will have implications for numerous other copyright cases currently underway against AI companies OpenAI, MicrosoftGoogle, and most recently Apple. In June, Meta prevailed in a copyright case brought against it, though the ruling left open the possibility of other lawsuits.

The settlement follows a landmark US ruling on AI development and copyright law, issued in June 2025, that separated legal AI training from illegal acquisition of content. Anthropic allegedly pirated over seven million books from two online “shadow libraries” in June 2021 and July 2022.

The plaintiffs and Anthropic are expected to finalise a list of works to be compensated by September 15.

Cautious optimism

In Australia, the response to news of a potential settlement has been cautiously optimistic. Stuart Glover, head of policy at the Australian Publishers Association told me:

We welcome these court-enforced steps towards accountability, but this settlement shows why AI companies must respect copyright and pay creators – not just see what they can get away with.

And for the sake of Australian authors and publishers whose works have been unlawfully scraped without compensation under this action, it’s a clear call for the Australian government to maintain copyright and mandate that AI companies pay for what they use.

Lucy Hayward, CEO of the Australian Society of Authors, told me:

While all of the details are yet to be revealed, this settlement could represent a very welcome acknowledgement that AI companies cannot just steal authors’ and artists’ work to build their large language models.

Lucy Hayward has called for ongoing compensation for Australian authors whose work has been used to train AI models. Australian Society of Authors

However, in the Anthropic case, authors will be only compensated if their publishers have registered their work with the US copyright office within a certain timeframe. Hayward expressed concern about this, as the seven million works that are alleged to have been pirated were written by authors from around the world and “we suspect many international authors may miss out on settlement money.”

She has called on Australian the government to introduce new laws requiring tech companies to “pay ongoing compensation to creators where Australian books have been used to train models offshore”.

Legal risks

In June, US judge William Alsup ruled that using books to train AI was not a violation of US copyright law. But he ruled Anthropic would still have to stand trial over its use of pirated copies to build its library of material.

Judge Alsup has since criticised the settlement for its loopholes. He has scheduled another hearing for September 25. “We’ll see if I can hold my nose and approve it,” he said.

If the settlement is not approved, Anthropic risks significantly greater financial repercussions. The trial is scheduled for December. If the company loses the case, US copyright law allows for statutory damages of up to $150,000 per infringed work in cases of wilful copyright infringement.

William Long, a legal analyst at Wolters Kluwer, suggests potential damages in a trial could reach multiple billions of dollars, potentially jeopardising or even bankrupting the company.

Anthropic recently secured new funding worth US$13 billion, bringing its total value to $183 billion. Keith Kupferschmid, president and CEO of the US-based Copyright Alliance, has argued that this is evidence “AI companies can afford to compensate copyright owners for their works without it undermining their ability to continue to innovate and compete”.

For Mary Rasenberger, CEO of the Authors Guild, the historic settlement is “an excellent result for authors, publishers, and rightsholders”. Rasenberger expects “the settlement will lead to more licensing that gives author[s] both compensation and control over the use of their work by AI companies, as should be the case in a functioning free market society.”

A step forward

While this particular settlement may offer little help to Australian writers and publishers whose works are not registered with the US Copyright Office, overall it is at least potentially good news for creators globally. It represents a step towards the establishment of a legitimate licensing scheme.

Australian copyright law does not include a US-style “fair use” exception, which AI companies claim protects their training practices. There have been calls to change the law with major AI players, including Google and Microsoft, lobbying the Australian government for copyright exemptions.

The recent Productivity Commission interim report proposed a text and data mining exception to the Australian Copyright Act, which would allow AI training on copyrighted Australian work. The proposal faced strong opposition from the Australian Society of Authors and the publishing industry.

As Arts Minister Tony Burke stated in August 2025, the government has “no plans, no intention, no appetite to be weakening” our copyright laws.

The Australian publishing industry is not entirely opposed to AI, but significant legal and ethical challenges remain. The Australian Publishers Association has advocated for government policies on AI that prioritise a clear ethical framework, transparency, appropriate incentives and protections for creators, and a balanced policy approach, so that “both AI development and cultural industries can flourish”.The Conversation

Agata Mrva-Montoya, Senior Lecturer, Department of Media and Communications, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Young people want social cohesion too. This means tackling the causes of inequality

Elliott Reyna/Unsplash
Philippa CollinWestern Sydney University

Young people are under intense scrutiny. They are subject to community, media and policy concerns about everything from technology use to public safety.

But of the more than three million young people in Australia aged between 15 and 24, most are just doing normal things, like school and work, trying to make a life.

Despite this, young people are one of the most disempowered groups in society. Their views are rarely sought, taken seriously or acted on by those with influence and power.

new report by the national peak body for young people, the Australian Youth Affairs Coalition, hears directly from more than 1,000 young people about their thoughts on Australian society. Many feel unrepresented and excluded – but there’s things that can be done to help.

The report

Unlike other research on social cohesion in Australia, this study focused specifically on young people aged 12–25.

Online questionnaires and focus groups garnered the perspectives of 1,186 young people. While not representative, the sample broadly reflected the diversity of the Australian population including cultural background, identity and experience. This includes young people identifying as Indigenous, LGBTQIA+, living with a disability and “doing it tough”.

Young people were asked about their views on social cohesion. While not generalisable, the report provides new insights into the perspectives of some young Australians.

More fairness and equity

On the whole, young people believe a more cohesive Australia requires recognising and respecting diversity.

As has been shown in research, young people in Australia largely consider multiculturalism to be the norm.

But they recognise this doesn’t mean everyone’s treated equally.

As one young person said:

I think immigrants and refugees get it tough – even though we rely on them a lot in this country. I don’t think they get “the fair go” that everyone talks about in this country […] it’s a bit like we cling on to the idea we’re not as racist as we could be and there’s people worse than us. And it’s like that stops us improving […]

Moreover, other research shows young people identify discrimination, violence and climate change as significant issues that disproportionately affect them – especially those who are Indigenous, migrants and LGBTQIA+.

The report also supports other evidence of the acute sense of inequality and lack of economic opportunity that young people are facing.

Another participant said:

personally, I feel very sad about the gap in intergenerational wealth in Australia, and how it’s just getting worse and worse over the decades.

Expanding democracy

As the report finds, young people’s involvement in Australian democracy should not wait until they are 18. It should not be ad hoc or only for those with cultural and social capital to lead in ways that are recognised by established institutions. A participant shared:

I think [leadership programs involving advisory roles] are only for the select few. As much as there are opportunities to advocate and talk about these issues, they’re not open to everyone […]

Instead, more effort is required to define with young people what participation in democracy should look like.

This means co-designing spaces and mechanisms – with associated institutional accountability – for making these transformations in our political and civic cultures. This could be more deliberative processes and a role for broader networks and collectives of young people.

Practical ways forward

The research offers some practical ways to address the causes of inequality, which undermine social cohesion.

1. Embedding youth impact assessments across all government policy

This novel idea is particularly valuable for addressing growing intergenerational inequality. As identified by the not-for-profit Think Forward, young people’s needs now and into the future are insufficiently considered in relation to policy areas such as taxation, which is highly inequitable.

2. Value and support youth work

Youth workers are the frontline support for young people to learn about themselves and the world around them.

In the United Kingdom, the direct economic value of the youth work sector is estimated to be £5.7 billion (around A$11 billion).

In Australia, research has found that the sector is under-resourced. Professionals are highly committed to the work they do, but they are under severe strain. This has likely gotten worse since the onset of the COVID pandemic.

The side profile of a young person facing a smiling counsellor
The youth work sector is under-resourced in Australia. Maskot/Getty

3. Implement educational policy that promotes equity and improved outcomes

The economic benefits of an education system, from childhood to university, that provides equal opportunities for all young people is backed by evidence.

System changes should include, but not be limited to, funding models. For example, it’s crucial to broaden recognition of learning so students can identify and meet their learning goals no matter where they are born, what their life experience or the capabilities that they have.

Importantly, the costs of education and daily life must not consign young people to poverty.

4. Raise the rate of income support to at least above the poverty line

One in six children live in poverty. This affects their health and learning into their late teens.

If we are to support opportunity and social cohesion, we must ensure all young people – whether they live at home or independently – can afford to rent, eat and pursue their interests, education and work.

A matter of perspective

Research shows the more culturally, economically and politically equal a society, the healthier it is.

While societal “health” and social cohesion are different phenomena, they go hand in hand.

The report argues that to achieve ongoing social cohesion, we must deal with the drivers of inequality – and young people must not be left out of the conversation. They must be allowed to contribute to the terms of the debate and identifying responses to the challenges we face.

Young people know that this is not asking much. In the words of one participant:

I would like adults to view problems from a young person’s perspective.The Conversation

Philippa Collin, Professor of Political Sociology, Institute for Culture and Society, Western Sydney University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

NSW has a new fashion sector strategy – but a sustainable industry needs a federally legislated response

Harriette RichardsRMIT UniversityLisa LakeUniversity of Technology Sydney, and Natalya LustyThe University of Melbourne

The New South Wales government recently announced the launch of the NSW Fashion Sector Strategy, 2025–28. The strategy, developed in partnership with the Australian Fashion Council, TAFE NSW, University of Technology Sydney and the Powerhouse Museum, promises to “accelerate NSW’s position as a global leader in high-quality, innovative and inclusive fashion”.

This new policy includes A$750,000 in funding to support local designers. It also prioritises smart factories, skills and training, and a fashion hub to incubate emerging talent.

It is a welcome contribution to the local fashion economy. Yet it is also a reminder of the complex challenges facing the industry.

Fashion in Australia

Australia has a global reputation for producing high-quality, sustainable textiles and clothing.

Despite widespread offshoring of manufacturing capabilities since the 1990s, Australian wool and cotton remain in high demand. Local small and medium-sized brands lead the way in sustainable and ethical fashion production.

The sector is also a significant employer of women. The $27 billion fashion industry – encompassing designers, retailers, suppliers and manufactures, among other roles – employs nearly half a million Australians, 77% of whom are women.

But recent years have seen the closure of many pioneering local sustainable fashion brands, including Arnsdorf, A.BCH, Nique and Nobody Denim (bought by Outland Denim). These closures are testimony to the difficult retail landscape in Australia.

Despite consumers committed to ethical fashion, the challenges of producing locally and competing with low-cost fast fashion brands often prove insurmountable.

The industry has been flooded with fast fashion since the 2010s, with the arrival of Zara (in 2011), H&M and Uniqlo (both in 2014). This accelerated with the introduction of ultra-fast fashion brands such as Shein from 2021.

Annually, 220,000 tonnes of clothing ends up in Australian landfills.

Legislating against ultra-fast fashion

To combat the dominance of these low-cost brands, France has established new taxes on the import of ultra-fast fashion and bans on influencer promotions of their products.

The legislation aims to protect the French fashion industry from cheap products saturating the market, and to reduce the number of garments going to landfill. It sends a strong message to producers and consumers about the harmful labour conditions that make ultra-fast fashion viable.

This week, the European Union adopted new rules mandating producer responsibility to cover costs of collecting, sorting and recycling of textiles.

Despite being the largest per capita consumer of fashion items globally, Australian approaches to tackling the issues of fast fashion have been either voluntary or toothless.

Modern slavery in fashion supply chains

The closest Australia currently comes to regulating the fashion industry is at the intersection of fashion and modern slavery.

In 2018, Australia introduced the Modern Slavery Act. The policy requires companies operating in Australia with an annual revenue of more than $100 million to report on the risks of modern slavery in their supply chains.

But Australian fashion brands continue to be implicated in offshore modern slavery practices, largely because there is no requirement to act on risks identified. Furthermore, most fashion brands are not required to report because their revenue falls below the threshold.

recent report from Oxfam Australia looked at continued labour rights abuses in Bangladesh’s garment industry. The report notes reporting on modern slavery under the act “has become a box-ticking exercise for many brands, with little impact for the people making our clothes”.

The report makes for difficult reading, and reinforces concerns around the lack of penalties for non-compliance.

New initiatives to support local fashion

There are calls for further regulation of the industry. Peak industry body, the Australian Fashion Council, launched Seamless in 2023, designed to make brands responsible for the entire life of their products.

Seamless aims to create a circular clothing industry – in which the fashion lifecycle follows a reduce, reuse, recycle model – by 2030.

Labels participating in the voluntary scheme will have a 4 cent levy for each clothing item sold. This levy will fund programs to incentivise durable design and crucial expansion of used (or unsold) clothing collection, sorting and recycling.

In response to the Productivity Commission’s interim report on unlocking the future of a circular economy, Seamless is calling for regulation of the scheme.

Local brands, such as Citizen Wolf and Madre Natura, are advancing innovative onshore manufacturing technologies and radical circular business models.

It is vital we support small businesses if these sorts of approaches to fashion production are to survive.

What next?

The introduction of the NSW Fashion Sector Strategy is a positive sign of much-needed investment in this industry.

However, Australia has the potential to have one of the most creative and sustainable fashion industries in the world.

To live up to this potential, we need a more consolidated approach.

The industry requires a whole-of-government strategy to strengthen legislation that will protect our industry. This must include stronger penalties to prevent modern slavery in supply chains, new taxes on ultra-fast fashion, and stronger regulation for circular-economy business models.

That would be a real game-changer for our industry.The Conversation

Harriette Richards, Senior Lecturer, School of Fashion and Textiles, RMIT UniversityLisa Lake, Director, Centre of Excellence in Sustainable Fashion + Textiles, University of Technology Sydney, and Natalya Lusty, Professor of Cultural Studies, The University of Melbourne

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

10 years ago, gravitational waves changed astronomy. A new discovery shows there’s more to come

Carl Knox, OzGrav, Swinburne University of Technology
Simon StevensonSwinburne University of Technology

Ten years ago, scientists heard the universe rumble for the first time. That first discovery of gravitational waves proved a key prediction from Albert Einstein’s theory of general relativity and began a new era of astronomy.

Now, a new gravitational-wave discovery marks the anniversary of this major breakthrough. Published today in Physical Review Letters, it puts to the test a theory from another giant of science, Stephen Hawking.

What are gravitational waves?

Gravitational waves are “ripples” in the fabric of space-time that travel at the speed of light. They are caused by highly accelerated massive objects, such as colliding black holes or the mergers of massive star remains known as neutron stars.

These ripples propagating through the universe were first directly observed on September 14 2015 by the twin Laser Interferometer Gravitational-wave Observatory (LIGO) detectors in the United States.

That first signal, called GW150914, originated from the collision of two black holes, each more than 30 times the mass of the Sun and more than a billion light years away from Earth.

This was the first direct proof of gravitational waves, exactly as predicted by Einstein’s theory of relativity 100 years earlier. The discovery led to the award of the 2017 Nobel Prize in Physics to Rainer Weiss, Barry Barish and Kip Thorne for their pioneering work on the LIGO collaboration.

This simulation shows the gravitational waves produced by two orbiting black holes.

Hundreds of signals in less than a decade

Since 2015, more than 300 gravitational waves have been observed by LIGO, along with the Italian Virgo and Japanese KAGRA detectors.

Just a few weeks ago, the international LIGO/Virgo/KAGRA collaboration released the latest results from their fourth observing run, more than doubling the number of known gravitational waves.

Now, ten years after the first discovery, an international collaboration including Australian scientists from the Australian Research Council’s Centre of Excellence for Gravitational Wave Discovery (OzGrav), has announced a new gravitational-wave signal, GW250114.

The signal is almost a carbon copy of that very first gravitational wave signal, GW150914.

The observed gravitational wave GW250114 (LVK 2025). The observed data is shown in light grey. The smooth blue curve represents the best fit theoretical waveform models, showing excellent agreement with the observed signal. LIGO, Virgo and KAGRA collaboration

The black hole collision responsible for GW250114 had very similar physical properties to GW150914. However, due to significant upgrades to the gravitational wave detectors over the past ten years, the new signal is seen much more clearly (almost four times as “loud” as GW150914).

Excitingly, it’s allowed us to put to the test the ideas of another groundbreaking physicist.

Hawking was right, too

More than 50 years ago, physicists Stephen Hawking and Jacob Bekenstein independently formulated a set of laws that describe black holes.

Hawking’s second law of black hole mechanics, also known as Hawking’s area theorem, states that the area of the event horizon of a black hole must always increase. In other words, black holes can’t shrink.

Meanwhile, Bekenstein showed that the area of a black hole is directly related to its entropy, a scientific measure of disorder. The second law of thermodynamics tells us that entropy must always increase: the universe is always getting messier. Since the entropy of a black hole must also increase with time, it tells us that its area must also increase.

How can we test these ideas? Colliding black holes, it turns out, are the perfect tool.

The precision of this recent measurement allowed scientists to perform the most precise test of Hawking’s area theorem to date.

Previous tests using the first detection, GW150914, showed that signal was in good agreement with Hawking’s law, but could not confirm it conclusively.

Black holes are surprisingly simple objects. The horizon area of a black hole depends on its mass and spin, the only parameters necessary to describe an astrophysical black hole. In turn, the masses and spins determine what the gravitational wave looks like.

By separately measuring the masses and spins of the incoming pair of black holes, and comparing these to the mass and spin of the final black hole left over after the collision, scientists were able to compare the areas of the two individual colliding black holes to the area of the final black hole.

The data show excellent agreement with the theoretical prediction that the area should increase, confirming Hawking’s law without a doubt.

Which giant of science will we put to the test next? Future gravitational wave observations will allow us to test more exotic scientific theories, and maybe even probe the nature of the missing components of the universe – dark matter and dark energy.The Conversation

Simon Stevenson, ARC DECRA Fellow, Swinburne University of Technology

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

At Primavera 2025, young Australian artists consider making art in the age of commodities

Alexandra Peters, The Infinite Image (detail), Defenestration (Autoantibodies), acrylic and water-based ink with screen-print medium and paste on leatherette and Leg Over Leg V, commercial carpet, 2025, installation view, Primavera 2025: Young Australian Artists, Museum of Contemporary Art Australia, Sydney, 2025. Image courtesy the artist and Museum of Contemporary Art Australia © the artist, photograph: Hamish McIntosh
Sara OscarUniversity of Technology Sydney

Primavera is the Museum of Contemporary Art’s annual spring exhibition featuring selected Australian artists under 35. This year, curator Tim Riley Walsh asks what it means for artists to create in a post-industrial age of reproduction.

Walsh foregrounds a material fascination running through the artists’ works.

Many artists integrate metallurgy into their installations, often using machine fabrication. Traps, cages, monuments, pipes, window frames, carpet and boomerangs appear in the show.

These are not inert objects but create spaces that privilege embodied experience. It is a gesture that resonates in an age when the screen is ubiquitous to daily life.

From fabricated monuments to traps

The tension between touch and industrial manufacture is most evident in Vinall Richardson’s corten steel and copper monoliths.

Each block, scaled up from cardboard maquettes, carries the trace of handmade imperfections. Set against the engineered precision of architectural steel, these marks of inaccuracy break with the exactitude of 1960s’ Minimalism and the emphasis on repetitive, mass-produced forms.

Corten steel and copper sculptures
Augusta Vinall Richardson, Arrangement of forms (apparition) I and Arrangement of forms (apparition) II 2025, installation view, Primavera 2025: Young Australian Artists ̧ Museum of Contemporary Art Australia, Sydney, 2025, corten steel, stainless steel, bronze, patina, wax, lanolin. Image courtesy of the artist and The Commercial, Sydney, and Museum of Contemporary Art Australia © the artist, photograph: Hamish McIntosh

Francis Carmody’s two-part installation turns material toward commodification.

A white dog is dissected at the midsection, trapped in three intersecting silver rings. Nearby, amorphous silver forms crusted with salt and electroplated graphite suggest a production line that leads to shiny polished silver vessels.

Between objects and canines, the dogs act as metaphorical stand-ins for us: ensnared by the gleaming lure of commodities and capital.

Metal sculpture featuring three intersecting silver rings and white dog
Francis Carmody, Canine Trap I, 2025, installation view, Primavera 2025: Young Australian Artists, Museum of Contemporary Art Australia, Sydney, 2025, graphite, acrylic paint, polyurethane, resin, felt, steel, wood. Image courtesy the artist and Museum of Contemporary Art Australia © the artist, photograph: Hamish McIntosh

Mining: labour or leisure

The emphasis on metallurgy and the material of mining’s infrastructure is brought into focus in Emmaline Zanelli’s installation and two-channel video.

Second-hand rat and hamster cages are linked by a labyrinth of plastic tunnels lit with coloured LEDs. Like a nightscape, the cages lead into a film centred on teenagers in Roxby Downs, South Australia, where families service the nearby Olympic Dam mine for copper, gold and uranium.

Rat cages, LED lights
Emmaline Zanelli, Magic Cave, 2024/2025, installation view, Primavera 2025: Young Australian Artists Museum of Contemporary Art Australia, Sydney, 2025, bird, mouse, rat, cat, dog, hermit crab and bird cages, plastic tunnels, toys, LED lights. Image courtesy the artist and Museum of Contemporary Art Australia © the artist, photograph: Hamish McIntosh

In the video, teens appear with exotic pets in bedrooms. As a girl dances on one screen, the other cuts to a copper smelter and the camera’s swift, claustrophobic passage through plastic pipes, echoing a miner’s subterranean descent.

Placed at the centre of the exhibition and lined with gaming chairs, the work embeds the materials of mining into the social realms of labour and leisure.

Eerie corporate veneers and the business of art

The final two works move from extraction into the corporate interior.

Alexandra Peters’ installation is an expanded painting that blurs surface, sculpture and architecture. Enamel-coated industrial pipes designed to feed oil, gas or water are coiled with culturally coded shisha tubing that props a false wall over the gallery wall.

Window frames double the building’s own frames. A three-panel, screen-printed work on imitation leather hangs above dead stock grey carpet. The installation feels like the foyer of a shell company.

The effect is deadpan, summoning what cultural theorist Mark Fisher called the eerie – a sense of space emptied of its expected presence.

In Peters’ hands, this eeriness is decentering: materials and veneers leave the human adrift in the architecture of surfaces designed for occupation but hollowed of life.

Grey green industrial pipes, window frame, corporate grey carpet
Alexandra Peters, The Infinite Image (detail), Special Purpose Entity I and Special Purpose Entity II, enamel on ductile iron and steel, arguileh hoses, Fenestration (Autoantibodies), enamel on timber, vinyl decal, and Leg Over Leg V, commercial carpet, 2025, installation view, Primavera 2025: Young Australian Artists, Museum of Contemporary Art Australia, Sydney, 2025. Image courtesy the artist and Museum of Contemporary Art Australia © the artist, photograph: Hamish McIntosh

The staging of corporate life inflects Keemon Williams’ adjacent installation. The work positions the artist’s Aboriginal identity as embedded within the commodities of industry.

Metal boomerangs fabricated offshore are stacked into towers that read as a cityscape or corporate graph.

On the wall, a large vinyl chart divides boom from doom; along with Williams’ portraits between those states – in one he lifts a boomerang like a phone, in another he slumps on a modernist sofa.

At the media preview, Williams quipped he doesn’t know what he’ll do with the boomerangs after the show: stripped of their use-value, they are not designed to be thrown.

Stacked silver boomerangs, photographs of Williams in business suit mounted on a wall graph
Keemon Williams, Business is Booming (detail), aluminium, resin, and Business is Dooming (detail), digital video, colour, sound, photographs on matte rag and lustre paper, vinyl, wool, 7:17 minutes, looped, 2025, installation view, Primavera 2025: Young Australian Artists, Museum of Contemporary Art Australia, Sydney, 2025. Image courtesy the artist and Museum of Contemporary Art Australia © the artist, photograph: Hamish McIntosh

Together, Peters and Williams bring the exhibition’s focus on material residues into the present tense. Industrial processes and social relations are reassembled as corporate veneers, graphs and flightless boomerangs.

From here, the show’s broader stakes become clear.

Australia in the post-industrial age

All of the artists in Primavera 2025 were born in the 1990s. While the following decades marked the global rise of internet and screen culture, more locally, this era saw the effects of Australia’s trade liberalisation.

These artists grew up during the collapse of manufacturing, leaving mining extraction and services dominant. This shift echoes in the fabricated forms and thematic concerns of the exhibition.

As Karl Marx observed in Capital, raw materials are not neutral but products of past labour, their extraction and history. That inheritance runs through the materials and objects of the exhibition: the corten steel monoliths, the silver canine traps, the mining tunnels, the oil and water pipes, the corporate foyer, the stacked boomerangs.

Each work gestures to the way materials of industry are embedded within the social and environmental aspects of Australian life.

In the show, artists play with materials as alluring yet toxic, solid yet emptied of use, all bearing the social and political conditions of their making. That reckoning finds its sharpest expression in a line from Zanelli’s video, penned by poet Autumn Royal: “I could croak with copper on my nails”.

To make art in a post-industrial age is not to escape commodities, but to reckon with their afterlife.

Primavera 2025: Young Australian Artists is at the Museum of Contemporary Art Australia, Sydney, until March 8 2026.The Conversation

Sara Oscar, Senior Lecturer, Visual Communication, School of Design, University of Technology Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.


Simon Chan AM to chair Multicultural NSW Advisory Board

The NSW Government was delighted to announce the appointment of Simon Chan AM as the new chair of the Multicultural NSW Advisory Board on Thursday September 11.

Mr Chan has been a valued member of the Advisory Board since 2018 and is one of its longest serving members. His breadth of experience spans the arts, cultural, business and community sectors. 

Announcing the appointment at the board’s most recent meeting, Minister for Multiculturalism Steve Kamper cited Mr Chan’s vast experience, community work, wise counsel and bipartisanship as some of the factors behind the move, among others.

In addition to his role on the Advisory Board, Mr Chan serves as president of the Chinese Australian Forum, director on the board of Sydney Festival and chair of the VisAsia Committee at the Art Gallery of NSW. 

He is also a member of the Federal Government’s Australian Multicultural Council, director of the Australian National Maritime Museum Foundation and member of the NSW Government Geographical Names Board. 

Mr Chan is also the founder and director of Art Atrium, a contemporary art gallery in Sydney that focuses on cross-cultural collaboration and expression as a reflection of our multicultural society. Local artists have exhibited here over he years and Mr. Chan has kindly supported the news service in promoting them and Art Atrium. A regular check-in as to what's happening is part of what happens here.

Mr Chan has officially taken the reins from previous chair Nick Kaldas APM. 

Minister for Multiculturalism Steve Kamper said: 
“Simon has been an outstanding contributor to the Advisory Board for many years, and his experience, advocacy and community work made him an obvious candidate to take on this important role.
 
“A multiculturalism champion, Simon has done incredible work supporting and uplifting NSW’s diverse communities, with a track record of success.
 
“He leads with inclusivity and brings a depth of experience across diverse sectors. I look forward to working alongside Simon as he continues to serve our vibrant multicultural society.”
 
Multicultural NSW Advisory Board Chair Simon Chan AM said: 
“I am honoured to be appointed chair of the Multicultural NSW Advisory Board.
 
“I look forward to continuing to work with the Minister for Multiculturalism and our Advisory Board members to maintain social cohesion in the current challenging community environment.
 
“I want to see everyone in our multicultural society feel a strong sense of belonging as Australians.”
 
Multicultural NSW CEO Joseph La Posta said: 
“Simon’s longstanding commitment to building a vibrant, inclusive and united multicultural community in NSW will serve us well as he takes on this important role.
 
“Simon has been a dedicated and passionate member of our Advisory Board.
 
“He brings a wealth of knowledge, lived experience and leadership to the role, and I look forward to working closely with him to continue advancing social cohesion and harmony across our state.”

Could Labor’s super tax reforms be headed for a makeover? Here’s how a redesign might work

Natalie PengThe University of Queensland

Late last week, citing anonymous sources, the Australian Financial Review reported the federal government was considering delaying and possibly overhauling its plan to impose a higher tax on superannuation balances above $3 million.

The federal government has not confirmed such a pause, but sources reportedly indicated officials were re-examining the policy amid mounting criticism.

There’s still the opportunity for a compromise. Recent polling suggests more than half of Australians support the government’s proposed changes to the way large super balances are taxed. Yet, many groups remain vocally opposed to the way this policy has been put together, for various reasons.

So, are the government’s plans for reform really in trouble – and what might come next?

How did we get here?

In 2023, the Albanese government announced an additional 15% tax on earnings from super balances above $3 million. This would lift the effective rate from 15% to 30% on the wealthiest accounts.

The government estimated this change would affect a very small group: fewer than 0.5% of super members, or about 80,000 people.

The change was framed as a matter of fairness – superannuation was designed to help Australians save for retirement, not to provide unlimited tax shelter for the very wealthy.

But controversy quickly flared over one unusual policy design choice: taxing unrealised capital gains. This would mean a super member could face a tax bill when the value of their fund’s investments rose — even without selling assets or receiving cash.

It’s a bit like being taxed on the rising value of your house each year, even if you were never going to sell it. Critics argue this breaks with a core principle of Australia’s tax system: gains are normally taxed only when they’re realised.

Behind the backlash

Three major concerns dominate the debate around Labor’s proposed changes.

The first relates to “liquidity” – the ready cash someone can actually use, not just wealth tied up in assets like property or super. Critics say taxing “paper gains” could leave members scrambling for funds to pay their tax bill.

For example, a farmer with valuable land in their super fund might face a large tax bill on rising land values, even if they had no cash from a sale to pay it.

The second is the complexity of compliance. Super funds would need to revalue diverse investments every year, from listed shares to property and private equity. This would add significant cost and compliance burdens for funds and for the Australian Taxation Office.

The third concern relates to “bracket creep”. The $3 million threshold central to this policy is not indexed.

As wages and prices rise over time, more Australians will be caught by the policy, even if their relative wealth hasn’t grown. It’s like a coffee that may have cost $3.50 a decade ago now costing $5.50. The coffee hasn’t changed, only the price tag.

In the same way, someone with a $3 million super balance in 20 years won’t be as wealthy as that figure implies today. Together, these concerns have driven industry pushback, fuelled media backlash, and rattled the government.

Alternative options

Indexing the $3 million threshold to inflation or wages would be one easy way to stop “bracket creep” and restore fairness over time. But indexation doesn’t solve what is arguably this policy’s biggest flaw: taxing gains before they are realised.

If the government does decide to pause and redesign its planned reforms, several alternatives are on the table:

Only taxing ‘realised gains’

Super members would pay the extra tax only when assets are sold and profits “crystallised”. This removes liquidity pressures, but may reduce short-term revenue and encourage investors to delay selling — the so-called “lock-in effect.”

Using ‘deeming rates’

The government could assume a notional rate of return called a “deeming rate” on super balances above $3 million and apply the extra tax to that. Deeming rates are fixed percentages the government uses in certain situations to calculate the assumed income from a person’s financial assets, regardless of what those assets actually earn.

This approach, already used for pension means testing, is simple and predictable. But choosing the right rate is tricky: set it too high and savers are overtaxed; set it too low and the government loses revenue.

Putting hard caps on super balances

Another option would be to set a maximum balance, say $3 million or perhaps $5 million, that could remain in the concessional system. Anything above this amount would need to be withdrawn and invested elsewhere.

This is straightforward in theory but politically sensitive: no government likes telling people they’ve saved “too much” and now have to pull money out of their preferred account.

The bigger picture

This debate is about more than tax mechanics. At stake is the very purpose of superannuation. The superannuation system was designed to provide retirement income, not to serve as a tax-free inheritance vehicle or wealth shelter. Extremely large balances stretch that purpose and risk undermining public trust.

It also raises issues of generational fairness. Younger Australians – already struggling with housing and unlikely to accumulate multimillion-dollar super balances – are effectively subsidising tax breaks for a wealthy few.

Politically, the government also faces a credibility challenge: constant tinkering erodes confidence, but poorly designed reforms do the same.

A combination or hybrid model of the options discussed here could be explored to balance simplicity, fairness and revenue needs. For example, indexing the threshold and also using a deeming rate to calculate returns.

The principle is clear: very large balances should not enjoy the same concessions as ordinary retirement savings. The challenge is finding a design that is workable as well as fair.The Conversation

Natalie Peng, Lecturer in Accounting, The University of Queensland

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

For migrants, dementia can mean losing a language – and a whole world

Fahad HannaTorrens University Australia

You may have lived in Australia for most of your adult life, speaking English every day. But if you acquired the language later in life and then develop dementia – a brain condition that affects thinking, memory and everyday function – you may lose fluency and find the language you spoke as a child takes over again.

For many migrants, this is the confronting reality. Language loss affects not only how they communicate with doctors and carers, but also how they connect with family, friends and the world around them.

More than one in four (28%) people living with dementia in Australia is from a culturally and linguistically diverse background.

This means language changes in dementia aren’t a niche issue – they affect thousands of families. It is estimated that 411,100 Australians were living with dementia in 2023.

How does dementia affect language?

Dementia can cause changes to speech and language, and these are often early symptoms. People may repeat themselves, have trouble finding the right word, switch topics unexpectedly or use words in unusual ways.

But these language changes can affect bi- or multilingual people differently.

Dementia usually affects the parts of the brain that store more recently acquired skills, including languages.

Languages learned during childhood are more deeply embedded in long-term memory than recently acquired skills.

This means someone who moved to Australia in their 20s and then learned English may lose their ability to speak it when they develop dementia later in life. But they may retain the ability to communicate in a first language – such as Italian, Arabic, Greek or Vietnamese – and revert to using only this.

Losing a second language means more than losing a skill. Migrants with dementia may be losing part of the life they’ve built, returning to a version of themselves from decades ago, which family and carers might not recognise.

The language gap in dementia care

While interpreters are widely available in aged care and to assist people with dementia, most lack specialised training.

Without this knowledge of dementia-specific communication, even skilled interpreters can struggle to communicate tone and meaning and recognise dementia symptoms.

Trained health interpreters are scarce outside major cities, and in regional areas family members are often heavily relied on.

But interpreting for a loved one with dementia is no easy task. Research shows family carers from culturally and linguistically diverse backgrounds face added stress thanks to language and cultural barriers. Many provide unpaid care and feel isolated.

For instance, a daughter caring for her mother with dementia might struggle to understand medical terms, while at the same time dealing with her own grief and exhaustion.

Some elderly people may also not want to discuss personal health details in front of their children or other relatives.

Burnout is a huge issue for family members and can sometimes lead to errors in care.

So, what works?

Evidence shows dementia-aware language services and culturally responsive care can help reduce stress for carers and improve quality of life for people living with dementia.

In a 2023 clinical trial, Australian researchers co-designed and evaluated specialist online training for interpreters. These included modules on dementia, aged care and cross-cultural communication.

The study found the training significantly improved the quality of interpreters’ communication during cognitive assessments of people with dementia, which are used to work out what supports someone might need.

This training has since been made available for free to all interpreters in Australia. At least 13% of the active interpreter workforce has completed it so far.

Dementia Support Australia also provides language support for people with dementia and their carers, arranging interpreters, translated materials, and Auslan services when needed.

There are also various initiatives in different states and territories, such as the “language buddies” program in Victoria which help people with dementia reconnect with community.

But we still need to do more

Despite these positive developments, there is still more to do to ensure diagnosis and support for people with dementia are not delayed due to cultural and language barriers.

We need to continue expanding supports, including:

  1. Specialist dementia training for interpreters: to handle repetitive speech, non-linear conversation and culturally specific expressions.

  2. Language and dementia awareness training for health workers: to understand why language loss happens and how to adapt care to address cognitive decline and also consider overall wellbeing.

  3. Better matching of interpreters: including age, dialect and cultural familiarity, especially in dementia-related contexts.

  4. Expanding the bilingual workforce: hiring more health-care workers who share the languages and cultures of local communities, particularly in rural, regional and remote areas.

  5. Culturally tailored dementia resources: booklets, videos, and support groups in multiple languages, co-designed with community members.The Conversation

Fahad Hanna, Associate Professor in Public Health, Torrens University Australia

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Alzheimer’s disease: new three-minute test can spot memory issues – here’s how it works and what it can tell you

The Fastball EEG test measures how the brain responds to images flashed on a screen. Dmytro Zinkevych/ Shutterstock
Eleftheria KodosakiUCL

A new test could help to diagnose memory issues associated with Alzheimer’s disease in as little as three minutes. According to recently published findings the test, called the Fastball EEG test, may one day help doctors flag people who need further checks for Alzheimer’s disease without the need for unnecessary waits or time-consuming procedures.

Alzheimer’s disease affects millions of people worldwide. It’s a progressive condition, in which brain cells are slowly damaged and die – leading to memory loss, confusion and difficulties with thinking and daily tasks.

The disease process begins long before symptoms manifest. Proteins called amyloid and tau gradually build up in the brain, forming plaques and tangles that interfere with communication between nerve cells. By the time memory problems are significant enough for diagnosis, much of the damage has already been done.

It’s important to note that the signs of Alzheimer’s disease and symptoms don’t develop similarly in all patients. This means the amount of amyloid plaques and tau tangles a person has in their brain doesn’t always match the severity of the disease.

In addition, the amount of plaques and tangles can only be estimated via imaging or blood tests. These factors make Alzheimer’s disease difficult to diagnose and predict how it will progress. This is why researchers are keen to develop tests that can spot signs of the disease earlier.

Traditionally, diagnosis has relied on cognitive screening tests, where a doctor asks a patient to remember words, copy drawings or complete problem-solving tasks. These tools are effective, but take time and require trained staff. They may also be stressful for the patients and can be influenced by factors such as a person’s education level, their language skills or test-related performance anxiety.

More advanced diagnostic options, including brain scans and laboratory analysis of cerebrospinal fluid (a fluid which protects the brain and spinal cord), can indicate the presence of Alzheimer’s disease in the brain. But these tests are expensive and invasive.

But the Fastball EEG test uses a different approach.

Instead of asking patients to actively recall or solve problems, it measures how the brain responds to images flashed on a screen. Participants first see a set of eight pictures, which they’re asked to name but not memorise.

Then, during the test, hundreds of images are shown in quick succession – around three per second. Every fifth image is one of the eight previously shown. The EEG headset records the brain’s electrical activity, picking up tiny signals that reveal whether the brain recognises these familiar images.

In healthy people, the recognition response is clear. But in people with mild cognitive impairment (problems with thinking, memory or problem-solving which often precedes Alzheimer’s disease) and especially those with memory issues, the response is weaker.

To understand the test’s suitability, researchers recruited 106 participants to their study. This included 54 healthy adults and 52 people with mild cognitive impairment (MCI). Among the latter group, some had memory-specific problems (amnestic MCI), while others had difficulties unrelated to memory – such as problems with attention (non-amnestic MCI).

A digital drawing depicting amyloid and tau forming tangles and plaques around a nerve cell in the brain.
The build-up of amyloid-beta and tau disrupt communication between the brain’s nerve cells. nobeastsofierce/ Shutterstock

The researchers found that the Fastball test was sensitive enough to distinguish between these groups. Those with amnestic MCI showed significantly reduced brain responses to the familiar images compared to healthy adults and those with non-amnestic MCI. In other words, the test quickly identified the kind of memory impairment most closely linked to early Alzheimer’s.

They then repeated the test a year later. Some of the participants who’d only had mild cognitive impairment in the first test had progressed to either Alzheimer’s disease dementia or another type of dementia, called vascular dementia, which manifests in symptoms similar to Alzheimer’s.

The researchers also asked the participants who developed dementia to perform the standard cognitive tests currently used to diagnose Alzheimer’s. These participants showed no or little difference in this test, which means the test wasn’t sensitive enough to detect the transition from mild cognitive impairment to dementia. But with the Fastball test, the participants performed marginally worse than they had previously.

However, of the 42 participants with mild cognitive impairment who repeated the Fastball test a year later, only eight had transitioned to dementia. So, although the results are very promising in illustrating the test’s accuracy, they should be interpreted with caution as they’re based on a small number of people.

The future of diagnosis

Crucially, the test is fast – lasting only three minutes. It also doesn’t rely on the participant’s effort, mood or test-taking ability, which can influence cognitive test results. It can also be done at home or in a GP’s office, which might reduce anxiety for patients and make it easier to reach a larger group of people.

However, the study did not include other conditions where memory impairment is also present – such as depression or thyroid problems – so it cannot be used as a standalone diagnostic tool for Alzheimer’s disease. Future studies in more diverse populations which take these other conditions into account will be needed to better understand the test’s strengths, limitations and potential.

Other tests, which are currently in development, may be better for diagnosing Alzheimer’s disease specifically. For example, blood tests could transform Alzheimer’s diagnosis once they’re more widely rolled out.

These measure proteins linked to Alzheimer’s and can give a snapshot of disease processes happening in the brain. Some tests currently being studied would only require a finger-prick of blood. If they prove to be accurate, this could mean patients could do these tests at home and mail them in for analysis.

Tools such as the Fastball test and blood tests could help shift the focus of Alzheimer’s care from late diagnosis to early intervention. By identifying people at risk of the disease years earlier, doctors could recommend lifestyle changes, monitor patients more closely or provide them with appropriate therapies earlier, while they can still make the most difference.The Conversation

Eleftheria Kodosaki, Research Fellow in Neuroimmunology, UCL

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

u3a at Newport Community Centre: 

About Our Courses and Activities
Sydney u3a comprises seven regions covering the greater Sydney metropolitan area. The local one is U3A Northern Beaches Region.

Sydney u3a is managed and run entirely by volunteers who contribute time and energy to provide life-long learning and social activities for everyone.  Join in to enjoy the benefits of membership!  At the one affordable annual membership fee of $85.00 (less than $2 per week), you’ll get:
  • access to a wide range of courses and presentations
  • friendly and inviting social events in your region

Members can attend any course in any of the seven regions
  • Volunteers lead and administer the courses and talks
  • A wide range of topics is covered – from learning foreign languages to table tennis to history to book/movie clubs to philosophy to science related issues. There’s something for everyone!
  • Courses are held in a variety of local venues and via Zoom
  • Events, visits, tours and social activities are also offered
  • Full details of activities are listed each semester in the Course Book and on individual regional pages
From time to time there are changes to course details after publication of the Course Book. Please keep checking your region’s website or the website home page for updates.

u3a Northern Beaches Region
Our current newsletter includes up to date information on courses, events and any changes to the program.  Previous newsletters are available here if you missed any information or wish to refresh your memory.

Please note:  The newsletter is distributed to members by email at the end of each month. If you haven’t received the latest copy please check as it may have been captured in your Junk email folder. If this is the case, please adjust your settings so that you receive future newsletters as soon as possible. We also take this opportunity to issue a friendly reminder to contact us with your updated details if you change your home or email address. Thank you.

Registrations for community sessions on the new Aged Care Act now open

Friday September 12, 2025
COTA Australia and the Older Persons Advocacy Network (OPAN) are hosting community sessions for older people, their families and carers to learn more about the aged care changes.

COTA Australia and the Older Persons Advocacy Network (OPAN) are hosting community sessions across September and October for you to:  
  • learn about the new Act and what it means for you 
  • understand what will change in aged care 
  • ask questions and get clear information 
  • share your views and experiences.   
These sessions are for older people, their families and carers.  

You can register to attend in person or virtually on the COTA Australia website.  

If you wish to attend in person, register as soon as you can as spots are limited.

Find a session near you: 
  • Monday 15 September, Sydney, 2:00pm-4:00pm
  • Tuesday 16 September, Canberra, 1:30pm-3:30pm
  • Thursday 18 September, Melbourne, 1:00pm-3:00pm
  • Friday 19 September, Hobart, 2:00pm-4:00pm
  • Wednesday 8 October, Adelaide, 2:00pm-4:00pm
  • Friday 10 October, Perth, 10:00am-12:00pm
  • Monday 13 October, Darwin, 9:00am-11:00am
  • Tuesday 14 October, Gold Coast, 11:00am-1:00pm 
To learn more about the new Act: 

explore resources, including fact sheets, videos and guidelines

Upcoming changes to residential aged care funding

On Friday September 12 the Australian Government announced changes for residential aged care funding to support providers to meet the cost of delivery care and hoteling services.

From 20 September 2025, the hoteling supplement will increase from $15.60 to $22.15 per resident per day for everyday living services, including catering, cleaning and laundry.

From 1 October 2025: 
  • the AN-ACC price will increase to $295.64, including funding for Fair Work Commission award wage increases
  • AN-ACC fixed and variable funding categories adjustments to better align funding with costs
  • care minutes for each AN-ACC class updates in line with variable funding
  • 24/7 registered nurses supplement will be adjusted to reflect changes in costs
  • the AN-ACC Transition Fund will be extended for a further 12 months to support the viability of providers operating in specific thin markets.
The AN-ACC and hoteling supplement changes were recommended by the Independent Health and Aged Care Pricing Authority.

For the link more information about the residential aged care funding changes.

Northern Beaches Police Area Command: Retired police day 2025

Call for applications to join the Aged Care Council of Elders

The Australian Government is now seeking applications from older people with lived experience of the aged care system to join the Aged Care Council of Elders from January 2026.

The Council of Elders is a diverse group of older people representing the make-up of modern Australia which delivers advice to government on how best to support older Australians in aged care.

The Australian Government established the Council of Elders in 2021 following the Royal Commission into Aged Care Quality and Safety, which called for an advisory body on quality and safety of care, and the rights and dignity of older people.

Older people across Australia who want to listen to their peers about what’s important to them when it comes to living and ageing well, and how the quality of care can be improved, are encouraged to apply.

Suitable applicants will demonstrate how they are active in their communities, engaging with people about key issues and bringing that feedback to Government.

We encourage you to apply if your experience of aged care includes: 
  • receiving services at home or living in residential aged care
  • caring for an older person or having worked in aged care
  • living in rural or remote locations 
  • Culturally and Linguistically Diverse (CALD) communities
  • Care for older Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander people
  • dementia care.
Appointments will be for a term of up to two years, commencing from January 2026.

Find details on how to apply by visiting www.health.gov.au/apply-to-council-of-elders-2026

Applications close 5pm, Friday 26 September 2025.

Read more about the Council of Elders and the Terms of Reference on the council’s webpage. 

Minister for Aged Care and Seniors, The Hon. Sam Rae said:

“The Council of Elders plays a crucial role in bringing a range of diverse views and insights to Government when it comes to aged care.

“I encourage every older Australian with lived experience of aged care and active community networks to nominate as a member of the Council of Elders. 

“Membership of the Council is a unique opportunity to represent the community and work alongside the Government to build an aged care system that delivers world-class care for every older Australian.”

Donald Trump’s vision for Gaza’s future: what a leaked plan tells us about US regional strategy

The Gaza Reconstitution, Economic Acceleration and Transformation Trust (Great Trust) vision. Supplied
Rafeef ZiadahKing's College London

Entire neighbourhoods in Gaza lie in ruins. Hundreds of thousands are crammed into tents, struggling for food, water and power. Despite this devastation, a leaked 38-page document from Donald Trump’s administration – the Gaza Reconstitution, Economic Acceleration and Transformation (Great) Trust – proposes to “fundamentally transform Gaza” folding it into the India–Middle East–Europe Economic Corridor (Imec).

While framed as a reconstruction plan, it outlines “massive US gains,” Imec’s acceleration, and consolidation of an “Abrahamic regional architecture” – a term that refers back to the 2020 Abraham Accords, US-brokered agreements that normalised relations between Israel, the UAE and Bahrain.

In many respects, the document echoes the “Gaza 2035” plan promoted by Israeli prime minister Benjamin Netanyahu. This was the 2024 proposal that envisioned Gaza as a sanitised logistics hub linked to Saudi Arabia’s Neom mega-project and stripped of meaningful Palestinian presence.

As my co-authors and I trace in a recent book Resisting Erasure: Capital, Imperialism and Race in Palestine, this continues a pattern of policies that deny Palestinians political agency and reduce Gaza to an investment opportunity.

Imec was launched at the 2023 G20 summit in New Delhi. Signed by the US, EU, India, Saudi Arabia and the United Arab Emirates, it was billed as a transformative infrastructure project. It comprised a chain of railways, ports, pipelines and digital cables linking South Asia to Europe via the Arabian Peninsula.

Israel was not formally a signatory, but its role was implicit. The corridor runs from Indian ports to the UAE, overland through Saudi Arabia and Jordan to the Haifa Port in Israel, then across the Mediterranean to Greece and Europe.

Like many such mega-projects, Imec is marketed in the language of efficiency – faster trade times, lower costs, new energy and data corridors. But its deeper significance is political. For Washington it serves as a counterweight to China’s Belt and Road Initiative (BRI) while binding India into a US-led system. Europe views it as a hedge against the Suez Canal and Russian pipelines.

The Gulf monarchies see a chance to position themselves as the region’s main centre for trade and transport. Israel promotes Haifa as a gateway for Euro-Asian trade. India, meanwhile, gains quicker access to Europe while tightening its ties with both Washington and the Gulf.

Gaza as obstacle and gateway

The plan casts Gaza both as an Iranian outpost undermining Imec and as a historic crossroads of trade routes linking Egypt, Arabia, India and Europe.

By invoking Gaza’s history as a trading route, the plan presents the territory as a natural logistics gateway poised to “thrive once again” at the centre of a “pro-American regional order”. The blueprint proposes extending Gaza’s port from Egypt’s al-Arish, integrating its industries into regional supply chains, and reorganising its land into “planned cities” and digital economies.

Map showing proposed route of Imec.
Imec and its connections. European Council on Foreign RelationsCC BY-NC-SA

What is being imagined is not recovery for its residents, but the conversion of Gaza into a logistics centre serving Imec.

Perhaps the most radical element of the Great Trust is its model of direct trusteeship. The plan envisions a US-led custodianship, beginning with a bilateral US–Israel agreement and eventually expanding into a multilateral trust. This body would govern Gaza, oversee security, manage aid and control redevelopment. After a “Palestinian polity” is established, the trust would still retain powers through a Compact of Free Association.

Even the most ill-fated US occupation plans in Iraq and Afghanistan did not so openly imagine territory as a corporatised trusteeship for global capital.

‘Voluntary’ relocation

Another striking feature of the plan is its provision for “voluntary relocation.” Palestinians who leave their homes in Gaza would receive relocation packages, rent subsidies and food stipends. The document assumes a quarter of the population will depart permanently, with financial models showing how the scheme becomes more profitable the more people leave.

In reality, the notion of voluntary departure under siege and famine is not voluntary at all. Israel’s blockade has produced what UN officials describe as engineered mass starvation. To frame out-migration as a choice is to sanction ethnic cleansing.

The plan also shows how the language of the Abraham Accords has been grafted onto Gaza’s imagined future. Nearly every element is dressed in “Abrahamic” branding: an Abraham gateway logistics hub in Rafah, an Abrahamic infrastructure corridor of railways, even new highways renamed after Saudi and Emirati leaders.

Techno-futurist gloss is added through smart manufacturing zones, AI-regulated data centres, luxury resorts and new digital-ID cities, planned “smart cities” where daily life, from housing and healthcare to commerce and employment, would be mediated through ID-based digital systems.

Saudi Arabia and the fig leaf of Palestinian statehood

A central ambition of the Great Trust is to channel Gulf capital into Gaza’s redevelopment under its trusteeship. The plan forecasts US$70–100 billion (£50-£74 billion) in public investment and another $35–65 billion from private investors, with public–private partnerships financing ports, rail, hospitals and data centres.

Saudi Arabia, though not formally part of the Abraham accords, signalled its acceptance of the overall framework when it backed Imec. For Washington, Gaza’s reconstruction is imagined as the final step in persuading Riyadh to make normalisation official – a prize that would anchor the “Abrahamic order”.

The Trump plan is designed to smooth this path, offering Saudi Arabia a custodial role in Gaza’s redevelopment and lucrative stakes in Imec. To make the deal more palatable, it even floats the idea of a Palestinian “polity” – a limited governance entity under trusteeship.

While such an arrangement may be billed as a step towards Palestinian statehood recognition by Saudi Arabia, this is precisely why any future gestures of recognition must be treated with caution. The real question is what, exactly, is being recognised, and in whose interest.

The Great Trust is, at its core, an investment prospectus. The document values Gaza today at “practically $0” – but projects it could be worth $324 billion within a decade.

Gaza is described less as a society than as a distressed asset to be flipped. This is disaster capitalism at its sharpest. It is devastation reframed as the precondition for speculative profit.

Yet visions of free-trade zones and futuristic cities quickly collide with reality. Palestinians have consistently rejected such schemes. What this leaked document makes clear however, is that Gaza’s future is being framed within this broader US effort to reshape the region.The Conversation

Rafeef Ziadah, Senior Lecturer in Politics and Public Policy (Emerging Economies), King's College London

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Ten ways diabetes and dementia are linked

Alones/Shutterstock.com
Craig BeallUniversity of Exeter and Natasha MacDonaldUniversity of Exeter

The link between diabetes and dementia is becoming increasingly clear. New research shows how blood sugar problems affect brain health and vice versa. Here are ten evidence-based insights into how the two conditions are related.

1. Diabetes raises the risk of dementia

People with diabetes are about 60% more likely to develop dementia than those without, and frequent episodes of low blood sugar are linked to a 50% higher chance of cognitive decline.

2. Insulin resistance affects the brain too

Insulin resistance – the major cause of type 2 diabetes – happens when cells stop responding properly to insulin. This means that too much sugar, in the form of glucose, is left in the blood, leading to complications.

It usually affects the liver and muscles, but it also affects the brain. In Alzheimer’s, this resistance may make it harder for brain cells to use glucose for energy, contributing to cognitive decline.

3. A brain sugar shortage in dementia

The brain is only 2% of our body weight, but uses about 20% of the body’s energy. In dementia, brain cells appear to lose the ability to use glucose properly.

This mix of poor use of glucose and insulin resistance is sometimes unofficially called type 3 diabetes.

4. Alzheimer’s can raise diabetes risk

People with Alzheimer’s often have higher fasting blood glucose, even if they don’t have diabetes. This is a form of pre-diabetes. Animal studies also show that Alzheimer’s-like changes in the brain raise blood glucose levels.

Also, the highest genetic risk factor for Alzheimer’s, the APOE4 genetic variant, reduces insulin sensitivity by trapping the insulin receptor inside the cell, where it cannot be switched on properly.

5. Blood vessel damage links both conditions

Diabetes damages blood vessels, causing complications in the eyes, kidneys and heart. The brain is also at risk. High or varying blood glucose levels can injure vessels in the brain, reducing blood flow and oxygen delivery.

Diabetes can also weaken the brain’s protective barrier, letting harmful substances in. This leads to inflammation. Reduced blood flow and brain inflammation are strongly linked to dementia.

6. Memantine: a dementia drug born from diabetes research

Memantine, used to treat moderate to severe Alzheimer’s symptoms, was originally developed as a diabetes medication. It didn’t succeed in controlling blood glucose, but researchers later discovered its benefits for brain function. This story shows how diabetes research may hold clues for treating brain disorders.

7. Metformin might protect the brain

Metformin, the most widely used diabetes drug, does more than just lower blood glucose. It gets in to the brain and may lower brain inflammation.

Some studies suggest that people with diabetes who take metformin are less likely to develop dementia, and those who stop taking it may see their risk increase again.

Trials are testing its effects in people without diabetes.

Bottles of metformin on a shelf.
Metformin may lower brain inflammation. Carl DMaster/Shutterstock.com

8. Weight-loss injections may reduce plaque buildup

GLP-1 receptors agonist drugs, such as semaglutide (Ozempic, Wegovy), lower blood glucose and support weight loss. Records show that people with diabetes on these drugs have a lower dementia risk. Comparing GLP1 drugs to metformin, studies have found that they were even more effective than metformin at reducing dementia risk.

Two major trials, Evoke and Evoke Plus, are testing oral semaglutide in people with mild cognitive impairment or early mild Alzheimer’s.

9. Insulin therapy might help the brain

Since insulin resistance in the brain is a problem, researchers have tested insulin sprays given through the nose. This method delivers insulin straight to the brain while reducing effects on blood sugar.

Small studies suggest these sprays may help memory or reduce brain shrinkage, but delivery methods remain a challenge. Sprays vary in how much insulin reaches the brain, and long-term safety has not yet been proven.

10. SGLT2 inhibitors may lower dementia risk

New evidence suggests that compared to GLP-1 receptor agonists, SGLT2 inhibitors, (a type of diabetes drug) are superior at reducing dementia risk, including Alzheimer’s and vascular dementia, in people with type 2 diabetes. These tablets lower blood sugar by increasing sugar removal in urine. This study builds on early evidence suggesting they lower dementia risk by reducing inflammation in the brain.

This growing body of evidence suggests that managing diabetes protects more than the heart and kidneys, it also helps preserve brain function.

Questions remain whether diabetes drugs only reduce the diabetes-associated dementia risk or whether these drugs could also reduce risk in people without diabetes.

However, diabetes research has been very successful in creating at least 13 different classes of drugs, multiple combination therapies, giving rise to at least 50 different medicines. These reduce blood sugar, improve insulin sensitivity and reduce inflammation. A “side-effect” may be better preservation of brain health during ageing.The Conversation

Craig Beall, Associate Professor in Experimental Diabetes, University of Exeter and Natasha MacDonald, PhD Candidate, Biochemistry, University of Exeter

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Walk & Talk: Narrabeen

The Belong Club invites anyone to come and participate in the Belong Club Walking Group!

Every Tuesday we walk along the pathway beside the Narrabeen Lagoon, from the Tramshed Arts and Community Centre to Jamieson Park and back. The route is about 1.8km each way, and is estimated to take 45 minutes.

The up and back walk allows for people of any walking speed to participate and enjoy the walk at their own comfortable pace. Walkers often split into smaller groups naturally along the route allowing everyone to go at their preferred pace. The aim here is for everyone to be included and to have an enjoyable walk.

Our meeting spot is to the right of the Tramshed Community Centre, between the basketball court and kids playground.


Avalon Beach SLSC turns 100 in 2025!

2025 marks 100 years of Avalon Beach Surf Lifesaving Club.

Planning is underway to celebrate the achievement of Avalon Beach SLSC's Volunteer Surf Lifesavers keeping Avalon Beach safe for residents and visitors for 100 years!

A number of celebratory events and activities spread throughout the Club's 100th year, are currently under development, and will be progressively announced through the year. 

The range of celebrations will involve past and present members, the Avalon Beach community, as well as visitors to our area.  The Surf Club is a focal point in and for the Avalon Beach community, so it is fitting that the community takes pride in this milestone.

Initially, so that our records are up to date, we invite all past members of our Club to Email the Club at 100years@avalonbeachslsc.com.au  with your updated details so we can keep you informed of what will be happening for members.

If you know of others that may be interested in the 100th Anniversary celebrations please pass the message on. 

The Club looks to the future, acknowledging and building on the legacy left from those who came before us over the past 100 years.

Avalon Beach SLSC Centenary Committee

It takes a village to raise a child, but not everybody gets the support

Eugene Lazovsky/Unsplash
Megan BlaxlandUNSW SydneyYuchen XieUNSW Sydney, and Yuvisthi NaidooUNSW Sydney

Many of us have heard the saying, “it takes a village to raise a child”. The idea that families need communities of support to raise their children has long resonated.

New research explores how this applies to modern Australian families and communities. We looked at the villages helping raise children and young people and importantly, who has one and who doesn’t.

We found while many benefit from these support networks, other families go without, particularly those who could most do with the help.

Our research

The report is a collaboration between Uniting NSW.ACT and the University of New South Wales’ Social Policy Research Centre.

It expands on previous work that showed Australian families are increasingly diverse, including multi-generational, sole-parent, blended families and foster families.

This work goes beyond the household to look at extended family, friends, neighbours and communities who are also involved in raising children.

Our analysis of 2022 and 2023 Household Income and Labour Dynamics in Australia (HILDA) data and qualitative interviews with 28 families reveals that Australian villages provide wide-ranging support networks. They are highly dependable and care for one another.

Grandparents, extended family and friends are at the heart of modern Australian villages. About 42% of grandparents actively help care for their grandchildren, such as with child-minding and transport.

An old man with a watering can points to a plant for a young girl
Grandparents are very involved in caring for their grandchildren. Unsplash

Friends are relied on too, often for emotional support through the highs and lows of parenting, with close to three quarters of all families (74%) connecting regularly.

Sole-parent families are most likely to make regular time to see friends.

Families told us a good mix of support is most helpful. While practical help and emotional support matter, parents and carers also value having other trusted adults in their children’s lives who provide cultural connections.

Extended family and community groups play a key role here in sharing language, traditions and stories. As one mother said:

my mum is like […] the big tree that we all sit under. She gives us that shade […] so, when I mean shade, is that she gives us the wisdom […] she tells us a lot of stories from her childhood […] the struggles, just everything that she’s been through. So, my kids listen to that as well.

When it comes to advice on raising children, extended family and friends who have relevant experience offer valuable advice, along with trusted professionals, such as early educators.

Importantly, families with more community connection are less likely to report that they find parenting difficult or exhausting. Only 34% of those with weekly contact with family and friends say that taking care of their children is much more work than pleasure, compared to 43% of those with only monthly contact.

Not everyone has a village

Not everyone can easily build strong social connections outside the family unit. Insecure housing, employment status or additional care responsibilities can negatively affect this.

Families who rent often feel less connected to their local community, with almost two in three (64%) reporting low participation in local social and community events.

Only 40% of families living with someone with a limiting health condition see friends or extended family weekly, compared to almost 50% of families without any care responsibilities.

The backs of a man and a woman, each holding a child, looking out a window at high-rise apartment buildings.
Families who rent report feeling less connected to their community. Thong Vo/Unsplash

Of families facing financial stress (they cannot pay for food, heating, utilities or the like), 65% say they seldom take part in community activities, compared to 59% of families with little or no stress.

These families also spend less time with relatives and friends.

Whether someone has a job or not can affect how connected they feel to their community. Our analysis shows 66% of families with no employment were less involved in community activities, and many felt less satisfied with their sense of belonging.

There are differences between family types, too, with 44% of couple-parent families maintaining medium to high levels of community connections. This is more than the 38% of foster and other kin families, 37% of families living with multiple generations, 34% of sole parent families and 31% of step-blended families.

These less connected families are also more likely to have care responsibilities and to experience financial stress.

Giving back

Families value giving back just as much as receiving help from others. They describe their village as a reciprocal network: a dynamic, participatory ecosystem of care.

Often this means supporting ageing parents with doctors’ appointments, technology or just company.

They also help friends, taking turns transporting or minding children, and many reach out to help others in the community. Helping others matters, as one mother said:

I’m not the one that’s just a taker. I always give as well […] I find that I like helping more.

Families born overseas, particularly those from non-English speaking backgrounds, are more likely to volunteer or participate in local groups.

These families also have higher levels of community participation, with 44% reporting moderate participation and 37% regularly attending places of worship.

More support for all

Our research has implications for services supporting families that have few people they can rely on. Families using services want to give something back, too.

Services can respond by attending to the contributions people are able to make, as well as addressing their needs.

But to do this, services must be funded and supported to adopt models which build the connections between families.

Then, instead of support services focusing solely on filling a gap for families, they would enable peer relationships to grow, and provide opportunities for families to share their knowledge and expertise, building more villages for everyone.The Conversation

Megan Blaxland, Senior Research Fellow, Social Policy Research Centre, UNSW SydneyYuchen Xie, Postdoctoral fellow, Social Policy Research Centre, UNSW Sydney, and Yuvisthi Naidoo, Senior Research Fellow, Social Policy Research Centre, UNSW Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Fibre to the node trails all other NBN connection types for download speeds: ACCC

Households with a fibre to the node (FTTN) NBN connection are more likely to experience underperforming download speeds than any other fixed-line connection type, the ACCC’s latest Measuring Broadband Australia report has found.

FTTN connections with plan download speeds of 50 or 100 Mbps accounted for 86 per cent of all underperforming connections measured in the report during May 2025. Underperforming services very rarely, if ever, achieve at least 75 per cent of their plan download speed.

Nearly all of the underperforming FTTN connections measured in the report were also impaired. This means that the household cannot access their plan download speed because it exceeds the maximum attainable download speed that can be reached on their individual connection.

“We are concerned that there is a growing divide in the download speeds that Australians can access depending on their NBN connection type,” ACCC Commissioner Anna Brakey said.

“There remains a cohort of households with FTTN connections that rarely, if ever, achieve download speeds close to their plan’s download speed.”

The report found that FTTN connections with a plan download speed of 100 Mbps achieved an average download speed of 88.2 Mbps, compared to 104.4 Mbps on fibre to the premises (FTTP) connections and hybrid fibre coaxial (HFC) connections on the same plan.

Further, FTTN connections with a plan download speed of 50 Mbps achieved an average download speed of 47.6 Mbps, compared to 52.1 Mbps on FTTP connections and 52.3 Mbps on HFC connections.

However, the report found that FTTN connections with a plan download speed of 25 Mbps tend to deliver the plan speed, achieving an average download speed of 25.7 Mbps.

“Retailers must make customers aware if their NBN FTTN connection is not able to reach their chosen plan speed so that the customer can make an informed decision about which plan offers the best value for them,” Ms Brakey said.

The number of households with FTTN and fibre to the curb (FTTC) connections is declining as more households become eligible to upgrade their connection type. NBN is currently carrying out an upgrade program that will transition all FTTC connections and 95 per cent of households still on an FTTN connection to FTTP by 2030.

“We encourage consumers experiencing slow internet speeds or frequent outages on FTTN and FTTC connections to contact their broadband provider to see if they are eligible for a NBN connection upgrade, or what other options may be available,” Ms Brakey said.

Separately, the report found that HFC connections were the most prone to outages and were the most common connection type to record more than one outage per day on average.

Background
Data for the Measuring Broadband Australia program is provided by UK-based firm SamKnows using methodology based on speed testing programs delivered in the UK, US, Canada and New Zealand.

The report defines “Underperforming services” as those that reach above 75 per cent of plan speed in no more than 5 per cent of download tests. The report defines “Impaired services” as FTTN services where the maximum attainable download speed measured by NBN Co is below the plan download speed.

NBN services may exceed their maximum plan download speed due to overprovisioning. This is generally where NBN Co provides a slightly higher data rate than the wholesale plan download speed to accommodate for the portion of a connection’s data rate lost in retrieving information that enables a download to occur. NBN Co does not currently overprovision the uplink for NBN fixed-line connections.

The Good Guys to pay $13.5m penalty for misleading store credit promotions: ACCC Action

Tuesday September 9, 2025
The Federal Court has ordered The Good Guys Discount Warehouses (Australia) Pty Ltd to pay $13.5 million in penalties for misleading conduct in relation to several of its store credit and ‘StoreCash’ promotions, and for failing to provide store credit to more than 20,000 eligible consumers.

The proceedings related to 116 promotions run by The Good Guys between July 2019 and August 2023 in which it offered customers store credit (also called StoreCash in some promotions) if they spent a minimum amount, purchased a specific brand or product, or used a particular payment method. The amount of credit varied between $10 and $1,000, depending on the promotion.

The Good Guys admitted that its advertisements for the store credit promotions did not disclose, or adequately disclose, the expiry period of the store credit which, for the majority of promotions, was as short as 7 or 10 days, or, in most cases, that customers would only receive a store credit if they remained opted in to The Good Guys’ marketing communications.

“We took this court action because we were concerned that The Good Guys had failed to adequately disclose some really key conditions attached to these store credit promotions,” ACCC Chair Gina Cass-Gottlieb said.

“The chance to earn store credit may have encouraged some consumers to make a purchase at The Good Guys they otherwise may not have made or to choose this retailer over others. We were concerned some of those consumers may not have done so had they been aware of all the conditions.”

“When advertising promotional offers, all businesses must clearly disclose any key terms and conditions or limitations to avoid misleading consumers. Businesses that fail to do so could potentially face court proceedings and large penalties,” Ms Cass-Gottlieb said.

The Good Guys also admitted that it failed to provide about 21,500 consumers with store credit within the time frame it had specified.

“Businesses that use promotional programs to attract consumers and differentiate themselves from their competitors must ensure they provide any gifts or rebates to eligible consumers in the time period they said they would,” Ms Cass-Gottlieb said.  

As well as the $13.5 million in penalties, the Court ordered The Good Guys to provide redress to certain consumers who participated in store credit promotions that did not disclose, or adequately disclose, the expiry period, by providing store credit with a longer expiry period. The Good Guys will contact consumers eligible for redress.

The Good Guys has already remediated consumers who did not receive their store credit due to not meeting the condition requiring them to remain opted in to marketing material, and the approximately 21,500 consumers who did not receive their credit within the specified time. 

The Good Guys co-operated with the ACCC, admitted liability, and agreed to make joint submissions to the Court about orders, including in relation to penalties.

Consumer and fair trading concerns in the supermarket and retail sectors, with a focus on misleading pricing practices, are a current ACCC priority.

The Court accepted the parties’ joint submissions that part of the conduct contravened certain consumer protection provisions of the ASIC Act as the supply of store credit and StoreCash is a financial service. ASIC delegated its powers under the ASIC Act to certain senior officers of the ACCC to take this enforcement action.

The Court also found that The Good Guys contravened the Australian Consumer Law by failing to provide store credits to approximately 21,500 consumers within the time specified.

Example of store credit promotion:

The Good Guys is an Australian household appliance chain which conducts its business from physical stores across Australia as well as online. The Good Guys’ parent company is JB Hi-Fi Limited (ASX: JBH).

On 11 July 2024, the ACCC instituted proceedings against The Good Guys in the Federal Court.

There’s a new vaccine for pneumococcal disease in Australia. Here’s what to know

Christopher BlythThe University of Western Australia and Sanjay JayasingheUniversity of Sydney

The Australian government announced last week there’s a new vaccine for pneumococcal disease on the National Immunisation Program for all children.

This vaccine replaces previously listed pneumococcal vaccines, having been updated to offer better protection against the disease.

So what is pneumococcal disease? And what is this new vaccine?

From meningitis to ear infections

Pneumococcal disease encompasses a range of infections caused by the common bacterium Streptococcus pneumoniae, also known as pneumococcus.

Anyone can get pneumococcal disease. However, it’s more common in young children, older people, those with weakened immune systems and certain medical conditions.

The most severe forms of pneumococcal disease are meningitis (inflammation around the brain) and bacteraemia (a bloodstream infection). These are often referred to as invasive pneumococcal disease and can be life-threatening.

Pneumococcus is also responsible for most hospitalisations for bacterial pneumonia, a particular problem in young children and older adults. Another common condition pneumococcus causes in children is middle ear infections (otitis media).

There are more than 100 different strains (called serotypes) of pneumococcus. Some strains frequently cause disease in humans, while others rarely do.

In healthy people, particularly preschool children, pneumococcus can be found in the back of the nose. Often it’s just sitting there, without causing illness – this is known as colonisation. Individuals who are colonised with pneumococcus, particularly young children, spread the bacteria, usually through respiratory droplets.

Invasive pneumococcal disease can occur when a person acquires a new strain and the bacteria travels from the nose to a part of the body where it’s not normally found.

In Australia, health professionals and laboratories must notify state health departments when they encounter cases of invasive pneumococcal disease, and strain data is collected. There were about 2,400 cases reported in 2024, with one-fifth in children.

Pneumococcal vaccines

Vaccines are designed to simulate the natural immune response following infection, ensuring the recipient’s immune system can promptly respond when exposed.

The outer coating of the pneumococcus, called its polysaccharide capsule, is key to our body’s immune response to the bacteria. So pneumococcal vaccines induce immunity against the selected strains’ polysaccharide capsules.

Pneumococcal vaccines have been around for more than 100 years, and have changed and advanced many times.

Current pneumococcal vaccines are multivalent, meaning they protect against multiple strains. Those strains with the greatest tendency to cause disease are chosen to be included.

One type of pneumococcal vaccine is a pneumococcal polysaccharide vaccine, or PPV. A vaccine containing polysaccharide from 23 different strains (23-valent or 23vPPV) has been recommended to certain Australian children at higher risk from pneumococcal until now.

But while this vaccine provides protection against many strains, these PPVs provide only short-term protection.

Newer vaccines

Pneumococcal conjugate vaccines (PCVs) were developed more recently to achieve a stronger immune response. In PCVs, the polysaccharide is linked to a carrier protein, which stimulates other components of the immune system, providing better and longer-lasting protection.

The first PCV to be used in childhood vaccination programs across many countries contained seven strains (7vPCV). This vaccine was first given to all Australian children through the National Immunisation Program in 2005.

Over the years new PCVs were developed, incorporating more strains. In 2011, 13vPCV replaced 7vPCV in Australia’s pneumococcal vaccination program.

Real-world data showed these PCVs were around 90% effective at preventing invasive pneumococcal disease from the targeted strains in Australian children.

But like many bacteria and viruses, pneumococcus continues to evolve. Two new PCVs (15vPCV and 20vPCV) were licensed for use in Australia in recent years.

Based on advice from the Australian Technical Advisory Group on Immunisation, the PCV offered to children on the National Immunisation Program was switched on September 1 from 13vPCV to 20vPCV.

Efficacy and safety

In multiple clinical trials, 20vPCV produced comparable immune responses against the 13 strains it has in common with 13vPCV. It also elicited good immune responses against all seven extra strains.

With its additional strains, 20vPCV is expected to prevent 25–30% more cases of invasive pneumococcal disease in children compared to 13vPCV. It will also prevent more cases of less severe pneumococcal infections such as pneumonia and otitis media in children.

The hidden power of PCVs is they prevent disease in the wider population beyond vaccinated children by reducing pneumococcal colonisation and thereby transmission. These indirect benefits should result in fewer cases of pneumococcal disease overall, including in unvaccinated children and adults.

Trials also showed the 20vPCV has a similarly good safety profile to 13vPCV, which has been used for more than 15 years with no serious concerns.

The World Health Organization recommends PCVs should be part of all routine childhood immunisation programs. This is now the case in 160 countries.

When do children get this vaccine?

The dosing schedule for pneumococcal vaccines has been modified over time in Australia to optimise protection.

Most recently, three doses of 13vPCV were recommended for all children at two, four and 12 months old. An extra dose was given at six months to those at increased risk of pneumococcal disease including Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander children in certain states and territories, and children with underlying medical risk factors.

In addition to four doses of 13vPCV, up to two doses of the older 23vPPV vaccine were given to Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander children in certain jurisdictions and children with underlying medical risk conditions to extend protection to more strains.

With the transition to 20vPCV, 13vPCV will be replaced and 23vPPV is no longer required in children, as 20vPCV sufficiently covers all strains currently causing disease.

Three 20vPCV doses are recommended for all infants (at two, four and 12 months). An extra dose at six months is recommended for all Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander children nationally (not just those in selected jurisdictions) and children with specified medical risk conditions.

Children who have been partially vaccinated so far (that is, have received one or two doses of 13vPVC) can complete their routine schedule with 20vPCV without extra doses.

These changes broaden the protection offered and simplify pneumococcal vaccine recommendations. While nine in ten children receive three or more doses of pneumococcal vaccine, it’s hoped these changes will lead to even better compliance from both parents and providers, and fewer cases of pneumococcal disease.The Conversation

Christopher Blyth, Paediatrician, Infectious Diseases Physician and Clinical Microbiologist, The Kids Research Institute Australia, The University of Western Australia and Sanjay Jayasinghe, Senior Research Fellow, National Centre for Immunisation Research and Surveillance; Conjoint Senior Lecturer, Faculty of Medicine, University of Sydney; NHMRC Emerging Leadership Fellow, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Latest data suggests Australia is overcoming its sugar addiction

d3sign/Getty
Lauren BallThe University of QueenslandEmily BurchSouthern Cross University, and Mackenzie DerryThe University of Queensland

Australia is now meeting the World Health Organization’s (WHO) guidelines on sugar, which recommend keeping sugar below 10% of daily energy intake.

New data published by the Australian Bureau of Statistics (ABS) shows there is less sugar in our diet from food and drinks than three decades ago.

In 1995, sugar – either added to foods or drinks by manufacturers, or found naturally in honey and fruit juices – made up about 12.5% of the energy (or kilojoules) we ate each day. This dropped to 10.9% in 2011–12 and then to 8.2% in 2023, even though our energy intake from all food and drink was down by less than 5%.

Importantly, we are now drinking far fewer sugary drinks than we were in the past. This includes drinks sweetened with sugar or artificial sweeteners, or both, such as soft drinks, cordials, fruit juices and energy drinks.

In 2011–12, around 42% of us had at least one of these drinks daily. By 2023, this fell to under 29%.

In 1995, almost three in four children (72%) drank a sugary drink every day. By 2023, this had dropped to just one in four (25%).

So, what’s behind this trend? And will it continue? Let’s take a look at the data.

Why the fuss about sugar?

We have known for a long time that having a lot of sugar is not ideal for our health. Sugary drinks and foods are considered discretionary or “sometimes” foods, because they provide little nutritional benefit while contributing excess energy or “empty calories” to our diet.

Having a lot of sugar in our diet can increase our risk of obesity, type 2 diabetes and tooth decay. Sweetened drinks don’t fill us up like regular meals, making it easy to underestimate the energy being consumed.

Most soft drinks contain about 40 grams (ten teaspoons) of sugar per serve, close to the daily recommended limit. Energy drinks may contain up to double that amount, while sports drinks may contain slightly less.

Three decades of data

The ABS asked whether people had drunk sugary drinks the day before, as well as collecting data about their daily diets. Here are some key takeaways:

  • between 1995 and 2023, there was a 65.28% drop in the proportion of children drinking sugary drinks

  • the number of adults drinking sugary drinks fell from 40.2% in 2011–12 to 29.9% in 2023

  • but adults still consume about 5% more sugary drinks than children

  • on average, Australians have less sugar in their diet than they did a decade ago.

This change isn’t just about soft drinks. We’re also reducing the amount of sugar in our tea and coffee, eating fewer lollies and desserts, and reaching for fruit juice a little less often.

Some of the most significant changes have been in Australian children. In the mid-1990s, children were getting almost one-fifth of their daily energy from sugar. Today that figure is closer to only one-eighth, and our overall energy intake is quite similar.

What’s behind the change?

The new data suggests that efforts from individuals, families, communities and some food manufacturers to reduce sugar intake over the past few years may be working.

This drop in sugary drinks may reflect a growing awareness of the negative effects of sugar due to social media campaigns, as well as clearer labelling on food and beverage products, increased public messaging, and industry changes, such as more brands offering lower-sugar alternatives.

But progress is only part of the story

Even though people are consuming less sugar, obesity rates continue to climb in kids and adults.

Researchers suggest this shows sugar is just one part of the story and that overall diet quality and broader eating patterns also play a big role in our health, rather than focusing on sugar alone.

Discretionary foods – including snacks, chips, convenience meals, chocolate and other highly processed foods – still make up around a third (31.3%) of the average Australian diet.

This means many of us are still regularly having sweet drinks and highly processed foods. Overall, these foods chip away at Australia’s recent progress by offering new and different sources of added sugars and excess energy that are still considered empty calories and carry their own health risks with little nutrition.

What should we do next?

The new data shows signs of real improvement in tackling the amount of sugar in our diets. But we aren’t in the clear yet.

To turn these positive trends about sugar into sustained improvements, we need to consider:

  • stronger government action to support all communities in tackling broader challenges in the food system, such as food insecurity and limited access to healthy food, often leading to people eating more highly processed foods

  • policies such as sugary drink taxes (used abroad with success), restrictions on marketing junk food to kids, and clear front-of-pack labels

  • more incentives for industry to reformulate products to lower-sugar options where possible

  • education campaigns to help communities and schools where high-sugar habits remain common learn about healthy alternatives without shame and stigma

  • further data collection, so we can understand where sugar in diet comes from, beyond sugary drinks.

Although Australia may be losing its historically “sweet tooth”, ensuring a lasting change will take continued effort.The Conversation

Lauren Ball, Professor of Community Health and Wellbeing, The University of QueenslandEmily Burch, Accredited Practising Dietitian and Lecturer, Southern Cross University, and Mackenzie Derry, PhD Candidate in Nutrition, The University of Queensland

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Do I have insomnia? 5 reasons why you might not

Oleg Breslavtsev/Getty
Amelia ScottMacquarie University

Even a single night of sleep trouble can feel distressing and lonely. You toss and turn, stare at the ceiling, and wonder how you’ll cope tomorrow. No wonder many people start to worry they’ve developed insomnia.

Insomnia is one of the most talked-about sleep problems, but it’s also one of the most misunderstood.

But just because you can’t sleep, it doesn’t mean you have insomnia. You might have another sleep disorder, or none at all.

What is insomnia?

Let’s clear up some terms, and separate short-term or intermittent sleep problems from what health professionals call “insomnia disorder”.

Sleep problems can involve being awake when you want to be asleep. This could be lying in bed for ages trying to fall asleep, waking in the middle of the night for hours, or waking up too early. Having a sleep problem is a subjective experience – you don’t need to tally up lost hours to prove it’s a problem.

But insomnia disorder is the official term to describe a more problematic and persistent pattern of sleep difficulties. And this long-term or chronic sleep disorder has clear diagnostic criteria. These include at least three nights a week of poor sleep, lasting three months or more. These criteria help researchers and clinicians make sure they’re talking about the same thing, and not confusing it with another sleep problem.

So, what are some reasons why a sleep problem might not be insomnia?

1. It’s short term, or comes and goes

About a third of adults will have a bout of “acute insomnia” in a given year. This short-term problem is typically triggered by stress, illness or big life changes.

The good news is that about 72% of people with acute insomnia return to normal sleep after a few weeks.

Insomnia disorder is a longer-term, persistent problem.

2. It doesn’t affect you the next day

Some people lie awake at night but still function well during the day. More fragmented and less refreshing sleep is also a near-universal part of ageing.

So if your sleep problem doesn’t significantly affect you the next day, it usually isn’t considered to be insomnia.

For people with insomnia, the struggle with sleep spills into the day and affects their mood, energy, concentration and wellbeing. Worry and distress about not sleeping can then make the problem worse, which creates a frustrating cycle of worrying and not sleeping.

3. It’s more about work or caring

If you feel tired during the day, an important question is whether you’re giving yourself enough time to sleep. Sometimes sleep problems reflect a “sleep opportunity” that is too short or too irregular.

Work schedules, child care, or late-night commitments can cut sleep short, and sleep can slip down the priority list. In these cases, the problem is insufficient sleep, not insomnia.

You might have noisy neighbours or an annoying cat. These can also affect your sleep, and reduce your “sleep opportunity”.

The average healthy adult gets around seven hours sleep (though this varies widely). For someone who needs seven, it usually means setting aside about eight to allow for winding down, drifting off, and waking overnight.

4. It’s another sleep disorder

Other sleep disorders can look like insomnia, such as:

  • obstructive sleep apnoea (when your breathing stops multiple times during sleep) can cause frequent awakenings through the night and daytime sleepiness

  • restless legs syndrome creates an irresistible urge to move your legs in the evening that often interferes with falling asleep. It’s often described as jittery feelings or having “creepy crawlies”, and is often undiagnosed

  • circadian rhythm problems, such as being a natural night owl in an early-bird world, can also lead to trouble falling asleep.

5. Medications and substances are interfering

Caffeine, alcohol and nicotine all create insomnia symptoms and worsen the quality of sleep.

Certain medications can also interfere with sleep, such as stimulants (for conditions such as attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder or ADHD) and beta-blockers (for various heart conditions).

These issues need to be considered before labelling the problem as insomnia. However, it’s important to keep taking your medication as prescribed and discuss any concerns with your doctor.

Getting the right help

If your sleep is worrying you, the best first step is to see your GP. They can help rule out other causes, review your medications, or refer you for a sleep study if needed.

However, once insomnia becomes frequent, chronic (long term) and distressing, you can worry too much about your sleep, constantly check or track your sleep, or try too hard to sleep, for instance by spending too much time in bed. These psychological and behavioural mechanisms can backfire, and make good sleep even less likely.

That’s why “cognitive behavioural therapy for insomnia” (or CBT-I) is recommended as the first-line treatment.

This is more effective, and longer-lasting than sleeping pills. This therapy is available via specially trained GPs, and sleep psychologists. You can take part in person or online.

In the meantime

If you’re in a rough patch of sleep:

  • remind yourself that short runs of poor sleep usually settle on their own

  • avoid lying in bed panicking if you wake at 3.30am. Instead, step out of bed or use the time in a way that feels restful

  • keep a consistent wake-up time, even after a poor night. Try to get some morning sunlight to reset your body clock

  • make sure you’re putting aside the right amount of time for sleep – not too little, not too much.The Conversation

Amelia Scott, Honorary Affiliate and Clinical Psychologist at the Woolcock Institute of Medical Research, and Macquarie University Research Fellow, Macquarie University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

My knee is clicking. Should I be worried? Am I getting arthritis?

Jamon CouchLa Trobe University and Adam CulvenorLa Trobe University

It’s a quiet morning. You lace up your shoes, step outside and begin a brisk morning stroll. But as you take those first few steps, there it is, a faint grinding noise, almost like the crunch of gravel underfoot, except … the sound is coming from your knee!

Thinking back, you recall noticing a similar sound as you were walking up the stairs last week. You pause, do some quick stretches and continue walking. But the grinding sound quickly returns.

A wave of dread follows: Is there something wrong with my knee? Is that bone-on-bone? Am I getting arthritis?

This is a common experience for people of all ages. Before you hit the panic button, let’s unpack what these noisy knees – known in medical terms as “knee crepitus” – might really mean.

What is knee crepitus? How common is it?

Knee crepitus refers to the audible crackling, creaking or grinding sounds that occur when you bend or straighten your knee. You might hear it when climbing stairs, standing up from a chair, or even just as you walk.

Surprisingly, we don’t know what actually causes knee crepitus. Theories suggest these knee joint noises may be attributed to damaged knee cartilage, tendons moving over bones, or the popping of normal gas bubbles in the fluid surrounding the knee.

But current scientific evidence is insufficient to confidently determine the origin of this common symptom.

Man sitting on ground, close-up of bare knee.
One theory is we’re hearing gas bubbles pop in the fluid around the knee. Kindel Media/Pexels

Our recent review of the 103 studies of knee crepitus (involving 36,439 people) found 41% of people in the general population had noisy knees.

There is a common perception that this crackling, creaking or grinding noise is a sign of a damaged or arthritic knee. However 36% of people who had no pain and had never injured their knee also had knee crepitus.

So, knee crepitus is common across the population, including among people with no knee problems at all.

But I heard it’s an early sign of arthritis…

Having knee crepitus can create worry, and make people fearful of exercising and using their knees. People often ask: Am I causing further damage to my knees? Does this mean I’m going to get arthritis?

Noisy knees are more common among older adults with arthritis: 81% of people with osteoarthritis have knee crepitus.

However, knee crepitus isn’t always a sign of impending knee problems and shouldn’t stop you from exercising and using your knees. In a study of 3,495 older adults (mean age 61 years), two-thirds of people who reported “always” having knee crepitus did not develop symptomatic osteoarthritis over the next four years.

If you’re a younger adult with a previous knee injury, the story is much the same: knee crepitus is still common, particularly after a knee injury, but it’s not always a sign of underlying problems.

Our recent study looked at 112 young adults (with a median age of 28) who had a previous knee injury requiring surgery. We found those with knee crepitus were twice as likely to have cartilage damage (particularly in the kneecap area) in the first year post-surgery. However, having knee crepitus did not mean worse outcomes in the future.

It seems that while those with knee crepitus may experience worse pain and symptoms in the early stages following knee injury, this does not translate to worse recovery or greater rates of osteoarthritis over the long term.

What should I do about my noisy knees?

Given noisy knees are common in those without knee pain, injury or arthritis, you generally shouldn’t be concerned. Yes, your knees might wake your baby as you step away from their cot, and perhaps a quiet yoga studio might draw focus on your knees, but generally speaking, if it’s not painful, it’s nothing to worry about.

Unfortunately, there are no effective treatments for knee crepitus. The best advice is to keep doing the things that help to improve overall knee health: getting regular exercise, both aerobic and resistance-based, and achieving and maintaining a healthy body weight.

Just be cautious about sourcing information online, as more than half of the advice available on the internet about knee clicking isn’t supported by research.

So, when should you be concerned?

Although knee crepitus is often benign, there are circumstances where you could consult your health-care provider. This includes if your noisy knees are:

  • accompanied by pain, swelling, instability, or locking

  • associated with other signs of arthritis, such as stiffness, redness, or reduced mobility.

In such cases, a health-care provider may recommend a physical assessment to examine structures in and around the knee joint, and evaluate the impact of your symptoms on your quality of life and participation in activities.

The clinician may recommend:

  • physiotherapy and exercise to strengthen supporting muscles
  • seeing a dietitian for advice about weight management
  • anti-inflammatory medication.

Most importantly, creaky knees alone, without other symptoms, are not normally cause for concern. So, lace up those shoes and keep moving.

The Conversation

Jamon Couch, Lecturer, Department of Microbiology, Anatomy, Physiology & Pharmacology, and PhD Candidate, La Trobe University and Adam Culvenor, Senior Research Fellow in Sport and Exercise Medicine, La Trobe University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Could cutting back on caffeine really give you more vivid dreams? Here’s what the science says

Kristina Paukshtite/Pexels
Charlotte GuptaCQUniversity Australia and Carissa GardinerAustralian Catholic University

Have you recently cut down on caffeine and feel like you’re having the most vivid dreams of your life?

While there are a number of potential benefits of reducing our caffeine intake – such as whiter teeth and fewer trips to the toilet – we often hear one downside of cutting back on caffeine is the emergence of vivid (and sometimes scary) dreams.

It’s a strange and specific effect that many people say kicks in within days of reducing caffeine intake.

But is there actually any science behind this? Let’s look at what the research can tell us.

How caffeine affects sleep

Caffeine is a stimulant that makes us feel alert and awake. It works by blocking a chemical in our brain called adenosine.

Adenosine usually builds up during the day while we’re awake and active. By the evening, the build-up of adenosine in our brains helps us to feel sleepy. Adenosine gets cleared away while we sleep and we wake ideally feeling refreshed, ready for the adenosine to build up again.

When we have caffeine, it blocks adenosine’s signal. So, while the adenosine is still there, we don’t feel the sleepiness as strongly. When the caffeine wears off, our urge to sleep increases (the caffeine crash).

Caffeine has a half-life of around three to six hours, meaning half the caffeine we consume is still in our body after this time and, importantly, still affecting adenosine. That’s why, for many people, having caffeine in the afternoon or evening can make it harder to fall asleep at night.

By interfering with our adenosine signalling, caffeine can also make our sleep more disrupted and reduce the overall amount of sleep we get. This is especially true for our deep, restorative non-rapid eye movement (NREM) sleep. Overall, the research clearly shows the later we have caffeine and the more we have, the worse it is for our sleep.

There’s not a lot of direct research on whether cutting down on caffeine makes our dreams more vivid. Most studies focus on how caffeine affects sleep rather than what happens in our dreams.

But that doesn’t mean we’re totally in the dark. We know sleep quality and dreaming are closely linked.

So why might less caffeine = more vivid dreams?

Even though there’s no direct proof, people keep saying the same thing: they cut back on caffeine and within a few nights, their dreams start feeling more vivid, detailed, or just plain weird.

While cutting back on caffeine will not directly cause vivid dreams, there is a plausible link. Since caffeine can reduce total sleep and increase night-time wake-ups, especially when consumed later in the day, cutting back can let our body “rebound”. When we get more sleep, this can increase the amount of rapid eye movement (REM) sleep we get.

REM is a phase of sleep when our body is relaxed but our brain is very active. It’s also the stage of sleep associated with dreams. More REM sleep can mean more opportunity for our brain to produce vivid and elaborate dreams.

REM sleep is also the stage of sleep we are most likely to wake up from during the night, and if we wake up from REM sleep we are likely to remember our dreams, because they are “fresh” in our memory.

So, cutting back on caffeine can mean we get more REM sleep, which means more opportunity to dream and more opportunity to remember our dreams.

Of course, sleep is complex and so are dreams. Not everyone will suddenly have vivid dreams after ditching caffeine, and the effect might only last for a few days or weeks.

The bottom line is there’s not a lot of hard evidence linking cutting back on caffeine to vivid dreams, but there could be an association. Caffeine affects our sleep. Sleep affects our dreaming. And when we take caffeine out of the equation, or reduce it, this might give our brain a chance to spend more time in REM sleep.

It’s all in the timing

When we think of caffeine, we commonly think of coffee and energy drinks. But caffeine can also be found in certain fizzy drinks, chocolate, tea, pre-workout supplements and medications.

Caffeine has a number of benefits, including for cognitive function and mental health. For example, some studies have shown coffee drinkers have a lower risk of depression, while caffeine has been associated with a reduced risk of neurodegenerative diseases such as Parkinson’s disease. Coffee also contains B vitamins and antioxidants which are essential components of a healthy diet.

For shiftworkers, particularly those working at night, caffeine is often a way to manage fatigue. And even those of us who don’t do shift work may not be able to get stuck into the day’s tasks without that first (or second) cup of coffee.

If you’re not keen to cut out caffeine completely, but want to optimise your sleep, it’s all in the timing. Try avoiding caffeine for at least eight hours before bedtime, and steer clear of big doses within 12 hours of bedtime. Your sleep may thank you and your dreams may just surprise you.The Conversation

Charlotte Gupta, Sleep Researcher, Appleton Institute, HealthWise Research Group, CQUniversity Australia and Carissa Gardiner, Postdoctoral Research Fellow - Sports Performance, Recovery, Injury, and New Technologies, Australian Catholic University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

1 in 8 households don’t have the money to buy enough food

Katherine KentUniversity of Wollongong

Around one in eight (1.3 million) Australian households experienced food insecurity in 2023. This means they didn’t always have enough money to buy the amount or quality of food they needed for an active and healthy life.

The data, released on Friday by the Australian Bureau of Statistics (ABS), show food insecurity is now a mainstream public health and equity challenge.

When funds are tight, food budgets suffer

The main driver of food insecurity in Australia is financial pressure.

Housing costs and energy bills expenses consume much of household income, leaving food as the most flexible part of the budget.

When money runs short, families cut back on groceries, buy cheaper but less nutritious food, skip meals, or rely on food charities.

These strategies come at the expense of nutrition, health and wellbeing.

Inflation has added further pressure. The cost of food has risen substantially over the past two years, with groceries for a family of four costing around $1,000 per fortnight.

Who is most affected?

Not all households are affected equally. Single parents face the highest rates of food insecurity, with one in three (34%) struggling to afford enough food.

Families with children are more vulnerable (16%) than those without (8%).

Group households, often made up of students or young workers, are also heavily affected at 28%.

Rates are even higher for Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander households, where 41% report food insecurity.

Income remains a defining factor. Nearly one in four (23.2% of) households in the lowest income bracket experience food insecurity, compared with just 3.6% in the highest.

These headline numbers are only part of the story. Past research shows higher risks of food insecurity for some other groups:

While the ABS survey can not provide local breakdowns, it will also be important to know which states and territories have higher rates of food insecurity, to better inform state-level responses.

What are the impacts?

Food insecurity is both a symptom and a cause of poor health.

It leads to poorer quality diets, as households cut back on fruit, vegetables and protein-rich foods that spoil quickly. Instead, they may rely on processed items that are cheaper, more filling and keep for longer.

The ongoing stress of worrying about not having enough food takes a toll on mental health and increases social isolation.

Together these pressures increase the risk of chronic diseases including diabetes, heart disease and some cancers.

For children, not having enough food affects concentration, learning and long-term development.

Breaking this cycle means recognising that improving health depends on improving food security. Left unaddressed, food insecurity deepens existing inequalities across generations.

What can we do about it?

We already know the solutions to food insecurity and they are evidence-based.

Strengthening income support by increasing the amount of JobSeeker and other government payments is crucial. This would ensure households have enough money to cover food alongside other essentials.

Investment in universal school meals, such as free lunch programs, can guarantee children at least one nutritious meal a day.

Policies that make healthy food more affordable and available in disadvantaged areas are also important, whether through subsidies, price regulation, or support for local retailers.

Community-based approaches, such as food co-operatives where members share bulk-buying power and social supermarkets that sell donated or surplus food at low cost can help people buy cheaper food. However, they cannot be a substitute for systemic reform.

Finally, ongoing monitoring of food insecurity must be embedded in national health and social policy frameworks so we can track progress over time. The last ABS data on food insecurity was collected ten years ago, and we cannot wait another decade to understand how Australians are faring.

The National Food Security Strategy is being developed by the Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry with guidance from a new National Food Council. It provides an opportunity to align these actions, set measurable targets and ensure food security is addressed at a national scale.

Food insecurity is widespread and shaped by disadvantage, with serious health consequences. The question is no longer whether food insecurity exists, but whether Australia will act on the solutions.The Conversation

Katherine Kent, Senior Lecturer in Nutrition and Dietetics, University of Wollongong

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Murdoch resolves succession drama – a win for Lachlan; a loss for public interest journalism

Andrew DoddThe University of Melbourne and Matthew RicketsonDeakin University

Rupert Murdoch has succeeded in securing his vision for the future of News Corporation, the global media empire he has always thought of as his family business.

To achieve this, he has torn apart his family. He has also ensured his media outlets, especially Fox News, remain committed to his hard right-wing views.

With hindsight, this deal was inevitable. The 94-year-old mogul had just one remaining job to do as chairman emeritus of News Corp: to ensure that when he dies, the company he built and moulded remains in his image.

This announcement says he has found a way, which may give him some comfort but is profoundly disappointing to anyone who cares about public interest journalism.

There’s no longer any prospect of his children from his first and second marriages, Prudence, Elisabeth and James, who are now known as the “departing beneficiaries”, staging a coup after his death to wrest control from Rupert’s chosen successor and elder son Lachlan, who has headed News Corporation and Fox Corporation since Murdoch stepped aside in 2023.

Lachlan has taken a lesson from Rupert’s dealmaking playbook. He has thrown money at the problem by paying his three siblings more than he had previously offered for their respective shares. According to The New York Times, the three siblings will receive US$1.1 billion (A$1.7 billion) each for all their shares in the company.

Their agreement brings an end to the bitter battle the three siblings fought with their father and brother over the latter’s infamous attempt to revoke a seemingly irrevocable trust created at the end of Murdoch’s longest marriage, of 32 years, to Anna Murdoch (now Anna Maria dePeyster).

She had hated how her husband pitted their children against one another in the battle for succession, so she negotiated an agreement that would give each of the four children from the first two marriages a vote in the family trust. It also ensured Rupert retained enough votes in the trust so he could not be outvoted by his four (voting) children.

When Rupert anointed Lachlan his successor, upsetting the others, speculation was aired that when Rupert died, and his votes with him, the three siblings might oust Lachlan as chief executive and take control of the company. Worse, in Rupert’s eyes, they might change the editorial direction of the company, in particular Fox News.

That is what has changed. The family trust has also been re-engineered with an increased lifespan from 2030 to 2050, and folds in Murdoch’s daughters from his third marriage, to Wendi Deng – Grace and Chloe. This shores up the trust so they can’t sell out and dilute Lachlan’s shareholding.

Under the deal, a new company called Holdco, owned by Lachlan, Grace and Chloe, will own all the remaining shares of News Corp and Fox Corporation that previously had been held by the Murdoch family trust. The departing beneficiaries will sell their personal holdings in News Corp and Fox so none of them has any interest in either business. What’s more, they’ve agreed to a standstill clause that prevents them or their affiliates buying back in.

In 2019 alone, the company News Corporation made a reported US$71 billion (A$107 billion) from the sale of its entertainment assets to Disney. After that sale, the children were each given US$2 billion (just over A$3 billion).

Having already been referred to in the litigation as “white, privileged, multi billionaire trust-fund babies”, the three departing siblings have been made even wealthier by this agreement.

It was announced in a company press release on September 8 with an uncharacteristically sedate headline: “News Corp announces resolution of Murdoch family trust matter”.

It appears the decision to settle was in part driven by signals emanating from the probate court in Reno, which last year ruled in favour of Prudence, Elisabeth and James. Recently, however, the presiding appellate judge, Lynne Jones, appeared supportive of Rupert and Lachlan, saying “Who knows better than Rupert Murdoch the strengths and weaknesses of his family and his children?”

This may have weakened the three children’s bargaining power and forced them to accept some sort of buyout.

James may have contributed to this by granting an interview to The Atlantic which was published in February, in which he was highly critical of his father and gave away inside information from the probate hearings. Rupert and Lachlan’s lawyers pushed for James to be punished, a move that appeared to have support from the Reno court.

Clearly it was wishful thinking to believe Prudence, Elisabeth and James would stage a takeover and restore sensible programming to the Murdoch media. But it remains an irony, in a case replete with them, that it was James’ candid comments in an insightful 13,000-word profile casting much-needed light on a notoriously secretive family, which weakened the three siblings’ bargaining position.

Those comments helped ensure Rupert, and ultimately Lachlan, will be able to continue running their media empire as they see fit. Initially, that will mean little change, which is of course the problem. If News mastheads and Fox News continue as they have, we can look forward to more coverage denying the need to urgently act on climate change, more distortion of important issues and more support for assaults on democracy by the Trump administration. This is the kind of content that prompted James, if not all of the departing beneficiaries, to protest in the first place.

At least now we know the answer to this question: What choice would three multi billionaires make if they were offered another billion dollars each or the opportunity to transform a global media business for the better?The Conversation

Andrew Dodd, Professor of Journalism, Director of the Centre for Advancing Journalism, The University of Melbourne and Matthew Ricketson, Professor of Communication, Deakin University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

NSW Government holds roundtable to tackle anti Australian-Indian sentiment

Tuesday September 9, 2025
The Minns Government met with Australian-Indian leaders from across NSW today to discuss recent threats to cohesion in the community.

More than 40 leaders from peak bodies and community organisations joined a roundtable with the Premier, the Treasurer and the Minister for Multiculturalism, supported by Multicultural NSW.

The NSW Government is committed to listening to the leaders in our communities, and working towards safeguarding social harmony.

A key request from the roundtable was a call for bipartisan support for the Australian-Indian community. As such, the Minns Labor Government will be moving a motion and will seek bipartisan support in the NSW Parliament.

Notice of the motion will be given today, with the expectation the motion will be debated on Wednesday 10 September.

Premier of NSW, Chris Minns said:

“I can say without fear of contradiction that the Australian Indian community have done so much for our country, this community is full of hard working and decent people who join communities, who raise their families, who prioritise their community, and lastly, but I think most importantly, who love Australia, who love our country.

“Today we stand together with the Australian Indian community to say unambiguously that the sort of racist rhetoric and divisive false claims we have seen over the last couple of weeks have no place in our state or country.

“When neo-Nazis and white supremacists spread lies and fear, we will call it out because the truth is that a lie can race around the world before the truth gets its pants on, and the truth is that Australian Indians are one of the most successful, patriotic and community-minded groups in our nation."

Treasurer of New South Wales, Daniel Mookhey said:

“Australian Indians should not be used as fodder in an internal Liberal Party dispute as it works through its view on migration.

“We can debate Australia’s immigration policy without singling out any one group as being the reason why it needs to be changed.

“The Minns Labor Government has a responsibility to make sure that our Australian-Indian community is safe, is supported and hears our very clear message – this kind of dangerous rhetoric is unacceptable.”

Minister for Multiculturalism, Steve Kamper said:

“Our Australian-Indian community, like any community, has the right to feel safe and welcome in Australia. The fact that they have been intimidated and vilified is a blight on our State.

“The Australian-Indian Community is defined by their commitment to community, their aspirational ambition and their hardworking nature. They personify the very characteristics we cherish as a nation, that hard work will be met with opportunity, that contributing to the community will lead to a better life, and that respect will be met with respect. Our society is richer for their contribution.

“We will continue to work with our Australian-Indian community to ensure a better future for generations to come.”

Transformation of State Library forecourt approved to proceed

Monday September 6, 2025
The NSW Government’s long-term vision to transform the State Library of NSW's forecourt into a new 3,000 square metre public domain is one step closer with development approval by the City of Sydney.

The plans allow for nearly double the size of the existing forecourt, creating a vibrant public space with new native trees and plants, public art, and a central lawn plaza for library events and community activities. The design also incorporates improved lighting and wayfinding signage, seating, and space for a new kiosk.

State Library and proposed forecourt looking west towards Macquarie Street. Artists Impression. Image: NSW Government.

Looking east from Macquarie Street. Artists Impression. Image: NSW Government.

The State Library Public Domain plan includes the realignment of Sir John Young Crescent and Hospital Road to increase safety for pedestrians and drivers and improve access to the Royal Botanic Gardens and The Domain.

Under the plan, the Shakespeare Memorial will be relocated to the front of the Library’s Shakespeare Room where it can be more easily enjoyed by the public. New art works and interpretations will also be introduced as part of a comprehensive precinct public art program led by First Nations curators.

The revitalisation of the State Library forecourt is an initiative under the government’s 20-year vision to elevate the Macquarie Street East Precinct into a vibrant arts and culture destination, while protecting the precinct’s historic integrity and original character.

Situated on Gadigal Land, Macquarie Street features some of Australia’s most significant civic and cultural institutions housed in heritage buildings. These new public spaces provide opportunities to tell the long history of this place, sharing stories of Country and culture.

For more information, visit Macquarie Street East Precinct.

Minister for the Arts John Graham said:

“For almost 200 years the State Library has been a central place of learning and ideas in our city – a home to the state’s readers, writers and researchers.

“The ambition to reimagine the forecourt looks to the next 200-years for the library and library precinct. The vision is to reset the civic space, to make entry from the Royal Botanic Gardens, The Domain or Art Gallery of NSW, easier and more welcoming.”

Minister for Planning and Public Spaces Paul Scully said:

“Modern libraries are critical places for reading and research, but they are also important public spaces, so extending the forecourt will allow us to expand community use beyond the doors of the library.

“Bringing this vision to life with added native trees and plants will help create a seamless transition of open spaces from the State Library's forecourt into The Domain and Royal Botanic Gardens.”

Minister for Lands and Property, Steve Kamper said:

“This project is part of a long-term vision to create spaces in the Macquarie Street East Precinct that celebrate our history and heritage, and that are welcoming and engaging for all.

“The revitalisation of the State Library forecourt will be the next step in the vision to create a vibrant, connected, people-friendly arts and culture destination for the people of NSW.”

State Librarian Dr Caroline Butler-Bowdon said:

“The State Library of New South Wales is one of the great libraries of the world. Greatly loved, it is a hive of reading, research and creativity for over a million visitors who walk through our doors each year to use our collection, explore our galleries and enjoy our cultural and learning programs.

“The new public forecourt will further elevate the library as both a cultural destination and a welcoming and magnificent setting for discovery for everyone, every day of the week.”

Australia set to ban ‘nudify’ apps. How will it work?

Karla Rivera/Unsplash
Nicola HenryRMIT University

The Australian government has announced plans to ban “nudify” tools and hold tech platforms accountable for failing to prevent users from accessing them.

This is part of the government’s overall strategy to move towards a “digital duty of care” approach to online safety. This approach places legal responsibility on tech companies to take proactive steps to identify and prevent online harms on their platforms and services.

So how will the nudify ban happen in practice? And will it be effective?

How are nudify tools being used?

Nudify or “undress” tools are available on app stores and websites. They use artificial intelligence (AI) methods to create realistic but fake sexually explicit images of people.

Users can upload a clothed, everyday photo which the tool analyses and then digitally removes the person’s clothing by putting their face onto a nude body (or what the AI “thinks” the person would look like naked).

The problem is that nudify tools are easy to use and access. The images they create can also look highly realistic and can cause significant harms, including bullying, harassment, distress, anxiety, reputational damage and self-harm.

These apps – and other AI tools used to generate image-based abuse material – are an increasing problem.

In June this year, Australia’s eSafety Commissioner revealed that reports of deepfakes and other digitally altered images of people under 18 have more than doubled in the past 18 months.

In the first half of 2024, 16 nudify websites that were named in a lawsuit issued by the San Francisco City Attorney David Chiu were visited more than 200 million times.

In a July 2025 study, 85 nudify websites had a combined average of 18.5 million visitors for the preceding six months. Some 18 of the websites – which rely on tech services such as Google’s sign-on system, or Amazon and Cloudflare’s hosting or content delivery services – made between US$2.6 million and $18.4 million in the past six months.

Aren’t nudify tools already illegal?

For adults, sharing (or threatening to share) non-consensual deepfake sexualised images is a criminal offence under most Australian state, federal and territory laws. But aside from Victoria and New South Wales, it is not currently a criminal offence to create digitally generated intimate images of adults.

For children and adolescents under 18, the situation is slightly different. It’s a criminal offence not only to share child sexual abuse material (including fictional, cartoon or fake images generated using AI), but also to create, access, possess and solicit this material.

Developing, hosting and promoting the use of these tools for creating either adult or child content is not currently illegal in Australia.

Last month, independent federal MP Kate Chaney introduced a bill that would make it a criminal offence to download, access, supply or offer access to nudify apps and other tools of which the dominant or sole purpose is the creation of child sexual abuse material.

The government has not taken on this bill. It instead wants to focus on placing the onus on technology companies.

How will the nudify ban actually work?

Minister for Communications, Anika Wells, said the government will work closely with industry to figure out the best way to proactively restrict access to nudify tools.

At this point, it’s unclear what the time frames are or how the ban will work in practice. It might involve the government “geoblocking” access to nudify sites, or directing the platforms to remove access (including advertising links) to the tools.

It might also involve transparency reporting from platforms on what they’re doing to address the problem, including risk assessments for illegal and harmful activity.

But government bans and industry collaboration won’t completely solve the problem.

Users can get around geographic restrictions with VPNs or proxy servers. The tools can also be used “off the radar” via file-sharing platforms, private forums or messaging apps that already host nudify chatbots.

Open-source AI models can also be fine-tuned to create new nudify tools.

What are tech companies already doing?

Some tech companies have already taken action against nudify tools.

Discord and Apple have removed nudify apps and developer accounts associated with nudify apps and websites.

Meta also bans adult content, including AI-generated nudes. However, Meta came under fire for inadvertently promoting nudify apps through advertisements – even though those ads violate the company’s standards. The company recently filed a lawsuit against Hong Kong nudify company CrushAI, after the company ran more than 87,000 ads across Meta platforms in violation of Meta’s rules on non-consensual intimate imagery.

Tech companies can do much more to mitigate harms from nudify and other deepfake tools. For example, they can ensure guardrails are in place for deepfake generators, remove content more quickly, and ban or suspend user accounts.

They can restrict search results and block keywords such as “undress” or “nudify”, issue “nudges” or warnings to people using related search terms, and use watermarking and provenance indicators to identify the origins of images.

They can also work collaboratively together to share signals of suspicious activity (for example, advertising attempts) and share digital hashes (a unique code like a fingerprint) of known image-based abuse or child sexual abuse content with other platforms to prevent recirculation.

Education is also key

Placing the onus on tech companies and ensuring they are held accountable to reduce the harms from nudify tools is important. But it’s not going to stop the problem.

Education must also be a key focus. Young people need comprehensive education on how to critically examine and discuss digital information and content, including digital data privacy, digital rights and respectful digital relationships.

Digital literacy and respectful relationships education shouldn’t be based on shame and fear-based messaging but rather on affirmative consent. That means giving young people the skills to recognise and negotiate consent to receive, request and share intimate images, including deepfake images.

We need effective bystander interventions. This means teaching bystanders how to effectively and safely challenge harmful behaviours and how to support victim-survivors of deepfake abuse.

We also need well-resourced online and offline support systems so victim-survivors, perpetrators, bystanders and support persons can get the help they need.


If this article has raised issues for you, call 1800RESPECT on 1800 737 732 or visit the eSafety Commissioner’s website for helpful online safety resources. You can also contact Lifeline crisis support on 13 11 14 or text 0477 13 11 14, Suicide Call Back Services on 1300 659 467, or Kids Helpline on 1800 55 1800 (for young people aged 5-25). If you or someone you know is in immediate danger, call the police on 000.The Conversation

Nicola Henry, Professor, Australian Research Council Future Fellow, & Deputy Director, Social Equity Research Centre, RMIT University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Disclaimer: These articles are not intended to provide medical advice, diagnosis or treatment.  Views expressed here do not necessarily reflect those of Pittwater Online News or its staff.

Week One September 2025 (Sept. 1-7)

Rugby League Season Grand Final Games: Congratulations!

The results from the last weekend of August and the Grand Final matches across the Junior Rugby League Football clubs are in - with a host of local teams who made their Grand Final and with a high number then winning that final match for the 2025 Season.

Congratulations to everyone who took part in Winters sports - having some fun while learning new skills and making new friends, and keeping fit makes us all winners.

Mona Vale Raiders Rugby League Club: 7 Wins out of 11 Grand Finals

Huge congratulations to our incredible U16s Tag Girls team who have made it into their 4th Grand Final in a row!

Huge congratulations to our Tag 14-3 team for taking out the Grand Final WIN! 32-4 playing the Avalon Bulldogs

A massive shout-out to our 12-1 Tag team – Grand Final Runners-Up after an absolute nail-biter that went into extra time.

Huge congratulations to our Mona Vale Raiders Tag 16-2s taking out the Grand Final with a strong 28–8 win over Belrose! Fantastic teamwork, determination and Raiders spirit on full display – champions through and through!

Mona Vale Raiders Under 12s are Grand Final Champions. The boys put on a huge performance, taking down Narraweena 12–4 in an epic battle. What an incredible season and a well-deserved victory – you’ve done your club proud!

Massive congratulations to our Mona Vale Raiders Under 13s who came out firing and defeated Curl Curl 30–6 in the Grand Final! An outstanding team effort, strong defence and brilliant attack – what a way to finish the season! 

Huge congratulations to our Mona Vale Raiders Under 14s, taking out the Grand Final with a hard-fought 22–14 victory over Kuringai!

Congratulations to our Mona Vale Raiders Under 15s, who delivered a powerhouse performance to defeat Belrose 24–0 in the Grand Final!  A clean sheet, solid defence, and unstoppable attack – the perfect way to finish the season!

Congratulations to our Mona Vale Raiders Under 16s, who battled hard and came away with a 22–16 Grand Final victory over Moore Park!  A tough contest, but the boys showed grit, determination and true Raiders spirit to get the job done.

Our Mona Vale Raiders Under 17s went down in a tough Grand Final against South Eastern. It was a hard game, and a few things just didn’t go our way on the day. But what an incredible season – the boys went undefeated all year and finished as Minor Premiers. That achievement alone is something to be extremely proud of. Raiders spirit through and through!

Well done Raiders U21s! Our Mona Vale Raiders Under 21s fought right to the end in a nail-biting Grand Final, but unfortunately went down by just 1 point against Hulls Bulls.  It was a gutsy performance full of effort, determination and Raiders pride. An incredible season from start to finish – you’ve done your club proud!

Huge effort from all players, coaches, trainers and supporters all Season – the Raiders family couldn’t be prouder. See you next season!

Narrabeen Sharks Junior Rugby League Club: 

Congratulations to our Under 15 Gold team - Grand Final winners in 2025 Narrabeen Sharks 28 to Stags 0! The future looks bright with these young men 'filling their Narrabeen Sharks footy boots'!

Narrabeen Sharks Under 14 Gold - Narraweena took out the premiership but what a game of footy!

Congratulations to our Under 14 Blue Tag Tier B team for making the Grand Final, a great game with the true Sharkies spirit throughout. Runners up this time against Cromer Kingfishers. Not the ending the under 12(4) wanted but they played amazing and didn't give up. Congratulations to the Kingfishers.

In the Under 12 Blues Tag White Tier B Cromer won the Grand Final. In the Under 12 Blues Tag White Tier A it was Narrabeen Vs. Narrabeen - which means the winner was - NARRABEEN! What a game of Blues Tag was amazing to watch Sharks v Sharks and it was a nail biter. Congratulations to under 12 (1) can't wait to see what both teams bring next season. Team spirit is alive at Narrabeen. 

Congratulations to our Under 14 Blues Tag Maroon Team - Grand Final Winners 26-8 against the Harbord team  Under 14 (1) remaining undefeated all season and winning the 2025 premiership. You have done us proud. Congratulations!!

Narrabeen Sharks had 11 Girls teams who made he Grad Final matches. All the girls teams who played this Season did Narrabeen proud.  What a season you have all had. Some it’s your first season, some have been here before. Congratulations.

At our Juniors Presentation Day this year, August 23, three Under 11s got a very special award of 100 games for the Narrabeen Sharks. This means 7 of their 11 years they have played for the Sharks. Congratulations boys  - Reef. B , Flynn. B and Otto. F  - on your first centuray of games as Sharks players.

Our Senior Presentation Day Takes Place Saturday September 20, 3.30pm to 6pm at the Club House. A day of celebrating a Season where strong, inclusive and united community spirit was on display throughout the Sharkies 2025 Season. 

Avalon Bulldogs JRLFC

Under 7's play in the Battle of the beaches - Saturday 6th September Vs. Beacon Hill at the Sydney Academy of Sport and Recreation.

Avalon Bulldogs U14 (3) Tag made their Grand Final.

Avalon's Under 15's Silver were in a close game in their Grand Final 22 - 24 to Berowra Wallabies - they had a great team spirit throughout their Season, representing their community who are all very proud of them. 

Avalon Bulldogs U16 Blues Tag White won their Grand Final on Saturday August 30  against Harbord 14- 0 - well done girls. A great effort all Season.

Avalon Bulldogs A Grade Gold team WON their Grand Final 28 - 16 against the Asquith Magpies at Pittwater Rugby Park at Warriewood on Sunday August 31. 

4 Avalon Bulldogs Open Age tries achieved by:

Taine ALLEN x 2, Corey KIRKHAM and Maxwell BARRY.  Avalon Bulldogs also converted 4/4 of those Tries with Chandler WALTON converting one and A Grade Captain William KELLY William KELLY converting the other 3. The Doggies also scored 2 Penalty Goals with William Kelly getting one and Corey KIRKHAM the other.

This was the BIG one for this Season and the news service has had a chat with the Doggies A Grade Captain Will Kelly and Manager Jazmin Ball et al this week and that runs as the Profile this Issue (first week of September 2025) along with a few more photos by our Features Photographer, Michael Mannington OAM, runs as this Issue's Profile of the Week.

Molly Picklum - Yago Dora Crowned 2025 World Champions at WSL Finals Fiji 

CLOUDBREAK, Fiji: Tuesday, September 2, 2025

Today, Molly Picklum (AUS) and Yago Dora (BRA) claimed victory at the Lexus WSL Finals Fiji Presented by Corona Cero, the Final stop on the World Surf League (WSL) 2025 Championship Tour (CT), to be crowned the 2025 World Champions. Both Picklum and Dora entered the title deciding event as the No. 1 seeds and were able to put on stunning performances in four-to-six foot surf at Cloudbreak to claim their maiden World Titles. 

Pictured: World Title Winners at the Lexus WSL Finals Fiji Presented by Corona Cero. Credit: WSL / Ed Sloane 

Molly Picklum Breaks Through in Fiji to Claim Maiden World Title 

Central Coast surfer Molly Picklum (AUS) has capped off a dominant season on the CT, winning the Lexus WSL Finals Fiji to claim her maiden World Championship. 2025 saw 22-year-old Picklum hold the Yellow Leader Jersey for the majority of the season after claiming two event wins from five Finals appearances. Today, as the No. 1 seed, Picklum overcame 2023 World Champion and Olympic Gold Medalist Caroline Marks (USA) with a dominant backside performance at Cloudbreak over three epic 35-minute matchups. 

“I’m so speechless right now,” Picklum said. “I really feel like this is the cherry on top of what I’ve done to my career and my personal life, really turning things around. It’s such a trip and something you can never take away from me to be a World Champion. To get this after such an amazing season is so special and something I’ll remember for life. To be the undisputed, undeniable Champ is something I’ve dreamt of, and to win that way feels my heart. I can not believe it, I’m just so grateful to get the opportunity to do what I love.” 

Marks came into the Title Match having won three heats in a row to overcome Bettylou Sakura Johnson (HAW), reigning World Champion Caity Simmers (USA), and Gabriela Bryan (HAW) along the way before taking the win over Picklum and sending it to a best-of-three showdown.

After a slow start and losing the first match, Picklum came back with a vengeance, posting a 15.83 (out of a possible 20) two-wave total, which included an 8.83 (out of a possible 10) for a long tube ride, to take it to a third and title-deciding match. Picklum continued the charge, posting another 8.83, the highest single-wave score of the entire event. Picklum posted the highest two-wave total of the event, 16.93, to take an unassailable lead over Marks and become the first Australian World Champion since Stephanie Gilmore (AUS) in 2022.  

Pictured: 22-year-old Molly Picklum in the channel at Cloudbreak, Fiji, at the Lexus WSL Finals Fiji Presented by Corona Cero. Credit: WSL / Ed Sloane

“There was so much doubt, but I feel like that’s what raises a champion. You have to step up and rise above that. I just kept true to trusting in the unknown, and I’m so, so grateful that it panned out. After the first heat, I just swallowed it and took what I could, honored my beliefs, and went after it.”  

Pictured: 22-year-old Molly Picklum (AUS) celebrates her World Title victory in the channel at Cloudbreak, Fiji, at the Lexus WSL Finals Fiji Presented by Corona Cero. Credit: WSL / Cait Miers  

After qualifying for the CT in 2022 and missing the Mid-season Cut, Picklum found her way back to the elite level the following year to earn a spot at the WSL Finals and finish in 5th place. She then repeated this in 2024 after ground-breaking performances at Pipeline and Sunset Beach to announce herself as a future World Champion waiting in the wings. 

“It’s such a trip to be a Central Coast kid, growing up looking up to Steph [Gilmore] and Layne [Beachley] and Sally [Fitzgibbons], and Tyler [Wright] and all of those girls, and to now be on a list with them, I just feel so honoured and grateful. 

There have been so many amazing females in surfing who have come before us and paved the way for me and others to get out there and do what we love, so it’s a trip to be amongst that now. It really is true that it takes a village to raise a child, and to have the whole Central Coast behind me as well as my team around me, all year, and my family and friends, they know me and how hard I work, so to do it in front of them is so, so special.”  Molly said

Seven-time world champion Layne Beachley praised the 22-year-old's work ethic and commitment to her craft.

"So stoked for Molly. She has worked hard, committed herself to excellence and grown into one of the greatest world champions this sport will ever see," Layne said.

"I'm incredibly proud of her and have no doubt this will be the first of many world titles for her. Great to see the world title back on Aussie soil."

Members and patrons of North Shelly Boardriders, where Molly began surfing, were also toasting their world champion.

"She's been part of the club as long as she's been surfing, and we're just super proud," North Shelly Boardriders life member Trent Brailey told the ABC.

"It's just an amazing thing for our little community. It's just an inspiring thing for our kids. She's an inspiration to us all, and she always has been."

Marks ends the season in second place for the second year in a row, but will carry confidence in her performance coming from outside the Final 5 with just one event left to once again put herself right in the World Title conversation for the third straight year. 

Yago Dora Becomes Fifth Brazilian World Champion in a Decade

Brazil’s Yago Dora (BRA) has claimed victory at Cloudbreak to become the 2025 Lexus WSL Finals Fiji winner and World Champion. Dora was one of the most consistent surfers all season, claiming two CT victories from three Finals appearances Yellow Leaders Jersey and booked himself a spot in the WSL Final Five for the first time in his career. Dora ended the year in style, posting the second-highest heat total of the day to become the fifth Brazilian World Champion since 2014, leaving Brazil to hold 7 of the last 11 men’s titles.  

“It’s so crazy that the whole year is decided like that in one heat. I’m really glad it’s come my way and I’m over the moon right now, I’m so happy, just so happy,” Dora said. “I’m glad I took on this year like I did. It’s a big responsibility to do it on your own, but I’m really glad I did, and I made the right decision. I’ve really felt the will I did this year, and I feel like there is more to come. I’m really happy. I grew up watching the Brazilians before me dominating and winning World Titles, and it’s such an honour to join that list of names.” 

After a prolific free-surfing career as a teenager, Dora qualified for the elite level Championship Tour in 2018 after a short stint chasing qualification. Once on the CT, it took the stylish goofy footer four years to break into the Top 10, eventually finishing in seventh and sixth in 2023 and 2024, respectively. 2025 saw the 29-year-old string together his career-best season and end it in the perfect way, as the World Champion. 

Pictured: Brazil's Yago Dora at the World Title at the Lexus WSL Finals Fiji Presented by Corona Cero. Credit: WSL / Ed Sloane 

“I started my career on the free-surfing side, but I felt like competition is truly what drove me, and it’s what I wanted to chase. Then I felt so much more confident this year,” Dora continued. “I feel like my heat strategy and everything were at a place where I didn’t always need to surf so well to get a result. Sometimes it’s harder to make a heat with a smaller score than a massive one, and I feel like I was able to get that this year. I’m just so happy that I could put everything together this year, having amazing heats and even making struggling ones. To get to where I did and finish it with that performance is so special.”

In the first Title Match, Dora came up against a rampaging Griffin Colapinto (USA), who had posted some of the highest heat totals of the day to take down Italo Ferreira (BRA) in the second match and Jordy Smith (RSA) in the third to find his way into the Title Match for the first time in his career. Although Colapinto was coming in hot, Dora looked steely, waiting with priority at the start of the match to eventually pull the trigger and post a 7.33 for an impressive carve, to vertical snap, combination. He then backed it up with an 8.33 for three massive carves with plenty of variation to leave Colapinto needing a huge score. Griffin was unable to find a wave that offered him the scoring potential he needed, leaving Dora to claim the World Title. 

“Griffin [Colapinto] was looking so dangerous out there all day, and it was nerve-racking coming up against him, so I’m glad I could get it done in one heat and use the seeding to my advantage,” Dora continued. “Griffin was the guy to beat today. From the first heat, he was on point all day. We know his potential out here, obviously winning here last year, and he was ripping today. Obviously, I needed to believe in my surfing, and if I had the right waves, I could come out with the win. I’m just so happy I could get it done today.” 

Colapinto fell just short of becoming only the second Californian man in history to win a World Title, but ended the season with his best-ever showing, finishing the year in second place, a career-best result for the 27-year-old.

For more information and highlights from the Lexus WSL Finals Fiji Presented by Corona Cero, please visit WorldSurfLeague.com.  

About the WSL

The World Surf League (WSL) is the global home of competitive surfing, crowning World Champions since 1976 and showcasing the world’s best surfing. The WSL oversees surfing’s global competitive landscape and sets the standard for elite performance in the most dynamic playing field in all of sports. With a firm commitment to its values, the WSL prioritizes the protection of the ocean, equality, and the sport’s rich heritage, while championing progression and innovation. 

For more information, please visit WorldSurfLeague.com

Pictured: 22-year-old Molly Picklum (AUS) celebrates her World Title victory in the channel at Cloudbreak, Fiji, at the Lexus WSL Finals Fiji Presented by Corona Cero. Credit: WSL / Cait Miers  

Pictured: 22-year-old Molly Picklum (AUS) celebrates her World Title victory at the Lexus WSL Finals Fiji Presented by Corona Cero. Credit: WSL / Cait Miers 

The Rions: Cry (Lyric Video) - Album 'everything every single day' out October 3

Released Thursday September 4, 2025

Our new single 'Cry'. You can check it out on streaming here: http://therions.ffm.to/Cry

For our upcoming album 'Everything Every Single Day' out October 3rd.

Pre-order: https://24hundred.net/collections

Pre-save: https://therions.ffm.to/everythingeverysingleday...

The Rions said about 'Cry':

''We wrote Cry about the cycle of toxic masculinity that gets passed down, often without people even realising. Growing up as young boys and friends, this stuff was all around us: the casual jokes, the digs, the idea that putting others down was somehow “cool” or a way to fit in.  

The truth is, it’s not harmless. Those little things add up and they hurt everyone: women, LGBTQ+ people, and men too. It creates a culture where no one feels safe to just be themselves. 

The power of influence is stronger now than it has ever been. If you are a father, or a mother, an older sibling, a friend, an influencer, at the very least a good person, have a positive influence on the people around you. Be kind to one another.  

We’ve grown up together and we know we still have a lot to learn. But we want to use our music and our platform to take some small steps toward change. If Cry can spark even a little bit of reflection or conversation, then it’s doing what we hoped it would.''

 

Avalon Dunes replanting: can you help?

On Sunday September 7 there will be a big planting morning of beach plants to help stabilise the sand on the blowout on the northern end of Avalon Dunes. Starting about 8.30am we will put in about 1000 plants. 



But before that, on August 25-29 the westward moving sand will be moved back to the beach from Des Creagh Reserve  and stabilised with 100+ coir logs and jute matting. This is a joint project of Northern Beaches Council and the NSW Government.

This blowout happened because dune fencing broke and people trampled on fragile dune vegetation, trying to get a high view of the beach,  just where the strong south-east winds blast up from the beach. 

All help very welcome.

Avalon Preservation Association

Campaign launched in Sydney to warn students about knife crime

Wednesday September 3, 2025

The NSW Government and NSW Police are supporting the parents of Jack Beasley, who was fatally stabbed in Queensland in 2019, to deliver school presentations across the state and warn students about the danger of knife crime.

NSW Police Youth Command officers, with Jack’s parents, Belinda and Brett Beasley from the Jack Beasley Foundation, will hold ‘One Moment’ education presentations at Sydney schools to help young people understand the devastating consequences of carrying knives and how knife crime can shatter lives.

In the past two weeks, the presentations were held in northern NSW reaching approximately 3,100 students at eight schools in Grafton, Kempsey, Armidale, Raymond Terrace, Waratah, Kurri Kurri and Wyong.

This week, presentations will be held at 12 schools in Wollongong, Blacktown, Mount Druitt, Campbelltown, Bankstown, Fairfield and Penrith.

The presentations come after the NSW Government introduced legislation, which came into effect in December 2024, modelled on Queensland’s ‘Jack’s Law’, which gave NSW Police powers to wand or scan people for knives without a warrant in designated areas including shopping precincts, public transport stations and certain sporting venues.

Since the legislation was introduced, there have been 20,736 people scanned under Operation Ares. There have been 207 weapons seized and 105 people charged with weapon offences. Eleven people were charged with failing to comply with the legislation.

Of the 207 weapons seized, there were 134 knives, 23 multi-tool pocket knives, four razor blades and four scissors, two axes and two flick knives, and one machete and one sheath knife.

Police also seized knuckle dusters, sling shots, tasers and fireworks.

During the presentation, Brett and Belinda Beasley share their own experience as well as those of Jack’s brother Mitch and Jack’s friends, to show first-hand how life can change in “one moment” of senseless violence. The presentation is designed to showcase the impacts to promote better decisions and smarter choices.

Police youth officers will also speak to students about knife legislation, the rules of carrying knives, the penalties and potential ramifications

In addition to the school presentations, Youth Command, supported by the Police Transport Command and officers from Police Area Commands, will conduct knife wanding and high visibility policing operations across various metropolitan areas this week.

Premier of New South Wales Chris Minns said:

“These school presentations are about reaching young people early, helping them make safer choices.

“I want to thank Brett and Belinda Beasley, turning their unimaginable loss into a powerful message that could saves lives.

“Carrying a weapon can turn a normal day into a tragedy, ruining and ending lives.

“This is about sending a clear message that carrying a knife is never the answer – it puts you and others in danger.”

Minister for Police and Counter-terrorism Yasmin Catley said:

“Knife crime can change lives in a second and too many people have experienced the devastating consequences of this first-hand.

“Police are in the community day in, day out, working hard to make it a safer place. Since wanding operations began, officers have taken more than 200 dangerous weapons off our streets – this is life-saving work.

“I want to extend my heartfelt thanks to Brett and Belinda Beasley for their tireless advocacy.”

Assistant Commissioner Jason Weinstein APM, Commander of Capability, Performance and Youth Command, said:

"When young people hear the real stories and consequences, they start to understand that carrying a knife doesn’t make you safer - it puts you at greater risk.

“Knife crime has serious, and sometimes fatal, consequences.

“After hearing about the Beasley’s heart-breaking experience, we hope students recognise the dangers of carrying knives and choose a safer path.”

Government backs Tropfest return

Monday September 1, 2205

The NSW Government is proudly supporting the return of Tropfest, the world's largest short film festival, as it makes its triumphant comeback to Centennial Park in February 2026.

The NSW Government is entering a commercial partnership for the 2026 event, as well as a discount on venue hire.

Founded in 1993 by filmmaker John Polson as a short film screening for friends in Darlinghurst, Tropfest grew into the world’s largest short film festival, attracting vast numbers of people to its free outdoor screenings and launching the careers of emerging filmmakers across Australia and internationally.

The last Tropfest was staged in 2019, with a program of live screenings, celebrity judges and community celebrations drawing strong crowds and significant national attention.

Over the years, the NSW Government has been a proud supporter of Tropfest, recognising its role in showcasing creative talent and building Sydney’s global reputation as a vibrant cultural hub.

The festival’s revival marks a new chapter for the event, which will now include a year-round program culminating in the main festival.

Filmmaker submissions for the 2026 event will open on 1 December 2025. Signup for updates at he base of this webpage:  www.tropfest.com

NSW Premier Chris Minns said:

“Tropfest is an Australian cultural institution, and it's fantastic to see it return to its home in Sydney. This festival has been a launchpad for generations of talented filmmakers and it’s a major drawcard for our city.

“Our government is committed to backing events that not only celebrate our creative talent but also put NSW on the world stage.”

Minister for Arts John Graham said:

“This is amazing news for film makers and for Sydney. Tropfest reminds the world that NSW is Australia’s screen industry powerhouse and home to incredible story tellers.

“Tropfest has been a hotbed for local film making talent, catapulting the careers of many actors, writers and directors. It is exciting to see it back in action.”

Minister for Planning and Public Spaces Paul Scully said:

“Tropfest returning is proof that when you have great public spaces and a willingness to see fun come back to the city, you create opportunities for artists, for audiences, and for the city itself.

“Having great public spaces where people can gather, play and enjoy iconic events like Tropfest is invaluable to not only Sydney but to all parts of the state.”

Minister for Jobs and Tourism Steve Kamper said:

“The Minns Labor Government's support for Tropfest is an investment in the future of our screen industry. This festival provides a vital platform for emerging filmmakers to showcase their work and connect with the industry.

“We are delighted to be a key partner in Tropfest’s return, providing a boost to our local creative economy and reinforcing Sydney’s reputation as a global hub for film and culture.”

‘Hooked on discovery’: legend of palaeontology awarded highest society honours

September 3, 2025

By Ben Knight

With an illustrious career defined by scientific discovery and collaboration, Professor Mike Archer is celebrated for his lasting impact on palaeontology across Australasia.

UNSW Sydney Professor Mike Archer is addicted to discovery. After decades of digging up the remains of hundreds of thousands of Australia’s marsupial ancestors, the leading palaeontologist says he still chases the thrill.

“Palaeontology is addictive, there is no other way to describe it,” Prof. Archer says. “There’s no other job where you so regularly find the unexpected, and that’s incredibly exciting and keeps me coming back.

“I am hooked on discovery.”

The Australasian Palaeontologists (AAP) and the Australian Geological Society awarded Prof. Archer the 2025 Robert Etheridge Jr Medal. The award, which is the highest palaeontological honour bestowed by the AAP, was granted in honour of Prof. Archer’s lifetime contribution to Australasian palaeontology.

The medal adds to his distinguished career that includes Fellowships of the Australian Academy of Science and the Royal Society of New South Wales, appointment as a Member of the Order of Australia and leadership roles as Director of the Australian Museum and Dean of UNSW Science.

Prof. Archer, who heads the Vertebrate Palaeontology Laboratory at the School of Biological, Earth and Environmental Sciences, says the honour is a privilege but not a solo achievement.

“To be recognised by an esteemed group who say our work has contributed significantly to understanding the geological underpinnings of Australia is very flattering,” Prof. Archer says. “But an award like this can only be accepted on behalf of the hundreds of people who are involved in our work over many years.”

Professor Mike Archer, recipient of the 2025 Robert Etheridge Jr Medal. Photo: Supplied

Dean of UNSW Science, Scientia Professor Sven Rogge, congratulated Prof. Archer on the award.

“This award is a fitting tribute to Prof. Archer’s remarkable and enduring contributions over an illustrious career,” says Prof. Rogge. “His work has profoundly deepened our understanding of Australasian marsupials and helped preserve fossil sites and protect endangered living species.

“His prolific research output and dedication to mentoring generations of PhD students exemplify the very best of scientific excellence.

“He is, in every sense, a true scientist and a most deserving recipient of this prestigious honour.”

A fascination with fossils

Prof. Archer was born in Sydney in 1945 but grew up in the United States in Pine Plains, New York, a small town of 500 people. At age 11, a discovery on the edge of town sparked his fascination with fossils.

“I was always fascinated with the natural world,” Prof. Archer says. “I came across a boulder that had been torn up by a glacier from a rock deposit in Canada and dragged south into my backyard. When I looked closely, it was filled with fossils of the weirdest-looking animals I’d ever seen.

“I spent every afternoon after school, every weekend, with hammers and chisels, carefully taking that whole boulder apart and collecting all the strange little animals that were in it.”

When he met a geologist and curator at the American Museum of Natural History, Norman D. Newell, the young Mike Archer knew palaeontology was his calling.

“Norman wanted to know what I had in my suitcase, and when I opened it up and showed him, his eyes popped, because, as Dr Newell explained, the American Museum didn’t have fossils of this age,” Prof. Archer says. “It turns out the animals I had found in the boulder were Devonian fossils about 380 million years old.

“I used my next years’ worth of allowance to buy the book Index Fossils of North America, and I was away.”

A young Mike Archer with the Devonian boulder near Pine Plains in 1956. Photo: Supplied

Arriving back in Australia on a Fulbright Scholarship after studying palaeontology at Princeton University, Prof. Archer set about trying to uncover the deep-time history of Australia, which was still largely a mystery. He fell in love with what he found.

“I was expecting to spend only one year searching for some of the ancient mammals in Australia that would explain how, for example, koalas became koalas,” Prof. Archer says. “I couldn’t believe how fascinating everything was that turned up here, and as I began to uncover more and more, I fell in love with Australia.”

Half a century of scientific discovery

Prof. Archer has been excavating at the World Heritage-listed Riversleigh Fossil Area, a remote place in north-west Queensland, for nearly half a century. During this time exploring the 40-square-kilometre site, he and a team of experts from UNSW and around the world have uncovered hundreds of thousands of creatures that once roamed the continent over the last 25 million years.

Ancient ancestors of the thylacine (Tasmanian tiger), sequences of marsupial lions (including a tiny one named after Sir David Attenborough), marsupial sloths the team fondly calls ‘drop bears’, along with tree-climbing crocodiles, flesh-eating kangaroos and an animal so strange it was named ‘Thingodonta’, are just a few of the quirky discoveries made at Riversleigh over the years.

Prof. Archer estimates that the Riversleigh deposits have been responsible for almost quadrupling the total number of older mammals known for the whole of Australia.

“It’s a place where many urban myths about Australia have been coming to life,” Prof. Archer says. “We’ve been going back there every year for almost 50 years, filling in the gaps in our understanding of mammal life over the last 25 million years with each new tooth, jaw and skeleton.”

Prof. Archer’s own eureka moment occurred in 1983 at one of the newly discovered Riversleigh sites. While standing on a seemingly ordinary rock, he looked down in amazement to see a mass of jaws and teeth of different kinds of mammals that had never been seen before just jutting out from its sides.

“I fell to my knees, shouting and excited because I quickly realised it wasn’t just that rock – that rock was part of a whole pavement of multi-million-year-old treasures,” Prof. Archer says. “When we processed that one rock that I’d been standing on in the lab back in UNSW, it revealed 34 different kinds of mammals, which at that point, doubled the total number of ancient mammals we knew about for the whole continent.

“That 1983 discovery was the beginning of thousands more, which ultimately led to World Heritage listing in 1994 of Riversleigh, along with Naracoorte Caves in South Australia, as the combined Australian Fossil Mammal Sites (Riversleigh/Naracoorte).”

Riversleigh team members examining a newly discovered fossil deposit. Photo: Supplied

Protecting pygmy-possums

Riversleigh’s fossils are crucial for understanding how Australia became the continent we know today. They trace the story of mammal evolution in Australia and may even guide efforts to help species survive modern threats like climate change.

“One of the understandings that sank in early was the intimate relationship between the past and the present,” Prof. Archer says. “We’ve been using the fossil record as we begin to fill in a lot of the gaps to draw lines through time, from the past into the present, which helps us understand how the animals of today became the way we see them.

“But that line can also then be drawn forward as a prediction into the future based on how individual groups of animals have been changing over millions of years.”

One example of utilising deep time history to help conserve critically endangered animals is Prof. Archer’s work with the mountain pygmy-possum, which inhabits the alpine zones of New South Wales and Victoria and is facing extinction due to climate change. Prof. Archer and his colleagues have examined the ancient environments where the ancestors of these tiny animals lived to discover that their ancestors have been most comfortable in lowland wet forests – not cold, inhospitable alpine zones.

With fewer than 3000 pygmy-possums estimated to be left in the wild, the team helped develop a breeding facility at Secret Creek Sanctuary in Lithgow in the Central Tablelands of New South Wales. As predicted, the pygmy-possums have acclimated to their new non-alpine home, found other food sources and have begun reproducing.

“It looked like only a matter of time before we were going to have to write the mountain pygmy-possum off as a casualty of climate change in Australia,” Prof. Archer says. “But what we found in the fossil record gave new insights into a way in which we could better conserve this critically endangered species.

Mountain pygmy-possums are being acclimatised to lowland area conditions at Secret Creek Sanctuary, Lithgow. Photo: UNSW Sydney / Lachlan Gilbert.

“If we can give them a helping hand to move out of the Alpine zone and down into lowland forests, it will give them a chance to not only survive, but thrive, and that’s what we’re doing.”

Prof. Archer’s other conservation research interests include keeping native animals, such as quolls, as pets. He has also been involved in de-extinction research, which aims to revive species, including the thylacine and gastric-brooding frog.

Prof. Mike Archer at the launch of mountain pygmy-possum breeding facility in 2022. Photo: Trevor Evans

A fossil family tree

Prof. Archer’s passion for palaeontology is also a family affair. He gives a lot of credit for his career to his partner, fellow palaeontologist and UNSW Emeritus Professor Sue Hand.

“A lot of our discussions are not the usual ones you find in a household,” Prof. Archer says. “They’re more often about paleontological mysteries and problems we’re jointly trying to solve working with UNSW colleagues, including Dr Anna Gillespie, Dr Troy Myers, Dr Ian Graham, Dr Blake Dickson and our equally addicted research students.

“Just recently, Sue produced microCT images and drawings of a new bizarre fossil mammal turned up by former PhD student Dr Elizabeth Smith and her daughter Clytie from a 100-million-year-old fossil deposit at Lightning Ridge.”

Prof. Mike Archer, Mr Henk Godthelp and Prof. Sue Hand with a skull fossil from Riversleigh in 1988. Photo: Supplied

There is an ever-expanding group of coworkers and colleagues whom the professors regard as their intellectual family. Prof. Archer has supervised/co-supervised over 90 research students and published more than 400 scientific papers and books in collaboration with researchers from around the world.

“I like to think that we’ve got many times more science ‘offspring’ than our own biological kids, and we’re very proud of them all,” Prof. Archer says. “They spent years developing their professional skills with us here at UNSW and then went on to develop spectacular careers as global experts and in many cases fostering armies of students of their own – our scientific ‘grandchildren’.

“We spend a lot of our time corresponding with them all over the world when new things turn up in the fossil deposits we’re exploring, often continuing to be coauthors on new papers decades after they were students here in UNSW.”

For Prof. Archer, the thrill of discovery is matched by the joy of sharing those moments with a passionate team and introducing new students to the excitement and importance of palaeontology.

“It’s the best job in the world being a scientist, and one of the most thrilling feelings is making discoveries,” Prof. Archer says. “Especially with all the wonderful people working with us every day, it makes life very fulfilling.”

An exhibition ‘Revealing Riversleigh’ showcasing the research and discoveries from the Riversleigh World Heritage Area will be open to the public at UNSW Library from 29 September 2025 to 13 March 2026.

Opportunities:

She’s Electric competition is back with $10K on the line!

The Hyundai She’s Electric compettion is returning for a fourth season, offering female surfers across Australia, aged 14 and over, the opportunity to showcase their talent in this exciting online competition. Surfing Australia and Hyundai are proud to continue their mission to recognise and amplify grassroots female athletes on a national scale, this year allowing females between 14-16 years old to join as well. By uploading a video of your best wave, you could win a share of $33,200 worth of prizes.

Simply record yourself surfing your best wave and submit it for the chance to win weekly prizes and join Hyundai Team Electric. These athletes will gain access to expert coaching and national exposure. The top scorer will walk away with $10,000 in cash.

Female surfers are invited to submit their best wave clips to be judged by Surfing Australia’s panel of female experts. The competition runs until October 17, with the Top 5 finalists to be announced as Hyundai Team Electric. These athletes will receive invaluable support and exposure, including professional coaching and media opportunities, helping them advance to the top levels of the sport.

Hyundai Team Electric: Training, prizes, and national spotlight

At the end of Season 4, the Top 5 athletes will join Hyundai Team Electric and attend a three-day intensive surf camp at the Hyundai Surfing Australia High Performance Centre (HPC) . The camp will include surf analysis form some of Australia’s top surf coaches, surf-specific workshops, and workshops led by surfing icons and pioneers of women’s surfing.

Team Electric will then compete in a knockout surf-off, with the overall winner taking home $10,000 cash. Athletes placing 2nd–5th will each receive $1000 in prize money.

Season 4 also marks the return of the Hyundai Bright Spark award, given weekly to a surfer who demonstrates enthusiasm, courage, and commitment, no matter how long or short their ride lasts. The award aims to encourage surfers of all abilities to enjoy the process, commit to wipeouts, and have fun along the way. Each Hyundai Bright Spark winner will receive an MF x Laura Enever Collection Palm Springs surfboard, valued at over $700.

Paving the way for future female surfing talent

Hyundai She’s Electric is designed to elevate and inspire the next generation of female surfers, providing them with the tools, exposure, and support to reach their full potential. The program celebrates the diversity and skill of women’s surfing across Australia, offering athletes the opportunity to connect with some of the country’s best coaches and surfing icons.

Last year’s winner of Hyundai She’s Electric, India Robinson, said: “I love seeing more opportunities for females, especially in the surfing space. My biggest passion outside of surfing is inspiring and empowering the next generation of females, so I love everything about this. Although not everyone can win, everyone can participate, and that is so important. Building a space for more girls to feel welcome in the surfing community. I’m looking forward to seeing some of the up and coming talent, hopefully, we can all have a good time and showcase some really good surfing.”

Surfing Australia Manager of Boardrider Clubs and Judging, Glen Elliott, said: “This initiative has been instrumental in showcasing the extraordinary talent we have in women’s surfing. The online format, introduced last year, provides more surfers, regardless of their location, the opportunity to participate and be discovered. The standard of entries continues to rise each year, and we’re incredibly excited to see what Season 3 brings.”

Join the competition and learn more

Athlete profiles, competition updates, and wave submissions will be featured throughout the competition on Surfing Australia’s Instagram. Stay tuned for the official announcement of the Top 5 athletes later this year. For full details on how to enter, and to follow the journey of Hyundai Team Electric, visit the Surfing Australia website.

Ready to make your mark? 

Submit your best wave now for a chance to join Hyundai Team Electric, win amazing prizes, and gain national exposure. Whether you’re a seasoned pro or just love the thrill of surfing, Hyundai She’s Electric is for you!

Conditions apply, visit https://surfingaustralia.com/sheselectric for full Terms and Conditions and prize details. 

I'm with the Band: Music Comp.

East Coast Car Rentals are giving grassroots artists the chance to take their music on the road - and into the spotlight  with an opportunity to secure $2,000 cash, $10,000 PR package, and car hire to get you from gig to gig. 

If you’re a busker or artist lighting up street corners with talent, hustle and a love for performing, they want to hear from you.

Apply now before 30th Sep- https://bit.ly/47msb5s

Remember to read the Terms and Conditions before applying.

Skills Minister puts apprenticeship and traineeship reform front and centre: Feedback Invited

The NSW Government states it is continuing its work to rebuild the skills workforce and ensure NSW has the construction workers it needs to build more homes, with a comprehensive review of the Apprenticeship and Traineeship Act 2001 now underway.

This builds on the Government’s $3.4 billion investment in the 2025-26 Budget, the largest ever investment in skills and TAFE, ensuring we have the skilled workers to meet the state’s needs.

The Review begins with a statewide Have Your Say survey, inviting apprentices, trainees, employers, and training providers to share their experiences and shape improvements to the system.

The aim is to strengthen the apprenticeship and traineeship framework by making it easier to navigate, more flexible, and better matched to the real-world needs of priority industries like construction, care and support, technology, and clean energy.

It’s also about improving outcomes, especially for young people in regional NSW, and making sure the system supports more apprentices and trainees to complete their training and step into long-term, rewarding careers.

The Review is a key commitment of the NSW Skills Plan, and will be backed by roundtables with local employers, unions, training providers and apprentices and trainees across the state in the coming months.

For more information, and links to the Have Your Say survey please visit the Apprenticeship and Traineeship Act (2001) Review web page by September 11 2025

Minister for Skills, TAFE and Tertiary Education, Steve Whan said:

“We’re rebuilding the skills system so that it delivers for NSW. Not just for now, but for the long term.

“This review is about making apprenticeships and traineeships work better for the people who use them - students, employers, and training providers.

“We want a system that reflects today’s economy and helps more people get the skills they need for good jobs, especially in the regions and in industries crying out for workers.

“The feedback we get from the community will play a huge role in shaping the changes. We’re committed to making this review practical, inclusive, and focused on results.”

Open Mic at Palm Beach

Come on down this Sunday from 2–5pm for our Open Mic Afternoon — happening every last Sunday of the month!

Show off your talent, enjoy great vibes, and be part of a supportive local music scene. Don’t miss it!

Club Palm Beach

Financial help for young people

Concessions and financial support for young people.

Includes:

  • You could receive payments and services from Centrelink: Use the payment and services finder to check what support you could receive.
  • Apply for a concession Opal card for students: Receive a reduced fare when travelling on public transport.
  • Financial support for students: Get financial help whilst studying or training.
  • Youth Development Scholarships: Successful applicants will receive $1000 to help with school expenses and support services.
  • Tertiary Access Payment for students: The Tertiary Access Payment can help you with the costs of moving to undertake tertiary study.
  • Relocation scholarship: A once a year payment if you get ABSTUDY or Youth Allowance if you move to or from a regional or remote area for higher education study.
  • Get help finding a place to live and paying your rent: Rent Choice Youth helps young people aged 16 to 24 years to rent a home.

Visit: https://www.nsw.gov.au/living-nsw/young-people/young-people-financial-help

School Leavers Support

Explore the School Leavers Information Kit (SLIK) as your guide to education, training and work options in 2022;
As you prepare to finish your final year of school, the next phase of your journey will be full of interesting and exciting opportunities. You will discover new passions and develop new skills and knowledge.

We know that this transition can sometimes be challenging. With changes to the education and workforce landscape, you might be wondering if your planned decisions are still a good option or what new alternatives are available and how to pursue them.

There are lots of options for education, training and work in 2022 to help you further your career. This information kit has been designed to help you understand what those options might be and assist you to choose the right one for you. Including:
  • Download or explore the SLIK here to help guide Your Career.
  • School Leavers Information Kit (PDF 5.2MB).
  • School Leavers Information Kit (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • The SLIK has also been translated into additional languages.
  • Download our information booklets if you are rural, regional and remote, Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander, or living with disability.
  • Support for Regional, Rural and Remote School Leavers (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for Regional, Rural and Remote School Leavers (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • Support for Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander School Leavers (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander School Leavers (DOCX 1.1MB).
  • Support for School Leavers with Disability (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for School Leavers with Disability (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • Download the Parents and Guardian’s Guide for School Leavers, which summarises the resources and information available to help you explore all the education, training, and work options available to your young person.

School Leavers Information Service

Are you aged between 15 and 24 and looking for career guidance?

Call 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337).

SMS 'SLIS2022' to 0429 009 435.

Our information officers will help you:
  • navigate the School Leavers Information Kit (SLIK),
  • access and use the Your Career website and tools; and
  • find relevant support services if needed.
You may also be referred to a qualified career practitioner for a 45-minute personalised career guidance session. Our career practitioners will provide information, advice and assistance relating to a wide range of matters, such as career planning and management, training and studying, and looking for work.

You can call to book your session on 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337) Monday to Friday, from 9am to 7pm (AEST). Sessions with a career practitioner can be booked from Monday to Friday, 9am to 7pm.

This is a free service, however minimal call/text costs may apply.

Call 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337) or SMS SLIS2022 to 0429 009 435 to start a conversation about how the tools in Your Career can help you or to book a free session with a career practitioner.

All downloads and more available at: www.yourcareer.gov.au/school-leavers-support

Word Of The Week: Folly

Word of the Week remains a keynote in 2025, simply to throw some disruption in amongst the 'yeah-nah' mix. 

Noun 

1. lack of good sense; foolishness. 2. a costly ornamental building with no practical purpose, especially a tower or mock-Gothic ruin built in a large garden or park. 3. a theatrical revue with glamorous female performers.

From: Middle English: from Old French folie ‘foolishness’, in modern French also ‘delight, favourite dwelling’, from fol ‘fool, foolish’.

In architecture, a folly is a building constructed primarily for decoration, but suggesting through its appearance some other purpose, or of such extravagant appearance that it transcends the range of usual garden buildings.

Eighteenth-century English landscape gardening and French landscape gardening often featured mock Roman temples, symbolising classical virtues. Other 18th-century garden follies imitated Chinese temples, Egyptian pyramids, ruined medieval castles, abbeys, or Tatar tents, to represent different continents or historical eras. Sometimes they represented rustic villages, mills and cottages, to symbolise rural virtues. Many follies, particularly during times of famine, such as the Great Famine in Ireland, were built as a form of poor relief, to provide employment for peasants and unemployed artisans.

In English, the term began as "a popular name for any costly structure considered to have shown folly in the builder" - Oxford English Dictionary's definition. Follies are often named after the individual who commissioned or designed the project. The connotations of silliness or madness in this definition is in accord with the general meaning of the French word folie; however, another older meaning of this word is "delight" or "favourite abode". This sense included conventional, practical buildings that were thought unduly large or expensive, such as Beckford's Folly, an extremely expensive early Gothic Revival country house that collapsed under the weight of its tower in 1825, 12 years after completion.

Above: The Dunmore Pineapple in Scotland (attributed to William Chambers). Sir William Chambers RA (23 February 1723 – 10 March 1796) was a Swedish-British architect. Among his best-known works are Somerset House, the Gold State Coach and the pagoda at Kew. Chambers was a founder member of the Royal Academy. 

Dunmore Park, the ancestral home of the Earls of Dunmore, includes a large country mansion, Dunmore House. A building containing a hothouse was built into this wall in 1761 by John Murray, 4th Earl of Dunmore. The hothouse, which was located in the ground floor of the building, was used, among other things, for growing pineapples. The south ground floor, which is now covered in stucco and largely overgrown with vines, was originally covered with glass windowpanes. Additional heat was provided by a furnace-driven heating system that circulated hot air through cavities in the wall construction of the adjoining hothouse buildings. Murray left Scotland after the initial structure had been built, and went on to become the last Colonial Governor of Virginia in America. The upper-floor pavilion or summerhouse with its pineapple-shaped cupola and the Palladian lower-floor portico on the south side were added after Murray's return from Virginia. The Dunmore Pineapple is a folly in Dunmore Park, near Airth in Stirlingshire, Scotland. In 1995, it was ranked "as the most bizarre building in Scotland". Photo: Andrea Giann

Above: Broadway Tower, Worcestershire, England - an 18th-century folly near the village of Broadway, in the English county of Worcestershire. The Saxon-style tower was the brainchild of landscaper Capability Brown, designed by architect James Wyatt in 1794 in the form of a castle, and built by the 6th Earl of Coventry for his wife Barbara in 1798–1799. Broadway Hill was a beacon hill, where beacons were lit on special occasions. 

The tower was just visible from the Coventrys' home at Croome Court in south Worcestershire, about 15 miles (24 km) to the north-west, past the north escarpment of Bredon Hill. One theory for its construction says that Lady Coventry wondered if a beacon on the hill could be seen from her house. Another is that it served to signal to the Croome Court staff that the earl and his wife were returning from their Spring Hill estate. Photo: Newton2 

The Pantheon at Stourhead estate. Photo: Steve Keiretsu 

The Temple of Philosophy at Ermenonville in Oise, France. Photo: Parisette

As a general term, "folly" is usually applied to a small building that appears to have no practical purpose or the purpose of which appears less important than its striking and unusual design'.

Playing at The Metro - Sept. 17:

Sydney once produced its own food – but urban development has devoured the city’s food bowl

A 1970s photo of farmland in Glenorie, around 45 km from the Sydney CBD. Spatial Services NSWCC BY-NC-ND
Joshua ZeunertUNSW Sydney and Alys DaroyMurdoch University

For much of Sydney’s history, the city supported its population with crops, orchards, dairies, abattoirs, oyster beds, wineries and market gardens scattered across the basin.

In 1951, New South Wales’ soon-to-be premier Joseph Cahill saw the development pressures building on the city’s food bowl. In parliament, he promised Sydney’s rural areas would be preserved “for vital food production […] soil conservation, irrigation, afforestation”.

Cahill’s promise was in vain. Farms continued to be paved over or turned into housing as the suburban expansion gathered pace. Smaller urban farms disappeared in the face of pressures from developers and larger rural producers. Urban development has now severely weakened Sydney’s local food economy.

Sydney still has room to grow food, which would boost resilience in the face of climate threats and extreme weather. But the city has long been geared towards converting farmland into houses, shops or industries. Today, the city’s five million residents rely almost entirely on food transported into the city’s topographic basin.

We have unearthed the diversity of what was lost in our new book, Sydney’s Food Landscapes and in our Google Maps database of the city’s former wealth of food production sites.

The black dots on this map of Sydney represent lost sites of agricultural production between 1788 and 2021. Joshua Zeunert and Josh GowersCC BY-NC-ND

Botany: Sydney’s backyard vegetable garden

In 1770, the naturalist Joseph Banks recorded the botanical abundance of Kamay (Botany Bay). He later convinced the British House of Commons this would quickly lead to a self-sustaining colony. Following reconnaissance, Governor Arthur Phillip moved the settlement north to Port Jackson, but European crops didn’t grow well in the sandstone soils.

The colony almost collapsed in the “hungry years” of 1788–92. Soil fertility is usually blamed for this, but we argue poor agricultural planning and social factors were also central causes.

In the mid-19th century, Botany became a prolific food district. Chinese market gardeners transformed sandy wetlands through highly productive cooperatives, ingenuity, irrigation and liberal application of night soil as fertiliser. At their peak, market gardeners supplied up to half the city’s vegetables, hawking vegetables such as cabbages and turnips door to door.

Prejudice and industrialisation intervened. In 1901, the Immigration Restriction Act came into effect – laws aimed at limiting Chinese migration. Market garden leases were withdrawn amid persistent racism.

By the 1970s, most had been displaced by factories, ports and airports, with a few gardens remaining today at Matraville, La Perouse, Arncliffe and Kyeemagh – fragile traces of an industry once vital to Sydney’s food security.

Botany was home to many food producers, such as the Davis Gelatine Factory on Spring Street (1937). Royal Australian Historical SocietyCC BY-NC-ND

Hawkesbury: Sydney’s engine room

From Botany, the story moved inland. Wheat and maize fields in Parramatta proved the colony’s first real agricultural success, but slash-and-burn practices soon exhausted soils. Farmers switched to citrus orchards, planting as widely as Pittwater.

Dyarubbin (the Hawkesbury River) was the true catalyst making the colony viable. In the 1790s, these rich floodplains became the “granary of the colony”. The Darug had cultivated the yam daisy, murnong, on these flats for millennia. The bloody dispossession known as the Sydney Wars lasted decades.

Convicts, ex-convict emancipists and opportunistic officials planted wheat, maize, fruit and vegetables. By 1810, Governor Lachlan Macquarie had proclaimed five farming towns to secure food supply.

Sadly, even Sydney’s most fertile soils for agriculture would succumb to suburbanisation after World War II. Large land parcels continue to be lost. Turf-growing, ornamental plants and cut flowers further typically prove more lucrative than food.

Orchards were once common across Parramatta. Pictured are Pye’s orchards in 1878. State Library of NSWCC BY-NC-ND

Lost landscapes

Botany and the Hawkesbury are only part of a kaleidoscopic legacy.

Histories range from the troubling use of child labour to produce 40,000 cabbages a year on Cockatoo Island, to local triumphs such as the Granny Smith apple and Narrabeen Plum varieties.

Six cows brought by the First Fleet escaped and made their way to rich grasslands. When rediscovered in what is now Camden, their numbers had multiplied. The rich “Cowpastures” catalysed a pastoral industry which would eventually dominate half the continent.

Dairies proliferated, with 517 registered in 1932. The gaols at Parramatta and Long Bay produced convict-grown crops. Liverpool became home to Australia’s first irrigation district in 1856, before giving way to industrial-scale poultry farming and billion-dollar empires.

Oyster leases producing what were praised as “the world’s finest oysters” dotted the Georges River. Warriewood’s “glass city” of greenhouses foreshadowed Spain’s plastic megafarms.

Vineyards expanded before the Phylloxera mite devastated much of the industry in 1888. One of the oldest wineries was paved over in 2015 for the construction of the Western Sydney International Airport. In the early 20th century, the St George region became Sydney’s “salad bowl”.

In the mid-twentieth century, agriculture was still Sydney’s most spatially dominant land use. Adapted from Denis Winston (1957) by Stephanie Stankiewicz and Joshua ZeunertCC BY-NC-ND

Could it have been different?

England gives its farmland greater protection through green belts, while Oregon in the United States relies on urban growth boundaries. Japan uses “productive green zones” to protect millions of farms ringing large cities and the European Union has policy settings to help small and medium producers near cities.

By contrast, Sydney has historically treated farming as a mere transition stage before urban development. Mid 20th century plans for a green belt collapsed under developer pressure, as agriculture was written out of official metropolitan plans.

Parramatta’s 19th century farms (top, 1804-5) have been replaced by buildings (2021). Both images are looking east from Government House Gates. George William Evans/Museums of History NSW (top)/Joshua Zeunert (bottom)CC BY-NC-ND

Eating the future

As development squeezed out local food production, more and more food had to be brought in. Sydney now relies on trucks, ships and planes importing food from farms hundreds or thousands of kilometres away. The energy required for transport is greater than the calorific energy in the food. The city’s food system is exposed to natural disasters, global supply shocks and climate volatility.

Over the last 70 years, Sydney has engulfed most of its local food producers. It wasn’t due to poor soils, floods or disappointing harvests. It was a deliberate choice to privilege capital gains above all else.

Newer suburbs such as Austral (pictured in 2022) are often built over agricultural land. Joshua ZeunertCC BY-NC-ND

It’s a slow process to re-centre a city around local food production. But it can be done, if planners and decision makers protect farms and food producers the same way they protect heritage buildings, parks and water catchments. Like clean water, food production has to be treated as vital civic infrastructure – not expendable land. Not all has been lost. Western Sydney still has available farmland.

Sydney may have eaten itself. But it need not starve. Its spectral metropolitan food landscapes offer both warning and inspiration for more resilient, equitable and sustainable futures.The Conversation

Joshua Zeunert, Scientia Associate Professor in Environmental Design, UNSW Sydney and Alys Daroy, Lecturer in English and Theatre, Murdoch University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

What is AI slop? A technologist explains this new and largely unwelcome form of online content

This AI-generated image spread far and wide in the wake of Hurricane Helene in 2024. AI-generated image circulated on social media
Adam NemeroffQuinnipiac University

You’ve probably encountered images in your social media feeds that look like a cross between photographs and computer-generated graphics. Some are fantastical – think Shrimp Jesus – and some are believable at a quick glance – remember the little girl clutching a puppy in a boat during a flood?

These are examples of AI slop, low- to mid-quality content – video, images, audio, text or a mix – created with AI tools, often with little regard for accuracy. It’s fast, easy and inexpensive to make this content. AI slop producers typically place it on social media to exploit the economics of attention on the internet, displacing higher-quality material that could be more helpful.

AI slop has been increasing over the past few years. As the term “slop” indicates, that’s generally not good for people using the internet.

AI slop’s many forms

The Guardian published an analysis in July 2025 examining how AI slop is taking over YouTube’s fastest-growing channels. The journalists found that nine out of the top 100 fastest-growing channels feature AI-generated content like zombie football and cat soap operas.

This song, allegedly recorded by a band called The Velvet Sundown, was AI-generated.

Listening to Spotify? Be skeptical of that new band, The Velvet Sundown, that appeared on the streaming service with a creative backstory and derivative tracks. It’s AI-generated.

In many cases, people submit AI slop that’s just good enough to attract and keep users’ attention, allowing the submitter to profit from platforms that monetize streaming and view-based content.

The ease of generating content with AI enables people to submit low-quality articles to publications. Clarkesworld, an online science fiction magazine that accepts user submissions and pays contributors, stopped taking new submissions in 2024 because of the flood of AI-generated writing it was getting.

These aren’t the only places where this happens — even Wikipedia is dealing with AI-generated low-quality content that strains its entire community moderation system. If the organization is not successful in removing it, a key information resource people depend on is at risk.

This episode of ‘Last Week Tonight with John Oliver’ delves into AI slop. (NSFW)

Harms of AI slop

AI-driven slop is making its way upstream into people’s media diets as well. During Hurricane Helene, opponents of President Joe Biden cited AI-generated images of a displaced child clutching a puppy as evidence of the administration’s purported mishandling of the disaster response. Even when it’s apparent that content is AI-generated, it can still be used to spread misinformation by fooling some people who briefly glance at it.

AI slop also harms artists by causing job and financial losses and crowding out content made by real creators. The placement of this lower-quality AI-generated content is often not distinguished by the algorithms that drive social media consumption, and it displace entire classes of creators who previously made their livelihood from online content.

Wherever it’s enabled, you can flag content that’s harmful or problematic. On some platforms, you can add community notes to the content to provide context. For harmful content, you can try to report it.

Along with forcing us to be on guard for deepfakes and “inauthentic” social media accounts, AI is now leading to piles of dreck degrading our media environment. At least there’s a catchy name for it.The Conversation

Adam Nemeroff, Assistant Provost for Innovations in Learning, Teaching, and Technology, Quinnipiac University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Sun dogs, rainbows and glories are celestial wonders – and they may appear in alien skies too

Earth may not be the only planet with sun dogs, as shown here in a wintry landscape. Guozongxia/Shutterstock
Peter BerthelemyUniversity of Bath

Every once in a while, you may look up towards the Sun and see strange bright lights on either side of it. Or perhaps you’ll be sitting in an aircraft, looking out the window at its shadow and see a circle of light, like a halo below (known as glories). Or, if you’re really adventurous, maybe you’ll even be out on a midnight walk with a full moon lighting your way, and see what appears to be a rainbow encircling the moon.

These are all beautiful examples of atmospheric optical phenomena. And a new paper has suggested they may appear in alien skies too.

These celestial wonders can tell us a lot about the state of the atmosphere at home on Earth as well as on other planets. Rainbows, for instance, the most well-known of these phenomena, can only form when light passes through spherical liquid droplets, like our normal rain on Earth. Therefore, there must be spherical liquid droplets in the atmosphere where the rainbows are observed.

Most planet atmospheres have some kind of crystalline aerosols (clouds of tiny particles) in them, from sodium chloride in Io (one of Jupiter’s moons), to carbon dioxide crystals in Mars. On Earth, these are generally ice crystals, often found in clouds as snowflakes. The orientation of these crystals, and how they change the light, dictates the type of optical phenomena you can see.

Pillars of coloured light
Light pillars over London, Ontario Canada. Ray Majoran/WikimediaCC BY-SA

Sun dogs are another of these phenomena, where bright lights appear on either side of the Sun, sometimes even splitting white light into the colours of the rainbow. They form because of the light being bent by horizontally oriented hexagonal ice crystals high up in the atmosphere. If you want the best chance of seeing these, you should try to be at the same latitudes as Europe or Argentina during wintertime. Look for high altitude wispy clouds that are in front of the Sun, and you might get lucky.

Horizontal ice crystals can also create light pillars in extremely cold conditions, which look like coloured beams of light trailing to clouds over head. Vertical crystals form parhelic circles – a circle of light at the same height as the Sun. And crystals aligned with the electric fields above thunderstorms create crown flashes.

The new paper proposes that, from what we know of our own atmosphere, we can presume that similar optical phenomena happen on planets outside of our solar system (called exoplanets). It’s just a matter of spotting them and finding out why they occur.

Previous studies have shown that on many exoplanets the crystalline aerosols in their atmospheres are moved around and oriented in a multitude of different ways, much like on Earth.

Magnetic fields swirl around the planet, as they do on Earth, pushing and pulling along field lines. On Earth, this can be seen as the northern lights phenomena. Radiation pressure from a planet’s parent star pushes the crystals using the power of light, much like how the wind pushes boats. And the wind, often much faster than anywhere on Earth, speeds around the exoplanet, rushing from the hot, star-facing side of the exoplanet to the colder space-facing side as the planet spins.

A special type of exoplanet, hot Jupiters (so named because they’re huge, gassy and very hot) generally have incredibly fast winds (up to 18,000km/h) and high densities of crystalline aerosols, much like an incredibly fast-moving sandstorm.

This means that the main way that the crystals are oriented is through the superfast winds spinning around the planet. Imagine a fleet of boats all randomly turned around in a patch of ocean, then a massive gust of wind comes, turning them all so that they’re facing the same direction.

The researchers on the new paper previously used the James Webb Space Telescope (JWST) to find evidence for tiny quartz crystals in the high altitude clouds of a hot Jupiter 1,300 light years away from Earth (WASP-17 b). These crystals have an elongated shape, like boats, so are more likely to be oriented with the wind. This led them to think about what optical properties could be seen with the wind-aligned crystals.

The optical phenomena that come from the crystals being oriented the same way cannot be seen by normal cameras. But scientists can use instruments such as those on the JWST to observe these effects.

We have already gained valuable information about faraway atmospheres from looking at their optical phenomena using the JWST. For example on Venus, rainbows and glories have been used by scientists to decipher the mysteries of Venus’ extreme heats and yellow colour.

A similar technique of observing glories has been used to detect the presence of long-lasting clouds on the exoplanet WASP-76b. The new knowledge of these clouds gives us insight into the exoplanet’s atmosphere. Now we know that there can be conditions for a stable temperature, which surprised scientists as half of the planet is hot enough to melt iron.

An artist’s impression of glory on exoplanet WASP-76b. ESACC BY-SA

We can also guess what optical effects might occur on planets where we know what the atmosphere is made of. For example, in the high atmospheres of Jupiter and Saturn, where a special type of ammonia crystals are concentrated, we would expect to observe four separate sun dogs. Alas, on Earth, we can only ever see two at a time due to the shape of our atmospheric ice crystals.

Who knows what other wondrous phenomena we may see on other worlds. Who’s to say whether there couldn’t be a planet surrounded by continual rainbows? There is much more to learn about so many exoplanets. Optical phenomena such as sun dogs can tell us huge amounts about their atmospheres, which could help us in the search for habitable planets in the future.The Conversation

Peter Berthelemy, PhD Candidate in Atmospheric Physics , University of Bath

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Mars has a solid inner core, resolving a longstanding planetary mystery — new study

NASA
Kevin OlsenUniversity of Oxford and Mhairi ReidUniversity of Oxford

Scientists have discovered that Mars has an interior structure similar to Earth’s. Results from Nasa’s Insight mission suggest that the red planet has a solid inner core surrounded by a liquid outer core, potentially resolving a longstanding mystery.

The findings, which are published in Nature, have important implications for our understanding of how Mars evolved. Billions of years ago, the planet may have had a thicker atmosphere that allowed liquid water to flow on the surface.

This thicker atmosphere may have been kept in place by a protective magnetic field, like the one Earth has. However, Mars lacks such a field today. Scientists have wondered whether the loss of this magnetic field led to the red planet losing its atmosphere to space over time and becoming the cold, dry desert it is today.

A key property of the Earth is that its core has a solid centre and liquid outer core. Convection within the liquid layer creates a dynamo, producing the magnetic field. The field deflects charged particles ejected by the Sun, preventing them from stripping the Earth’s atmosphere away over time and leading to the habitable conditions we know and enjoy.

From residual magnetisation in the crust, we think that Mars did once have a magnetic field, possibly from a core structure similar to that of Earth. However, scientists think that the core must have cooled and stopped moving at some point in its history.

On the surface of Mars there is a tremendous amount of evidence that liquid water once flowed, suggesting more hospitable conditions in the past. The evidence comes in many forms, including dry lake beds with minerals that formed under water, or the dramatic valley networks carved by rivers and streams. However, the Martian atmosphere is thin today and the necessary amount of water is nowhere to be found.

Teams working with the seismometers on Nasa’s InSight Mars lander first identified the Martian core and determined that it was actually still liquid. Now, the new results from Huixing Bi, at the University of Science and Technology of China in Hefei and colleagues, show that there may also be a solid layer inside the liquid core.

The nature of the interior structure of Mars has been an intriguing mystery. Was it ever like Earth’s, with a dynamic liquid layer around a solid centre? Or did Mars’ smaller size prevent such a formation? How big must a planet be to gain the protection of a magnetic field, like Earth’s, and support a habitable climate?

To understand what happened, how Mars evolved, we need to understand Mars today. These questions about Mars’ atmosphere, water, and core have motivated several high profile Mars missions. While the Nasa Mars rovers, SpiritOpportunityCuriosity, and Perseverance have studied the surface mineralogy, the European Space Agency’s ExoMars Trace Gas Orbiter is studying the water cycle, Nasa’s Maven spacecraft is studying atmospheric loss to space, and Nasa’s InSight lander was sent to study seismic activity.

Insight
The Insight mission landed on Mars in 2018. JPL-Caltech

In 2021, Simon Stähler, from ETH Zurich in Switzerland, and colleagues, published a seminal paper from the InSight mission. In it, they presented an analysis of the way that seismic waves pass through Mars from Mars quakes in the vicinity of InSight, through the mantle, through the core, and then reflecting off the other side of the planet and reaching InSight.

They detected evidence of the core for the first time and were able to constrain its size and density. They modelled a core with a single liquid layer that was both larger and less dense than expected and without a solid inner core. The size was huge, about half of Mars’ radius of 1,800 km, and the low density implied that it was full of lighter elements. The light elements, such as carbon, sulphur, and hydrogen, change the core’s melt temperature and affect how it could crystallise over time, making it more likely to remain liquid.

The solid inner core (610 km radius) found by Huxing Bi and colleagues is hugely significant. The very presence of a solid inner core shows that crystallisation and solidification is taking place as the planet cools over time.

The core structure is more like Earth’s and therefore more likely to have produced a dynamo at some point. On Earth, it is the thermal (heat) changes between the solid inner core, the liquid layer, and the mantle that drive convection in the liquid layer and create the dynamo that leads to a magnetic field. This result makes it more likely that a dynamo on Mars was possible in the past.

With Simon Stähler and co-authors reporting a fully liquid core and Huxing Bi and colleagues reporting a solid inner core, it might seem as if there will be some controversy. But that is not the case. This is an excellent example of progress in scientific data collection and analysis.

The findings will help guide scientists towards a better understanding of Mars’ evolution as a planet. JPL-Caltech

Competing models of Mars

InSight landed in November 2018 and its last contact with Earth occurred in December 2022. With Stähler publishing in 2021, there is some new data from InSight to look at. Stähler’s model was revised in 2023 by Henri Samuel, from the Université Paris Cité, and colleagues. A revised core size and density helped reconcile the InSight results with some other pieces of evidence.

In Stähler’s paper, a solid inner core is specifically not ruled out. The authors state that the signal strength of the analysed data was not strong enough to be used to identify seismic waves crossing an inner core boundary. This was an excellent first measurement of the core of Mars, but it left the question of additional layers and structure open.

For the latest study in Nature, the scientists achieved their result through a careful selection of specific seismic event types, at a certain distance from InSight. They also employ some novel data analysis techniques to get a weak signal out of the instrument noise.

This result is sure to have an impact within the community, and it will be very interesting to see whether additional re-analyses of the InSight data support or reject their model. A thorough discussion of the broader geological context and whether the model fits other available data that constrain the core size and density fit will also follow.

Understanding the interior structure of planets in our Solar System is critical to developing ideas about how they form, grow, and evolve. Prior to InSight, models for Mars that were similar to Earth were investigated, but were certainly not favoured.The Conversation

Kevin Olsen, UKSA Mars Science Fellow, Department of Physics, University of Oxford and Mhairi Reid, DPhil Student, University of Oxford

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

How Sweden’s ‘secondhand only’ shopping mall is changing retail

Second-hand books for sale at ReTuna, Sweden’s shopping centre dedicated to only selling preloved items. Mary-Anna BallCC BY-NC-ND
Mary-Ann BallNottingham Trent University

As a fashion sustainability researcher, finding the ReTuna shopping mall in Eskilstuna was a delightful surprise. Stepping into this Swedish shopping centre felt refreshingly different – it is the first in the world to sell only secondhand and repurposed items.

During numerous visits to the shopping mall over the last 18 months, I have spoken to customers, managers and employees – all of whom seemed excited by ReTuna’s innovative business model.

The mall instantly feels very different to the cluttered charity shops or vintage boutiques most of us associate with pre-owned retail. There is a wide range of products on sale – fashion, sports equipment, household items, children’s toys, antiques – and even an Ikea secondhand store selling previously used and repaired furniture.

This is not just a retail space. It is a municipality-led experiment in circular consumption, where everything sold has been donated by the public.

ReTuna was established in 2015 as part of Eskilstuna’s climate and waste reduction strategy. Built alongside the city’s recycling centre, it includes a dedicated drop-off point called The Return, where residents donate unwanted items. These are sorted and redistributed to the retailers in the mall, creating a low-cost, low-waste circular system.

The model is only possible because of public funding and local government support – a reminder that circular innovation often requires structural investment, not just consumer goodwill.

However, what makes ReTuna so distinctive is not just its inventory but its atmosphere. Consumers describe it as “accessible”, “curated” and “convenient”. The mall’s layout and product displays mirror conventional retail spaces, making secondhand shopping feel stylish and enjoyable.

second hand clothing in a store
ReTuna sells only secondhand clothing, books, bikes and other items. Mary-Anne BallCC BY-NC-ND

One shop manager told me customers often mistake the secondhand items for new, a testament to how fashionability and design are used to make reuse attractive without increasing cost. At ReTuna, the clean, calm environment helps make ethical consumption feel desirable and emotionally rewarding. As one shopper put it: “It’s not just ethical, it’s beautiful.”

Retailers use low-cost stock and infrastructure to create visually appealing stores. The result is a pleasurable shopping experience that challenges the stigma of secondhand. While affordability and environmental values remain central, ReTuna also reimagines what sustainable retail can look and feel like.

Demand for pre-loved

Consumer interest in “pre-loved” fashion is accelerating, with the secondhand market growing 2.7 times faster than the broader apparel market, according to one recent industry report. Globally, it is projected to reach US$367 billion (£272 billion) by 2029.

And it is not only pre-owned fashion that is growing. Another market research report forecasts the wider secondhand products market will reach US$1.04 trillion by 2035, growing at a compound annual rate of 17.2%.

In a YouGov survey spanning 17 markets, 43% of secondhand buyers favoured instore purchases, compared with 39% who preferred online (19% were undecided). ReTuna is part of this shift – not as an outlier, but a glimpse of what mainstream retail could become.

This pioneering Swedish mall turned ten this year. It has grown from a local government initiative to an internationally recognised model of circular retail. The mall’s success shows that secondhand shopping does not have to feel like a compromise – it can be stylish, convenient and socially meaningful.

Circular retail is not just about what we buy, but how and where we buy it. ReTuna demonstrates that with the right infrastructure, design and public support, sustainable consumption can be embedded into everyday life – not as a chore but a rewarding experience.


Don’t have time to read about climate change as much as you’d like?
Get a weekly roundup in your inbox instead. Every Wednesday, The Conversation’s environment editor writes Imagine, a short email that goes a little deeper into just one climate issue. Join the 45,000+ readers who’ve subscribed so far.The Conversation


Mary-Ann Ball, Senior Lecturer, Fashion Sustainability and Marketing, Nottingham Trent University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Jamie Oliver is right – this is how much fruit and veg we really should be eating every day

Catherine NortonUniversity of Limerick

Celebrity chef Jamie Oliver has stirred debate by calling the familiar five-a-day message “a lie”. Speaking to the Times, he argued that the real health benefits of fruit and vegetables only start to add up at seven, eight or even 11 portions a day.

He’s not wrong that more is better. Research shows us that the more servings of fruit and veg we eat per day, the more benefits we see to our health. But the story of how five servings became the standard recommendation is one of science meeting pragmatism.

When the five-a-day campaign was launched in the UK and Ireland more than 20 years ago, it was never meant to be the “perfect” target. Instead, it was a compromise – a number that struck a balance between the nutritional evidence and what public health experts thought people might realistically manage. Five portions was judged by researchers and marketeers to be a simple, memorable and achievable slogan – one that wouldn’t scare people off.

Today, five-a-day is one of the most recognisable public health messages – even if most UK adults still fall short of it.

But it may be time for this messaging to change, as a growing body of research shows that higher fruit and vegetable intakes are associated with lower risk of chronic diseases.

meta-analysis of over 2 million people found that while five portions lowered risk of chronic diseases such as cardiovascular disease and cancer, the greatest benefits were seen at around ten portions of fruit and veg daily. Another UK study found that people eating seven or more portions of fruit and veg each day had a 42% lower risk of death compared to those eating less than one portion.

Excellence rarely comes from doing the bare minimum – and the evidence suggests we should be aiming higher.

An assortment of colourful fruits and vegetables.
It’s clear that eating more fruit and veg daily has health benefits. leonori/ Shutterstock

Japan has long recommended ten (and more) portions of fruit and vegetables a day. Mediterranean countries, too, traditionally eat diets rich in fresh produce, beans, and legumes. Research suggests that populations that follow these dietary patterns tend to have lower rates of heart disease and longer life expectancy. Similar associations between higher intakes of fruit and vegetables and lower risk of death from any cause are reported in Japan, too.

The research is clear: higher intake of fruits and vegetables everyday brings tangible health benefits. So while five portions is a good starting point, aiming to include more fruits and vegetables into your daily diet will bring even greater health benefits.

What counts as a portion?

But some confusion lies in what a “portion” really means. The World Health Organization defines one portion as about 80g – roughly a handful. That could be an apple, two broccoli spears, three heaped tablespoons of peas or half a tin of beans. When you break it down like this, eight to 11 portions across three meals and snacks becomes less intimidating.

There are also many easy ways to add more fruit and veg every day. For breakfast, try adding berries to your cereal, a banana to your porridge or spinach in your omelette. For lunch, add salad to sandwiches, beans to your soup or extra veg into wraps.

Double up portions at dinner by eating two or three sides of veg, or bulk up sauces and curries with lentils, peppers or mushrooms. Snack smart by reaching for fruit, veggie sticks with hummus or roasted chickpeas instead of crisps.

You should also aim to eat a rainbow of different fruits and vegetables across the week, as variety is associated with even greater health benefits.

There’s a common myth that only fresh fruit and vegetables count. In reality, frozen, tinned (in water or natural juice) and dried all have a place. They can be cheaper, last longer and often retain just as many nutrients as fresh produce.

Juices and smoothies count too – but only as one portion a day because of their sugar content.

The five-a-day message is a starting point, but not the finish line. Anything is better than nothing – and if you’re eating just one or two portions now, getting to three or four is progress.

But the science is clear: more really is better. Jamie Oliver may be ambitious in suggesting 11 portions, but he’s right that aiming higher could bring big health gains.The Conversation

Catherine Norton, Associate Professor Sport & Exercise Nutrition, University of Limerick

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

What I’ve learned from photographing (almost) every British wildflower

The author’s project took him all over Britain. Montage images: Pajor Pawel/Shutterstock (background); Richard Milne (flowers)
Richard MilneUniversity of Edinburgh

The wildflowers of Britain include all manner of treasures – yet many people are only aware of a few, such as bluebells and foxgloves. A lot of its other flora are rare because of Britain’s location at the northern, western or even southern edges of their natural geographic – and hence climatic – ranges.

In fact, Britain has over 1,000 native species of wildflower, including 50 kinds of orchid, a few species like sundew that use sticky tentacles to eat insects, and others such as toothwort that live as parasites, plugging their roots into other plants to suck on their sap like botanical mosquitoes. There are even a few species, such as the ghost and bird’s-nest orchids, that extort all their food from soil fungi.


Many people think of plants as nice-looking greens. Essential for clean air, yes, but simple organisms. A step change in research is shaking up the way scientists think about plants: they are far more complex and more like us than you might imagine. This blossoming field of science is too delightful to do it justice in one or two stories.

This story is part of a series, Plant Curious, exploring scientific studies that challenge the way you view plantlife.


I’ve been an obsessive plant hunter since I was seven years old. Wishing to share this wonder with others, I began running informal classes in plant identification about 17 years ago. This has grown into a quest to get people looking at and identifying wildflowers, in the hope of curing “plant blindness” – the inability to see or notice plants in your own backdrop – which afflicts so many people.

Initially, I taught plant ID classes in person. But when the pandemic hit, I needed an online resource with high-quality images of British plants arranged by family. No such resource existed online, so I decided to create it.

And so began a five-year mission to photograph the entire British flora myself. That process is now close to complete, and the results can be seen on the website I have created.

This photographic quest took me to all parts of the British Isles – to famous rare-plant hotspots like the Lizard in Cornwall, Teesdale in county Durham and Ben Lawers in the Scottish highlands, and from the north coast of Scotland (where the endemic Scottish primrose grows) to the chalk downs of Kent, where many rare orchids can be found.

I did cheat a bit – for example, using living collections of rare plants in Edinburgh’s Royal Botanic Garden and the incredible Rare British Plants Nursery in Wales.

Brownfield havens

Oddly, cities and especially brownfield sites can be havens for biodiversity. Recently, a student and I both collected material from York for a plant ID session. I pottered around pavements and riverside concrete while she cycled to the nearest woodland – but I got more species.

Brownfield sites are often alkaline (from the lime in concrete) and nutrient-poor, both of which encourage plant diversity. This is also why chalk and limestone grassland is so rich in species.

Species that struggle for a foothold among a countryside dominated by agriculture can thrive in such apparently unpromising places. For example, Monktonhall bing, a coal slag heap five miles from the centre of Edinburgh, is home to numerous locally rare species.

The nearby wasteground was equally diverse but is being lost to development – although the rare yellow bird’s-nest plant which fellow scientist Vlad Krivtsov and I discovered there has narrowly escaped destruction, so far.

In some ways, brownfield sites are the silver lining to all the habitat destruction humans have caused. But not all these sites are equal, of course, and it would be wonderful if developers would choose the less biodiverse brownfield sites to build much-needed housing.

Our rare flora

Some species have turned out to be a lot rarer than expected. I made extensive use of maps and data from the Botanical Society of Britain and Ireland, and this showed that species like the downy currant had far fewer sites than I had assumed. This reflects a general trend of decline in our native flora.

The slender naiad appears to have been wiped out in England by sewage discharges, while the endemic English sandwort may be heading towards extinction due to climate change.

Other species, such as the lesser butterfly orchid, have been steadily declining over many decades – probably due to so much of the British countryside being rendered a biological desert by monoculture farming, spruce plantations or intensive grazing. Research shows less-intensive grazing might benefit Britain’s biodiversity.

I was also able to take fine images of rare British species during trips to Norway, Estonia and Corfu. Military and lady’s slipper orchids are all far more common in Estonia than Britain, and in Corfu I found a single roadside ditch with perhaps more adderstongue spearwort plants than the entire UK population.

Most species look similar at home or abroad. But the marsh gentian looked so unexpectedly different in Estonia that I had to track it down again in the UK.

Try it yourself

In late summer, the number of species in flower declines a little, but many large and spectacular flowers remain to be found. Canadian goldenrod, Michaelmas daisy and Indian balsam are all garden escapes, displacing native flora but providing a bounty of food for pollinators.

If you can visit alkaline grassland such as chalk downs, many native treasures await discovery, such as purple autumn gentians and the spiralling flowers of the autumn lady’s tresses orchid. However, almost any site will turn up one or two interesting plants, which my website can help you identify.

It’s true that these days, you can point a mobile phone app at a plant and get a name for it, so why try to teach people identification skills? Well, we don’t learn much when an app or a teacher simply gives us the answer. We learn from getting there ourselves.

My website uses plant families – natural groupings of related species. Just answer a few simple questions about your mystery flower’s number of petals, symmetry and arrangement, and you’ll get a list of families it might belong to. It then generates a picture ID guide, built from my images and comprising only those families, through which you can seek out your plant – all the while, learning to recognise each family of plants for yourself.

In my own quest, a handful of species still elude me – many of them hard-to-identify grasses or ephemeral rarities that seldom appear in the same place two years running. But these are unlikely to concern most amateur plant hunters as there are so many wildflowers to enjoy out there. Try improving your own ID skills at namethatplant.org.The Conversation

Richard Milne, Senior Lecturer in Plant Evolutionary Biology, University of Edinburgh

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Why the Norman conquest still has a powerful hold over British culture and politics

Millie Horton-InschTrinity College Dublin

Britain appears to be a nation on the verge of Norman-conquest mania. In July, the prime minister and the French president announced that the Bayeux tapestry – the epic 11th-century embroidery that depicts the 1066 conquest of England – would be loaned to the British Museum in 2026-27.

This makes new BBC drama series, King & Conqueror, which depicts the events leading up to the Norman conquest, extremely well timed. The credits of each episode feature the drama’s title overlaid on imagery from the Bayeux tapestry. But how does the drama compare to that most evocative textile account of the conquest?

I could write at length about how the BBC drama variously depicts and diverges from the tapestry’s version of events. And the extent to which King & Conqueror is consistent with 11th-century written and embroidered sources has been explored by historians elsewhere.

As an art historian who has researched the Bayeux tapestry, it is difficult not to regret the relative darkness and lack of colour in King & Conqueror’s depiction of the 11th century, an age which would in reality have been richly furnished, as the tapestry itself attests.

But it is satisfying to see that the narrative devices that are most effective in this new drama are those also included in tapestry. To varying degrees, both the tapestry and the drama are dramatised retellings of history, a reality most obviously signalled by fact that neither tell a perfectly linear account of the events.

In the tapestry sequencing for instance, Edward the Confessor’s funeral is stitched before his death, shocking the viewer with the pomp of a stately funeral before then depicting his deathbed. Similarly, in episode five of King & Conqueror, we see Harold and his wife Edith kidnapped, bound and held in a wagon under attack from archers. Then the chronology leaps backwards to explain that Harold and Edith have travelled on a diplomatic mission to Normandy, landed in Brittany by mistake, and then been taken hostage by bandits.

An unflinching portrayal of the brutality of battle is similarly used in both the BBC drama and the tapestry to maintain suspense, even when the outcome of the Battle of Hastings is well known.

Violence and fear

Blood and gore are dramatically present in King & Conqueror. But arguably, replacing benign patterns of birds and beasts on the margins of the tapestry with mutilated bodies is an even more arresting way to signal the violent disruption to life caused by medieval battle.

The scale of William’s violence off the battlefield is also more fully captured in the tapestry. In the final episode of the drama, William is shown ordering the plundering and burning of every village they pass through: “We move forward like the wrath of God.”

But the fear such an order would have struck in people of all classes is not so explicitly captured as it is in the tapestry, where the battle is preceded by the depiction of an anonymous woman and child fleeing their home as the Normans set it on fire.

In this sense, the tapestry also gives a greater sense of the effect of a conquering army had on ordinary women, than a drama more concerned with the main characters. So much so, that it makes the BBC’s sexed-up trailer shared on social media bewildering.

Suggestive clips of Harold and William are shown with the text: “Want to be served by a king? Or let him conquer you?” Anyone who had viewed the Bayeux tapestry and seen the fate of women portrayed there, would certainly not wish to conquered by William’s forces.

The porousness of the Channel as a well-trodden diplomatic avenue is a similarly effective leitmotif in both the tapestry and the drama. Boats crossing the Channel are a frequent tableau in King & Conqueror, reaching a crescendo in the final episode, in which the scale of the Norman fleet with its sails raised resembles the white cliffs of Dover.

In the tapestry, boat crossings are shown with equal frequency, though the scale of the Norman fleet is even more evocatively captured by the depiction of its construction: men felling trees to make boats for the invading flotilla. A unprecedented number of boats in the tapestry are then seen crossing the Channel, their overlapping prows powerfully conveying the scale of the invading naval force.

History meets contemporary politics

It is here that the Bayeux tapestry, the BBC’s dramatisation, and contemporary politics intersect. On the day that followed the announcement of the Bayeux tapestry’s loan, Keir Starmer and Emmanuel Macron held a joint press conference in which they announced a bilateral policy engineered to respond to the increase in the number of migrants crossing the Channel from France in small boats.

In King & Conqueror, the series ends with William’s coronation. However, the tapestry itself appears incomplete and terminates abruptly after the Battle of Hastings.

The current leaders of France and Britain have explicitly sought to frame their new policy as a continuation of the tapestry’s narrative, with Macron commenting:

The story is unfinished and nobody knows the end … But this is our work, our duty and our chance … to finish the tapestry and … take the same road as these warriors but with another state of mind … that together we will build a new … common history and create a new era based on culture, knowledge, respect, science and centuries of enlightenment, creations, and … friendship.

There is, of course, an irony to promoting Anglo-French bilateralism through an object that depicts the invasion and conquering of England by the Normans in 1066.

But there is also a poignant, unacknowledged paradox in referencing an object that so evocatively depicts boats crossing the Channel as a means of bolstering policies specifically designed to deter them, and the people they carry. Certainly, it is clear that some visual motifs remain as politically affecting today as they did in the 11th century.The Conversation

Millie Horton-Insch, Postdoctoral Research Fellow, History of Art Department, Trinity College Dublin

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

New report reveals glaring gaps between Australia’s future needs and science capabilities

Chennupati JagadishAustralian National University

Since 1945, three-quarters of all global economic growth has been driven by technological advances. Since 1990, 90% of that advance has been rooted in fundamental science, according to Michael M. Crow, president of Arizona State University.

Corporate leaders in the United States understood this decades ago when they urged Congress to back “patient capital” for research – because this type of investment creates openings for breakthrough applications.

Think of the building blocks of our modern economy – wifi, smartphones, advanced cancer therapies, drought-tolerant crops and satellite navigation. These began as basic research, often with no obvious immediate application. Then they became the platforms for whole new industries.

But in Australia, we still treat research funding as a discretionary extra, subject to the ebb and flow of political expediency and annual budgets. Despite decades of speeches, reviews and strategic papers, our investment in knowledge creation and its application has nose-dived.

Today, the Australian Academy of Science released a landmark report that systematically measures our science capability against future needs for the first time.

The findings are blunt. We have gaps – in workforce, infrastructure and coordination – that will cripple our ability to secure a bright future for the next generation, unless we act now.

What did the report find?

The new report maps Australia’s scientific capability and shortfalls across three major areas.

Over the next decade, Australia is facing a demographic change with an ageing population, a decreasing fertility rate, and increasing growth in urban and regional cities.

The second national challenge is technological transformation. In most areas of life, we’re experiencing rapid technological changes. This includes advances in artificial intelligence (AI) that are already changing the shape of the workforce.

The third challenge is climate change, decarbonisation and environment. It’s imperative for Australia to transition to a net-zero economy and become resilient against the impacts of climate change.

What do we need to have in place for Australia to meet these challenges by 2035? Two key factors are science literacy and education, and national resilience. In a world of fractured geopolitics and technological competition, the countries that will thrive are those that can generate and apply knowledge for their own needs, in their own context.

The report has found eight key science areas that will be most in demand by 2035: agricultural science, AI, biotechnology, climate science, data science, epidemiology, geoscience and materials science.

For each of these, the report contains a full dashboard that shows gaps in capabilities – from education to workforce needs, research and development spending, publications and more.

Chart showing Australian science publications compared to global output.

Still not innovative enough

Since 2008, Australia’s spending on research and development as a proportion of gross domestic product has fallen so far behind the OECD average, it would take an extra A$28 billion a year just to reach parity.

In his election speech in 1990, then Prime Minister Bob Hawke issued a warning: being the lucky country was not enough, we had to become a clever country, too.

Today, 35 years on, Hawke’s vision of the clever country remains just that – a vision. Former Prime Minister Malcolm Turnbull tried to rekindle the impetus in 2015 with “the innovation nation”. However, this year Treasurer Jim Chalmers conceded our economy is still “not dynamic or innovative enough”.

The vast majority of global climate and earth system models have been developed in the northern hemisphere, and we need more work to understand Australian conditions as well as the Southern Ocean.

Our AI capacity is hostage to developments offshore. We import more than we invent in biotechnology, advanced manufacturing and clean energy.

These are not merely academic concerns – they are constraints on our sovereignty, resilience and competitiveness.

We need a ‘reservoir of talent’

But scientific capability is not something you can simply conjure up on a whim. You need a “reservoir of talent”, infrastructure and knowledge that takes decades to build.

Developing a climate scientist, a quantum physicist, or a vaccine researcher takes long-term investment in education, facilities and research programs. Abandoning or under-funding these pipelines for even a few years creates gaps. Knowledge can’t just flow when the tap is turned on if the reservoir is dry.

Today’s report shows the current pipeline and study choices of students don’t match the needs of Australia’s future workforce.

For example, in 2023 only 25.2% of students with a Year 12 qualification studied mathematics to at least intermediate level. Yet it’s a fundamental science discipline for AI.

Chart that shows percentage of year 12 students studying higher and intermediate mathematics in Australia.

Similarly, our economy relies heavily on resources and critical minerals, yet Australia isn’t training enough geoscientists.

It’s time for a whole-of-government science strategy, embedded in economic, education, defence and industry policy. The government should use the evidence in this report to address capability gaps and direct resources strategically to better position Australia for the next ten years and beyond.

Thirty-five years after Hawke’s challenge, it’s never been clearer: if we don’t act now, our luck will run out.The Conversation

Chennupati Jagadish, President of the Australian Academy of Science and Emeritus Professor of Physics and Electronic Materials Engineering, Australian National University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

How migrant stories and contributions have shaped Australian TV since the 1950s

Mitchell Library, State library of New South Wales, ON 388/Box 076/Item 102
Kate Darian-SmithThe University of MelbourneKyle HarveyMonash UniversitySue TurnbullUniversity of Wollongong, and Sukhmani KhoranaUNSW Sydney

The introduction of television in Australia in 1956 coincided with mass post-war immigration, initially from Britain and Europe, and later from Asia, the Americas and Africa. Both played a significant role in forming modern society.

Our new book, Migrants, Television and Australian Stories, explores this intertwined history across seven decades, through dozens of interviews with screen creatives, technical staff and migrant viewers.

We provide fresh insight into the ways television introduced migrant audiences to the “Australian way of life”, as well as how the screen industry responded to a need for cultural diversity and inclusion.

A figure stands in a television studio, talking with a camera operator who is sitting with a television camera.
Indian migrant and television trainee Jyotikana Ray with a camera operator at ABC television studios in Sydney, circa 1959. National Archives of Australia, A1501, A2062/2

Migrants were active audiences

Migrants arriving in Australia after the second world war were keen television viewers, despite the relatively high cost of owning a set.

Vietnamese refugee Cuc Lam told us she purchased a bulky secondhand television from a charity shop soon after arriving in Melbourne in 1978. She watched shows such as Play School (1966–) with her young children, picking up English phrases in the process.

The arrival of SBS television in 1980 (a service dedicated to migrant communities) is often heralded as a landmark initiative in Australian multiculturalism.

However, several earlier music and variety program aimed to showcase migrant groups and “exotic” international entertainers. Some examples included ABC’s Café Continental (1958–61) and Latin Holiday (1961).

A man poses for the camera in a dinner suit, holding a cigarette.
Czech-born host of Café Continental, Hans Wehner, was better known by his stage name Hal Wayne. National Archives of Australia, SP1011/1, 4597/1-696

One 1957 episode of the childrens’ show Romper Room (1953–94) featured insights into Chinese culture (pictured in the header image). This was unfamiliar viewing for most Australians at the time.

From the late 1960s, canny entrepreneurs with links to international diasporas produced shows such as the long-running Variety Italian Style (1972–87).

This commercial program featured music, cooking, travel, sport and documentary segments. It was sold to stations in North America and Europe, where it was broadcast to other Italian migrant populations.

Four figures surround a desk. Each wears colourful clothes from the 1970s.
A production meeting takes place on the set of Variety Italian Style, circa 1978. From left: compère John Mahon, director John Adey, compère Anne Luciano and producer Antonio Luciano. Panorama International Productions Pty Ltd

Another such show was the Greek Variety Show (1977–84) produced by Greek Cypriot actor Harry Michaels, who also made the internationally successful Aerobics Oz Style (1982–2005). Michaels told us:

I was selling Greece to Australians, and then I ended up selling Australia to the world.

Representation on- and off-screen

Historically, many Australian-made dramas, comedies and other programs have reduced immigrants and other cultures to crude stereotypes.

In the gritty crime dramas Homicide (1964–77) and Division 4 (1969–75), migrant characters were often portrayed as criminals or victims of crime.

This trend started to change in the 1980s and 1990s. Children of migrants began making their own successful shows that asserted their cultural identities. For example, Acropolis Now (1989–92) centred on the multicultural staff working at a Greek cafe in Melbourne.

Three figures in front of a pink background. One is seated. Each have comical expressions.
George Kapiniaris, Mary Coustas and Nick Giannopoulos, stars of Acropolis Now, c. 1990. Crawfords DVD

Pauline Chan, a refugee of Vietnamese and Chinese backgrounds, worked on the landmark 1986 miniseries Vietnam, which explored the impact of the Vietnam War on a white Australian family.

Despite having worked in Hong Kong’s fast-paced film industry, she struggled to find work after arriving in Australia in 1982. Initially employed on Vietnam as a researcher, the production team quickly realised the value of Chan’s personal expertise. She ended up consulting, acting and working with Vietnamese extras. She said the project “was like going back into the past […] it was a very emotional experience for me”.

Two figures in the forest, looking away from the camera. Both wear Vietnamese clothing.
Pauline Chan (left) and Filipina Australian actress Grace Parr in a 1986 promotional photograph for Vietnam. Kennedy Miller Mitchell

Viewing as a family ritual

Jasmina Pandevski, a Macedonian Australian from Wollongong, told us watching Hey Hey It’s Saturday (1971–99) in the early 1980s was a “bit of an event” for her family. Her father would make rice pudding as a special dessert to eat during the show.

World Championship Wrestling (1964–78) was also popular with viewers during its run on Channel 9. It routinely pitted overseas wrestlers against local stars.

Libnan Ayoub, the son of Lebanese migrant wrestler “Sheik” Wadi Ayoub, went as far as to describe it as Australia’s “first multicultural sport”.

Family viewing changed with the arrival of the video recorder. Tala Jovanovski said her parents would source Macedonian videos of dance concerts and films from a neighbourhood shop. While they watched these videos in one room, she and her siblings were more likely watching Home and Away or Neighbours in another, eager to engage with Australian customs and teen culture.

Three siblings of Malaysian–Chinese background told us their conventional Australian children’s television diet was widened by their parents ownership of a video rental store in Brisbane. This meant they would also watch Jackie Chan’s kung-fu films. Now, they enjoy a new ritual of watching Eurovision with their own families.

A suburban shopfront with Italian language writing on the front windows.
A 2016 photo of The Italian DVD Centre, formerly known as Tempo Video, in Melbourne’s suburb of Coburg. The Italian writing on the right window reads ‘laugh; be moved; have fun; be passionate’. David Wadelton

We found today’s children and young adults of migrant backgrounds prefer the diversity of streaming platforms over commercial television. This corresponds with a wider trend of a preference for streaming.

Inclusion is an ongoing issue

Since the 1980s, a plethora of studiessurveysforums and reports by media bodies, academics and advocates have suggested Australian broadcast media has been hesitant at best, and racist at worst, in representing cultural difference across scripted and unscripted television.

One 1990 report for the Office of Multicultural Affairs found “mainstream Australian media are neither competent in nor capable of accurately reflecting the diversity of Australian society”.

The situation has improved with gradual gains in access and opportunity for people from diverse backgrounds, along with significant policy changes – but only somewhat.

Actions to ensure diversity in Australian television remain ongoing. Some media creators use humour to critique the process of these well-meaning yet tokenistic efforts for inclusion.

Pearl Tan’s award-winning 2023 podcast Diversity Work, for instance, explores a fictional television writers’ room trying to tick off all its diversity “boxes”.

Tai Hara’s 2020 web series Colour Blind focuses on a hapless white casting agent navigating cultural sensitivities in the modern Australian screen industry.

Our research demonstrates migrants have always been important in producing and watching television. It also traces the continuing complexities of the question: what makes an Australian story?The Conversation

Kate Darian-Smith, Professorial Fellow in History, School of Historical and Philosophical Studies, The University of MelbourneKyle Harvey, Research Fellow, School of Media, Film and Journalism, Monash UniversitySue Turnbull, Honorary Professor of Communication and Media Studies, University of Wollongong, and Sukhmani Khorana, Associate Professor, Faculty of Arts, Design and Architecture, UNSW Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

It was lonely during WWII. Those at home and away coped through letters

State Library Victoria
Emma CarsonUniversity of Adelaide

Gee I am lonely sweetheart, it may sound silly having so many men and cobbers around me, but when I say lonely I don’t mean lack of company, I am lonely for you, only you can fill the gap in my heart dearest, as each moment passes I seem to miss you and love you more, I shall never get used to living without you […] in fact I am sure we were meant to be together all the time.

My great-grandfather Bill Wiseman wrote this to my great-grandmother Florence in a letter dated October 20 1944.

Aside from when Bill briefly returned on leave from his service for the 2/48 Battalion of the Australian Imperial Force (AIF), he had been separated from Florence since September 1941. Bill would not permanently return to Florence and their children until his discharge from the military on November 8 1945.

It was a long time to be away from his family, and Bill often reflected on the emotional toll their separation had on him.

Loneliness is a common emotion in letters written by Australian service personnel and their loved ones. Rather than a complete physical isolation from others, this situational loneliness was characterised by the absence of a certain person: one’s partner, parents or children.

As Bill acknowledged, while he was surrounded by “cobbers”, it was Florence who he was “lonely for”.

Two young men read letters.
Members of the Australian Imperial Force read letters while stationed in British Malaya in 1942. Australian War Memorial

Separations over oceans

Like other historical events that caused mass displacement and separation, the second world war fostered an almost universal sense of situational loneliness.

Emotional experiences and expressions were often dictated by real physical distance. Methods of travel and communication were significantly limited. It could take months for a letter to reach its destination.

Other circumstances influenced how separated families felt and articulated their loneliness in wartime. This could include factors such as how long they had been apart, whether personnel could return home on leave, the intensity of military campaigns which might restrict mail exchanges, and if personnel were injured or captured by enemy forces.

Two men read letters outside tents.
Members of the Royal Australian Air Force read letters in Tunisa in 1943. Australian War Memorial

While letters could never completely substitute for the absent person, Australian military personnel and their loved ones recognised the importance of exchanging correspondence to ease their loneliness.

AIF Sergeant Robert Graham implored his fiancée Jane Melrose to write more regularly, as it improved his morale:

I received your ever welcomed and much needed letter yesterday and it made me feel a lot better + miles happier too. Jane whatever you do pleased write as often as you can […] I feel so depressed when mail comes in and I don’t get any from you. It doesn’t matter who I get mail from I’m still not happy unless I recognise your handwriting on the envelope.

Barbara Welbourn, a soil scientist at the University of Adelaide, wrote to her fiancé, Sergeant David Sheppard, about the “renewal” his letters provided when she was lonely:

Your [76th letter] was waiting for me last night; such a blessed end to the day + so longed for […] I am so dependent, my sweet David on your love, its constant renewal, even more wonderful by letters that I will be adrift in sad seas without them.

Women’s Auxiliary Australian Air Force Aircraftwoman Doris Plummer wrote she was “dying” for news from her husband Private Walter Plummer, who served in the Volunteer Defence Corps.

She wanted to hear about his Christmas, because as it would make her feel closer their family:

Hope you tell me everyone you saw everything you said and did. How many fish you caught, how many times you swam and missing no details. They are the little unimportant things that make me feel I am not so far away.

A woman writes in a tent, three photos nearby.
Australian Army Medical Women’s Service member, Private Phyllis Alkemade, writing to her brothers. State Library Victoria

Patience and perseverance

While loneliness was (and still often is) perceived as a negative emotion, characterised by mental pain and absence, letter writers from the war often discussed how experiencing these uncomfortable feelings ultimately transformed their relationships for the better.

Albert Gerrard, a private in the Australian Army Medical Corps, assured Margaret James that he believed separation ultimately prepared them for marriage:

Three years have not been wasted, I think we’ve both learned a lot. I have anyway, patience, perseverance, and over + above all else, what a loyal little darling you are. It has also knocked a lot of conceit + selfishness out of me. Generally speaking, I’m better for it.

Under the light of a hurricane lamp.
Sergeant R. M. Marriott writes a letter home while stationed with the 7th Australian Division in Mount Garnet, Queensland, 1943. Australian War Memorial

Lance Corporal George Seagrove outlined how he believed the longing he felt for his wife Marjorie made him appreciate the joy she brought him.

In one such letter, George wrote:

This parting, more than anything else, has made me realise how big you have been in my life […] It’s like a soul split in two. When I see anything I always want to rush to my pen and tell you about it. If it is something funny I can hear you laughing because I know you laugh at the same things as I do […] Every day when the mail comes my heart beats a little bit quicker and your familiar handwriting brings a big smile to my face.

Letter writers on the home and battle fronts showed a great capacity to express vulnerability by describing their loneliness.

Through their heartache and anxiety about the uncertainty of their futures, separated spouses realised their love for one another was undeniable.The Conversation

Emma Carson, Historian of Emotions and Australian Society, University of Adelaide

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

UNSW Chancellor David Gonski AC to step down after 20 years

David Gonski will step down from his role as UNSW Chancellor and from Council at the end of 2025. Photo: Mark Newsham Photography
September 1, 2025
David Gonski AC helped drive institutional growth and secure UNSW’s financial future during two decades of leadership.

UNSW Sydney’s longest-serving Chancellor, and one of Australia’s most respected leaders, will step down from the role and from Council at the end of 2025, marking the close of a transformative 20-year chapter in the University’s history.

Appointed in 2005, David Gonski AC became the first UNSW alumnus (BCom, LLB) to hold the role of Chancellor. Over the past 20 years, he has been a steadfast advocate for UNSW’s mission, values and community, guiding the University through periods of growth, challenge and innovation.

“I have loved this job. UNSW is a very special place and to have been permitted to be its Chancellor for 20 years is one of the greatest honours of my life,” Mr Gonski said.

Under Mr Gonski’s leadership, UNSW has risen to global prominence, now ranked among the world’s top 20 universities and recognised internationally for excellence in education and research. Mr Gonski also played a central role in the development of UNSW’s most recent strategy, Progress for All, which reaffirms the University’s founding mission of serving the public good.

UNSW Vice-Chancellor and President Professor Attila Brungs paid tribute to Mr Gonski’s legacy, describing him as a visionary leader, adviser, advocate and mentor who has provided the inspiration and steadfastness that has helped UNSW go from strength to strength. His accessibility to staff and students and passion for their success have been a hallmark of his leadership.

“David has been a sage, innovative guide through periods of challenge,” Prof. Brungs said.

“He stewarded the University through the COVID-19 pandemic, which had significant impacts on our community, finances and the sector. But his leadership extended far beyond that. David helped steer UNSW through financial pressures, complex governance reforms and strategic decisions that shaped the future of the University.

“His wisdom, calm leadership and exceptional ability to bring people together across diverse perspectives have been invaluable in navigating these defining moments and ensuring the University’s success for generations to come.”
Mr Gonski joined the UNSW Council during a time of leadership transition and financial uncertainty. His skill in fostering collaboration to guide the University through complex decisions was instrumental in navigating this critical juncture with clarity and unity.

“At a time when governance risk was high, he brought a calming and stabilising influence,” said Warwick Negus, Deputy Chancellor and UNSW Council member. “David’s deep understanding of stakeholder needs and his skilful, inclusive leadership helped guide the Council toward constructive outcomes. His style fostered collaboration, made people feel heard and ensured that everyone left the room feeling part of the solution – a hallmark of his leadership throughout the years.”

One of Mr Gonski’s most enduring contributions to UNSW was his transformation of the University’s governance. Mr Gonski, long recognised as one of Australia’s leading experts on governance, identified that UNSW Council’s operations were hindering effective decision-making. By working closely with government, he facilitated legislative reform that allowed universities to improve and streamline their governance structures.

The result was a more agile and collaborative UNSW Council of 15 members that remains deeply connected to key governance bodies throughout the University, including Academic Board, and is better equipped to respond to strategic challenges and guide the University through periods of growth and change.

“David’s key legacy is that he transformed the rigour, professionalism and responsiveness of University governance during the late 2000s,” said former UNSW Council member Jennifer Westacott AC. “His focus on consensus-building and financial sustainability has helped UNSW navigate a challenging climate for universities, emerging stronger than many of its global peers.”

Advocate for philanthropy and social responsibility
As Chancellor, Mr Gonski has been a tireless advocate for philanthropy and social responsibility. He has chaired the University’s Foundation Board since 2007 and will continue in that role. He led UNSW’s inaugural philanthropic campaign, which raised nearly $700 million from more than 25,900 donors. His herculean efforts leave UNSW with some of the highest annual philanthropic donations in the sector. During the pandemic, Mr Gonski was instrumental in creating the UNSW Student Emergency Response Fund, which provided financial support for students in need.

He was also influential in establishing the Centre for Social Impact in 2008, a multi-university collaboration to build a more socially responsible business community and civil society in Australia.

Mr Gonski’s tenure has been marked by a strong commitment to equity and access. Over the past two decades, UNSW has been unique among universities in New South Wales for consistently maintaining a student body mirroring the broader NSW school system – predominantly from public schools – while gaining recognition as one of the world’s top-ranked institutions.

Under his leadership, UNSW also established the groundbreaking Gateway Admission Pathway and Program to raise aspiration and support students with educational disadvantage to both access and succeed at UNSW and beyond.

“This relentless focus on excellence and inclusion and opportunity for all that David has championed, is the bedrock of the UNSW ethos and a legacy that David has left for the University into the future,” Prof. Brungs said.

''This relentless focus on excellence and inclusion and opportunity for all that David has championed, is the bedrock of the UNSW ethos.'' - Professor Attila Brungs, UNSW Vice-Chancellor and President

Mr Gonski has also served as a tremendous participant in the ceremonial life of the University. He has presided over more than 300 graduation ceremonies, conferred degrees on nearly 73,000 students and awarded almost 150 honorary degrees.

“Graduations are wonderful events – a celebration of the graduate and their achievements,” Mr Gonski said. “I’ve been honoured to attend many over the years. Attendees have had to endure my bad sense of humour and my various pieces of advice, which may or may not have been good, but it’s always been a genuine pleasure.”

Mr Gonski’s championship and advocacy for UNSW have been vital for UNSW to deliver against its aspiration of positive societal benefit and he will continue to actively support the university after he steps down as Chancellor.

Mr Gonski’s impact reaches well beyond UNSW. Self-described as “UNSW’s proudest alumnus” and often described by others as the ‘busiest man in the world’, he currently chairs a number of organisations including Sydney Airport and Barrenjoey Capital. In the past, he has chaired major organisations including the ANZ Bank, Coca-Cola Amatil, the Future Fund of Australia, the Sydney Theatre Company and the Art Gallery of NSW. He also led the Australian government’s Review of Funding for Schooling, producing the landmark Gonski Report, which called for needs-based funding to improve equity and outcomes in Australian schools.

“The thing that I admire most about David is his generosity of spirit,” said UNSW Council member Maxine Brenner. “No matter that he does multiples of what anyone else does, he always has time – the time to listen, the time to show interest and, most importantly, the time to care, in whatever form that needs to take. He is exceptional in his generosity, and that has had a lasting impact on all who work with him.”

Avalon Beach Historical Society September 2025 Meeting

After a very successful film-clip/video presentation at the June meeting (along with popcorn!) we’re heading for a combination ‘slide night’ with some interesting and new ‘stills’    but with a fascinating additional movie segment.

The meeting on 9th SEPTEMBER will be our AGM but as members will assure you, there is little time spent in the Election of Office Bearers so we are able to get onto ‘what really matters’.
The meeting will start at 8pm but if you wish to update your dues - which will be due at this meeting, please arrive that little bit earlier to save time. 

We have recently lost 4 local and wonderful creative geniuses - all in a tiny space of time!

We have assembled (where possible) a brief resume of both their memorial services and some of their amazing works of art!

John has down-loaded Ken G. Hall’s film “SMITHY” produced in 1946. It’s a great piece of work with what appears to be a faithful reworking of ‘Smithy’s’ fantastic trans-pacific flight in 1928 with his co-pilot Charles Ulm. 

HOWEVER, we have found a couple of stand-out anomalies or discrepancies - once when leaving Suva and then the approach to Eagle Farm Airport in Brisbane. Call them early and sloppy attempts at ‘AI’ if you wish, but we will be interested to see what you think!

Geoff Searl OAM
President Avalon Beach Historical Society

Northern Beaches Police Area Command: Retired police day 2025

Call for applications to join the Aged Care Council of Elders

The Australian Government is now seeking applications from older people with lived experience of the aged care system to join the Aged Care Council of Elders from January 2026.

The Council of Elders is a diverse group of older people representing the make-up of modern Australia which delivers advice to government on how best to support older Australians in aged care.

The Australian Government established the Council of Elders in 2021 following the Royal Commission into Aged Care Quality and Safety, which called for an advisory body on quality and safety of care, and the rights and dignity of older people.

Older people across Australia who want to listen to their peers about what’s important to them when it comes to living and ageing well, and how the quality of care can be improved, are encouraged to apply.

Suitable applicants will demonstrate how they are active in their communities, engaging with people about key issues and bringing that feedback to Government.

We encourage you to apply if your experience of aged care includes: 
  • receiving services at home or living in residential aged care
  • caring for an older person or having worked in aged care
  • living in rural or remote locations 
  • Culturally and Linguistically Diverse (CALD) communities
  • Care for older Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander people
  • dementia care.
Appointments will be for a term of up to two years, commencing from January 2026.

Find details on how to apply by visiting www.health.gov.au/apply-to-council-of-elders-2026

Applications close 5pm, Friday 26 September 2025.

Read more about the Council of Elders and the Terms of Reference on the council’s webpage. 

Minister for Aged Care and Seniors, The Hon. Sam Rae said:

“The Council of Elders plays a crucial role in bringing a range of diverse views and insights to Government when it comes to aged care.

“I encourage every older Australian with lived experience of aged care and active community networks to nominate as a member of the Council of Elders. 

“Membership of the Council is a unique opportunity to represent the community and work alongside the Government to build an aged care system that delivers world-class care for every older Australian.”

How ‘brain cleaning’ while we sleep may lower our risk of dementia

nopparit/Getty
Julia ChapmanMacquarie UniversityCamilla HoyosMacquarie University, and Craig PhillipsMacquarie University

The brain has its own waste disposal system – known as the glymphatic system – that’s thought to be more active when we sleep.

But disrupted sleep might hinder this waste disposal system and slow the clearance of waste products or toxins from the brain. And researchers are proposing a build-up of these toxins due to lost sleep could increase someone’s risk of dementia.

There is still some debate about how this glymphatic system works in humans, with most research so far in mice.

But it raises the possibility that better sleep might boost clearance of these toxins from the human brain and so reduce the risk of dementia.

Here’s what we know so far about this emerging area of research.

Why waste matters

All cells in the body create waste. Outside the brain, the lymphatic system carries this waste from the spaces between cells to the blood via a network of lymphatic vessels.

But the brain has no lymphatic vessels. And until about 12 years ago, how the brain clears its waste was a mystery. That’s when scientists discovered the “glymphatic system” and described how it “flushes out” brain toxins.

Let’s start with cerebrospinal fluid, the fluid that surrounds the brain and spinal cord. This fluid flows in the areas surrounding the brain’s blood vessels. It then enters the spaces between the brain cells, collecting waste, then carries it out of the brain via large draining veins.

Scientists then showed in mice that this glymphatic system was most active – with increased flushing of waste products – during sleep.

One such waste product is amyloid beta (Aβ) protein. Aβ that accumulates in the brain can form clumps called plaques. These, along with tangles of tau protein found in neurons (brain cells), are a hallmark of Alzheimer’s disease, the most common type of dementia.

In humans and mice, studies have shown that levels of Aβ detected in the cerebrospinal fluid increase when awake and then rapidly fall during sleep.

But more recently, another study (in mice) showed pretty much the opposite – suggesting the glymphatic system is more active in the daytime. Researchers are debating what might explain the findings.

So we still have some way to go before we can say exactly how the glymphatic system works – in mice or humans – to clear the brain of toxins that might otherwise increase the risk of dementia.

Does this happen in humans too?

We know sleeping well is good for us, particularly our brain health. We are all aware of the short-term effects of sleep deprivation on our brain’s ability to function, and we know sleep helps improve memory.

In one experiment, a single night of complete sleep deprivation in healthy adults increased the amount of Aβ in the hippocampus, an area of the brain implicated in Alzheimer’s disease. This suggests sleep can influence the clearance of Aβ from the human brain, supporting the idea that the human glymphatic system is more active while we sleep.

This also raises the question of whether good sleep might lead to better clearance of toxins such as Aβ from the brain, and so be a potential target to prevent dementia.

How about sleep apnoea or insomnia?

What is less clear is what long-term disrupted sleep, for instance if someone has a sleep disorder, means for the body’s ability to clear Aβ from the brain.

Sleep apnoea is a common sleep disorder when someone’s breathing stops multiple times as they sleep. This can lead to chronic (long-term) sleep deprivation, and reduced oxygen in the blood. Both may be implicated in the accumulation of toxins in the brain.

Sleep apnoea has also been linked with an increased risk of dementia. And we now know that after people are treated for sleep apnoea more Aβ is cleared from the brain.

Insomnia is when someone has difficulty falling asleep and/or staying asleep. When this happens in the long term, there’s also an increased risk of dementia. However, we don’t know the effect of treating insomnia on toxins associated with dementia.

So again, it’s still too early to say for sure that treating a sleep disorder reduces your risk of dementia because of reduced levels of toxins in the brain.

So where does this leave us?

Collectively, these studies suggest enough good quality sleep is important for a healthy brain, and in particular for clearing toxins associated with dementia from the brain.

But we still don’t know if treating a sleep disorder or improving sleep more broadly affects the brain’s ability to remove toxins, and whether this reduces the risk of dementia. It’s an area researchers, including us, are actively working on.

For instance, we’re investigating the concentration of Aβ and tau measured in blood across the 24-hour sleep-wake cycle in people with sleep apnoea, on and off treatment, to better understand how sleep apnoea affects brain cleaning.

Researchers are also looking into the potential for treating insomnia with a class of drugs known as orexin receptor antagonists to see if this affects the clearance of Aβ from the brain.

If you’re concerned

This is an emerging field and we don’t yet have all the answers about the link between disrupted sleep and dementia, or whether better sleep can boost the glymphatic system and so prevent cognitive decline.

So if you are concerned about your sleep or cognition, please see your doctor.The Conversation

Julia Chapman, Clinical Trials Lead and Postdoctoral Research Fellow, Woolcock Institute of Medical Research and Conjoint Lecturer, Macquarie UniversityCamilla Hoyos, Senior Lecturer in the Centre for Sleep and Chronobiology, Macquarie University, and Craig Phillips, Associate Professor, Macquarie Medical School, Macquarie University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Government settles Robodebt class action appeal for $475 million in compensation

Michelle GrattanUniversity of Canberra

The federal government has reached a $475 million compensation settlement in an appeal case from the Robodebt class action.

The settlement of the appeal, which is still to be approved by the federal court, would be the largest class action settlement in Australian history.

It is for compensation for the harm caused by the Robodebt scheme, which was found to have been illegal. The scheme and the ministers and public servants involved in it were strongly condemned by a royal commission set up by the Labor government. Robodebt ran between 2015 and 2019.

The scheme involved using automated processes for levying debts, many of which were non-existent or calculated wrongly. The scheme traumatised thousands of welfare recipients.

Attorney-General Michelle Rowland, said the settlement would be in addition to what was paid after the original Robodebt case action settlement in 2020. That comprised interest and repayments of wrongfully-raised debts. It amounted to a $1.2 billion payout.

The latest agreement also allows the court to determine separate amounts for the applicants’ “reasonable legal costs” and for the reasonable costs of administering the settlement scheme.

Rowland said, “Today’s settlement demonstrates the Albanese Labor government’s ongoing commitment to addressing the harms caused to hundreds of thousands of vulnerable Australians by the former Liberal government’s disastrous Robodebt Scheme”.

“The Royal Commission described Robodebt as a ‘crude and cruel mechanism, neither fair nor legal’. It found that ‘people were traumatised on the off chance they might owe money’ and that Robodebt was ‘a costly failure of public administration, in both human and economic terms’.

"Settling this claim is the just and fair thing to do,” Rowland said.

She said class action members did not have to take any action at this stage other than ensure their contact details were up to date with Services Australia.The Conversation

Michelle Grattan, Professorial Fellow, University of Canberra

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

It was lonely during WWII. Those at home and away coped through letters

State Library Victoria
Emma CarsonUniversity of Adelaide

Gee I am lonely sweetheart, it may sound silly having so many men and cobbers around me, but when I say lonely I don’t mean lack of company, I am lonely for you, only you can fill the gap in my heart dearest, as each moment passes I seem to miss you and love you more, I shall never get used to living without you […] in fact I am sure we were meant to be together all the time.

My great-grandfather Bill Wiseman wrote this to my great-grandmother Florence in a letter dated October 20 1944.

Aside from when Bill briefly returned on leave from his service for the 2/48 Battalion of the Australian Imperial Force (AIF), he had been separated from Florence since September 1941. Bill would not permanently return to Florence and their children until his discharge from the military on November 8 1945.

It was a long time to be away from his family, and Bill often reflected on the emotional toll their separation had on him.

Loneliness is a common emotion in letters written by Australian service personnel and their loved ones. Rather than a complete physical isolation from others, this situational loneliness was characterised by the absence of a certain person: one’s partner, parents or children.

As Bill acknowledged, while he was surrounded by “cobbers”, it was Florence who he was “lonely for”.

Two young men read letters.
Members of the Australian Imperial Force read letters while stationed in British Malaya in 1942. Australian War Memorial

Separations over oceans

Like other historical events that caused mass displacement and separation, the second world war fostered an almost universal sense of situational loneliness.

Emotional experiences and expressions were often dictated by real physical distance. Methods of travel and communication were significantly limited. It could take months for a letter to reach its destination.

Other circumstances influenced how separated families felt and articulated their loneliness in wartime. This could include factors such as how long they had been apart, whether personnel could return home on leave, the intensity of military campaigns which might restrict mail exchanges, and if personnel were injured or captured by enemy forces.

Two men read letters outside tents.
Members of the Royal Australian Air Force read letters in Tunisa in 1943. Australian War Memorial

While letters could never completely substitute for the absent person, Australian military personnel and their loved ones recognised the importance of exchanging correspondence to ease their loneliness.

AIF Sergeant Robert Graham implored his fiancée Jane Melrose to write more regularly, as it improved his morale:

I received your ever welcomed and much needed letter yesterday and it made me feel a lot better + miles happier too. Jane whatever you do pleased write as often as you can […] I feel so depressed when mail comes in and I don’t get any from you. It doesn’t matter who I get mail from I’m still not happy unless I recognise your handwriting on the envelope.

Barbara Welbourn, a soil scientist at the University of Adelaide, wrote to her fiancé, Sergeant David Sheppard, about the “renewal” his letters provided when she was lonely:

Your [76th letter] was waiting for me last night; such a blessed end to the day + so longed for […] I am so dependent, my sweet David on your love, its constant renewal, even more wonderful by letters that I will be adrift in sad seas without them.

Women’s Auxiliary Australian Air Force Aircraftwoman Doris Plummer wrote she was “dying” for news from her husband Private Walter Plummer, who served in the Volunteer Defence Corps.

She wanted to hear about his Christmas, because as it would make her feel closer their family:

Hope you tell me everyone you saw everything you said and did. How many fish you caught, how many times you swam and missing no details. They are the little unimportant things that make me feel I am not so far away.

A woman writes in a tent, three photos nearby.
Australian Army Medical Women’s Service member, Private Phyllis Alkemade, writing to her brothers. State Library Victoria

Patience and perseverance

While loneliness was (and still often is) perceived as a negative emotion, characterised by mental pain and absence, letter writers from the war often discussed how experiencing these uncomfortable feelings ultimately transformed their relationships for the better.

Albert Gerrard, a private in the Australian Army Medical Corps, assured Margaret James that he believed separation ultimately prepared them for marriage:

Three years have not been wasted, I think we’ve both learned a lot. I have anyway, patience, perseverance, and over + above all else, what a loyal little darling you are. It has also knocked a lot of conceit + selfishness out of me. Generally speaking, I’m better for it.

Under the light of a hurricane lamp.
Sergeant R. M. Marriott writes a letter home while stationed with the 7th Australian Division in Mount Garnet, Queensland, 1943. Australian War Memorial

Lance Corporal George Seagrove outlined how he believed the longing he felt for his wife Marjorie made him appreciate the joy she brought him.

In one such letter, George wrote:

This parting, more than anything else, has made me realise how big you have been in my life […] It’s like a soul split in two. When I see anything I always want to rush to my pen and tell you about it. If it is something funny I can hear you laughing because I know you laugh at the same things as I do […] Every day when the mail comes my heart beats a little bit quicker and your familiar handwriting brings a big smile to my face.

Letter writers on the home and battle fronts showed a great capacity to express vulnerability by describing their loneliness.

Through their heartache and anxiety about the uncertainty of their futures, separated spouses realised their love for one another was undeniable.The Conversation

Emma Carson, Historian of Emotions and Australian Society, University of Adelaide

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Walk & Talk: Narrabeen

The Belong Club invites anyone to come and participate in the Belong Club Walking Group!

Every Tuesday we walk along the pathway beside the Narrabeen Lagoon, from the Tramshed Arts and Community Centre to Jamieson Park and back. The route is about 1.8km each way, and is estimated to take 45 minutes.

The up and back walk allows for people of any walking speed to participate and enjoy the walk at their own comfortable pace. Walkers often split into smaller groups naturally along the route allowing everyone to go at their preferred pace. The aim here is for everyone to be included and to have an enjoyable walk.

Our meeting spot is to the right of the Tramshed Community Centre, between the basketball court and kids playground.

Project puts people with dementia at the heart of decisions

Report by Elva Darnell
A UNSW initiative aims to co-design with - rather than merely consult - people living with dementia to develop new models of rights-based care.

When Theresa Flavin began her advocacy in dementia and aged care, she was struck by how fragmented the support system was.

“In research, older people and those with dementia were kept at arm's length,” she recalls. “It felt like the system was built around us, not for us.”

Diagnosed with younger onset dementia, Ms Flavin is now a Lived Experience Dementia Consultant on a UNSW project aimed at reshaping decision-making in aged care.

Theresa Flavin (left) contributes to a research project directed by Dr Craig Sinclair (right). Photo: Elva Darnell, UNSW

Led by Dr Craig Sinclair from the UNSW School of Psychology, the project helps providers enact requirements under the new Aged Care Act and Strengthened Quality Standards, effective November 2025.

The changes include the introduction of a new statement of a person’s right to independence, choice, quality care, privacy, and staying socially connected.

The changes also introduced higher standards of care, and higher penalties if they’re not met, as well as whistleblower protections for people reporting concerns.

“Moving an aged care sector that provides care for 1.3 million people to a rights-based model is a big task,” says Dr Sinclair.

“We're shifting from a risk-averse, substitute decision-making model to supported decision-making, where people should be assisted and guided, not overridden.”

Central to the project is co-design, not just with researchers and providers, but with those who will use the services.

As a chief investigator, Ms Flavin ensures that people with dementia are actively engaged in shaping the training and tools being developed.

“True co-design means working with the end users,” she says. “Many projects miss this, consulting stakeholders who aren't the actual users.

“A lot of the time, the words of the person with dementia are treated as a superficial add on.

“I think it's deeply, deeply unfair to just mine us and discard us, our society is already doing that, and social science needs to lift their game.”

Ms Flavin will co-lead a working group of people with lived experience of dementia and aged care service users, who will draw on their experiences to refine training resources for aged care staff.

“This group is our laboratory,” says Dr Sinclair. “Theresa and the working group hold us accountable, ensuring our work is genuinely shaped by people with lived experiences.”

Ms Flavin's background in regulation and risk management helps address aged care's entrenched issues.

“In finance, risk is about managing uncertainty around assets. In aged care, the 'risk' often seems to be the person themselves,” she says. 

“Institutions manage people instead of risk. That's not care, it's control.”

“A man who enjoys a pipe after dinner may be banned from smoking in a care home due to occupational health policies, but, if he’s outside, away from others breathing in his smoke, he should have a right to make choices about his own life,” says Ms Flavin.

“What if he prefers showering at night instead of the morning? Often, that's not allowed either. Where’s the dignity in that?”

The project promotes supported decision-making. “It's about enabling people to live well with dementia, not just keeping them safe,” says Dr Sinclair.

This shift in Australia aligns with global movements, such as the UN's exploration of a Convention on the Rights of Older People.

“We're anticipating this change,” says Ms Flavin. “We're bringing the human rights of older people to the attention of providers and the people themselves. You can't claim a right you don't know you have.”

The project will focus on training aged care staff who care for those living with dementia or other acquired disabilities in aged care settings.

Teaching aged care workers is crucial, says Ms Flavin, as they will pass this knowledge on to older people and their families.

“Families will realise they can't just make decisions for their parents. That's a tremendous change.”

While the disability sector has long embraced co-design and lived experience, dementia care is lagging. “Visibility matters in real-world outcomes,” says Ms Flavin. “It's empowering, and practical, because people with dementia know what works.”

As the project rolls out, the team will trial its training resources with partner organisations.

“This is about the difference between suppression and support,” says Ms Flavin. “Support means seeing the person, not the diagnosis. Rights don't disappear with age or illness.”
Ultimately, Dr Sinclair says, the project's success will be measured by whether people with dementia feel heard, respected, and empowered to make their own decisions.

"Change is possible," says Dr Sinclair. "But only if we stop talking about people with dementia and start talking with them."

A step in right direction for older Australians waiting for care: National Seniors

September 3, 2025
National Seniors Australia (NSA) has welcomed the announcement that 20,000 new Home Care packages will be released ahead of the enaction of the new Aged Care Act on 1 November.

NSA Chief Executive Officer Mr Chris Grice said older Australians waiting for care, and their families, will welcome today’s news which sees the delivery of 40,000 packages up to the end of 2025 and another 43,000 within the first six months of 2026.

“NSA has been advocating for the immediate release of new packages to help begin the process of reducing the home care waiting list – we are glad to see compassion, care, and common-sense prevail,” Mr Grice said.

“The release of new packages is recognition that we can’t delay reducing the wait list. It’s a down payment on providing care and support more quickly to older people who need it.

“One of the key recommendations from the Royal Commission into Aged Care Quality and Safety, more than four years ago, was that government should clear the home care wait list so that older people wait only one month for services. The release of new packages inches us closer to that goal.

“There is a question about what level these packages will be. We hope these are not only Level 1 packages, but include packages for people with higher care needs, particularly those stranded in the hospital system.

“The government will still have its work cut out for it to address the tens of thousands of older people waiting for care and waiting to be assessed for care, but the release of 20,000 packages is certainly a start.

“We must remember that it’s not only older people impacted by delays. It’s also loved ones, who provide the support when home care services are not available.

“We hope and expect those most in need, including those stuck in hospital, will gain access to these new packages, allowing them to age at home, which is understandably their preference.

“NSA thanks all generous individuals who shared their experiences, whose stories helped to shed light on the difficulties faced by older people waiting for care, and the challenges of the many loved ones supporting them. You have made a difference.

Albanese government to bring forward home care packages in major backdown

Michelle GrattanUniversity of Canberra

The Albanese government has announced 20,000 home care packages will be brought forward to be delivered before the end of October – immediately after opposing doing so in the Senate.

The Coalition, Greens and crossbenchers passed an amendment to aged care legislation moved by ACT independent David Pocock.

The vote went through without a division, but the government recorded its opposition.

The new Minister for Aged Care and Seniors, Sam Rae, had been under pressure in the House of Representatives this week over the huge waiting lists for packages, a position made worse by the delay of the implementation of the new aged care system from July to November.

According to the latest figures, there are 121,000 people waiting to be assessed, and nearly 109,000 waiting for packages. The government admitted to the latter figure in the Senate on Wednesday.

Minister for Ageing Mark Butler announced soon after the Senate vote that there would be 20,000 home care packages brought forward for release between now and the end of October, after which the new aged care system starts.

Between November 1 and December 31, 20,000 packages would be put into the system, he said. In the first six months of next year, the remaining 43,000 packages would be rolled out.

Butler said this reflected “an agreed position” between the government and the Liberals, “the two parties of government”. He said there would be some additional cost in bringing the rollout forward.

He flagged this cleared the way for the government’s legislation to get through the Senate this week.

The opposition said Rae had repeatedly claimed the figure was “around 87,000 people waiting” at the end of March, rather than providing the updated figure.

Oppositon leader Sussan Ley and aged care spokeswoman Anne Ruston said in a statement, “Labor promised 83,000 new packages from 1 July 2025, but instead decided to withhold support – despite the sector and the Department being ready to deliver them. Because of Labor’s delays not a single new home care package has been released this financial year.

"As a result, the priority waitlist has blown out to more than 108,000, a 400% increase in just two years, whilst wait times have tripled.”

Pocock said: “The government should have never delayed these additional Home Care packages. My amendment to release additional packages got support in the Senate today despite the Aged Care Minister’s opposition.

"Now the Health Minister has stepped in and announced the government will release the 20,000 additional home care packages the crossbench has been calling for since June.

"This is a huge win for community advocacy and will make a huge difference to older Australians but there is still so much more to do.”

The opposition said Rae was excluded from the government-opposition negotiation over the changed arrangements.

Asked at question time why he had not given the updated 109,000 number to the House of Representatives, Rae pointed to a longstainding process of verification.The Conversation

Michelle Grattan, Professorial Fellow, University of Canberra

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Australian writers shocked and ‘disgusted’ by closure of 85-year-old literary journal Meanjin

Alexander HowardUniversity of Sydney

After 85 years of continuous publication, Meanjin, Australia’s second-oldest literary journal, is closing. Editor Esther Anatolitis and deputy editor Eli McLean have been made redundant and the final issue will appear in December. Melbourne University Publishing (MUP), which has housed the magazine since 2007, has cited “purely financial grounds” for the decision.

The closure has been roundly condemned by writers across Australia, including Jennifer Mills, Anna Krien, Claire G. Coleman and Sian Prior, along with former editors including Sophie Cunningham, Jonathan Green and Sally Heath.

“The loss of Meanjin is devastating news for Australian writers and readers,” Mills, a Miles Franklin shortlisted author, wrote on Bluesky. “Always meant so much to see my work there. Some of my best experiences of being edited.”

Award-winning writer Anna Krien told The Conversation:

As an outsider, clearly I don’t have a detailed script of what went on behind closed doors – but the public statement that this turn of events is a financial decision is laughable. I highly doubt Meanjin, in its entire 85 years, has ever made money.

Anna Krien. Jesse Marlow

Krien said Meanjin was “a literary journal for emerging and established writers to practise and experiment with form and craft, to say the unsayable and yes, the trite as well. Its very existence was an expression of valuing critical and creative endeavour in literary form.”

“Disgusted” Noongar writer Claire G. Coleman, writing on Bluesky, called Meanjin’s closure “cultural vandalism of the highest order”; she pointed out the journal is older than the Sydney Opera House.

Founded in Brisbane in December 1940 by Clem Christesen, Meanjin is not just a magazine, but an important cultural institution whose pages recorded and provoked national conversation and debate for the best part of a century.

In 1945, the journal moved to Melbourne at the invitation of the University of Melbourne, where it found stability and national reach. For decades, Meanjin has provided one of the most vital stages for fresh new forms of Australian writing and cultural commentary.

Its issues have featured work by major Australian writers, including Helen Garner, Alexis Wright, David Malouf, Judith Wright, Patrick White and A.A. Philips, whose 1950 essay on the topic of “cultural cringe” gave a generation of readers an enduring name for the unease of colonial self-doubt.

In a statement, MUP chair Warren Bebbington said the board “found it no longer viable to produce the magazine ongoing”. He said “the two part-time staff of Meanjin were not involved in the decision”.

Crikey quoted from an internal email sent to staff by MUP chief executive and publisher Foong Ling Kong, which said in part, “the decision was not made lightly”. “The financial pressures of publishing a literary magazine in today’s world, however, are inescapable and considerable, and the readership is shrinking.”

Louise Adler, chief executive of MUP when Meanjin was placed under its administration, told Crikey:

Given the coffers of the University of Melbourne, one would have thought the paltry amount Meanjin requires on a yearly basis was small coin for the intellectual contribution the magazine, at its best, can make to our literary culture.

Former Meanjin editor Sally Heath, now a nonfiction publisher at Allen & Unwin, told The Conversation the journal should be recognised “as a valuable part of the University of Melbourne’s cultural portfolio, alongside the Melbourne Theatre Company and the Ian Potter Museum”.

When creative writing and publishing courses are booming and Australian Studies under threat, the merit of such an independent magazine should be celebrated and seen as an important part of the reading and writing landscape.

Why was Meanjin so important?

Meanjin’s name derives from the Yuggera word for the land on which Brisbane now stands. From the outset, Meanjin was conceived as a forum for serious literary debate and as a conduit for cultural engagement. To read through Meanjin’s archive is to trace the evolution of modern and contemporary Australian intellectual life.

Jeanine Leane.

Across its lifespan, the journal was also, notably, a platform for First Nations authors. Wiradjuri writer and editor Jeanine Leane was appointed poetry editor in 2023 and the magazine has published the work of Oodgeroo Noonuccal, Tony Birch and Ellen van Neerven – who has an essay planned for the final edition.

Publishing researcher Alice Grundy, managing editor of Australia Institute Press, likens the reason given for the closure to “measuring the success of aged care on how much revenue it generates for the economy”. Literary journals, she told The Conversation, are “key cultural infrastructure”.

So many Australian books have grown from essays or stories in literary journals. Sian Prior is one of those authors: her 2014 debut book, Shy: A Memoir, began life as a personal essay in Meanjin. “I am deeply upset and disappointed that the publishing company of my alma mater, Melbourne University, has failed to recognise and secure the vital role of Meanjin in the fragile and eternally under-resourced Australian literary ecosystem,” she told The Conversation.

Sophie Cunningham, former Meanjin editor. Faber Academy

Editors who work on journals such as these can develop their careers and financially support their writing through those jobs.

“Our literary magazines are facing attacks on multiple fronts, a "deeply shocked” Stephanie Holt, Meanjin editor from 1998 to 2001, told The Conversation. “That they keep going at all is often down to goodwill and unpaid or underpaid labour on the part of so many.”

As we grapple with the impact of AI on our reading, writing and thinking, they offer the important prospect of a trusted forum for the thoughtful, singular and defiant voices we are in danger of losing.

Cunningham told Crikey Meanjin’s closure “reinforces my sense that universities are no longer spaces that support or nurture literature or the arts in this country”. In the last several years, she said, universities have “shown themselves unable to manage robust debates or the complexities of freedom of speech.”

‘Managed destruction’

Last year, Tom Doig, author of a book on the Hazelwood mine fire disaster, won the Hilary McPhee Award for his Meanjin essay revisiting the disaster a decade later. He, too, questioned the reason for Meanjin’s closure. “Almost no literary journals” make money, he pointed out – and nor are they expected to.

Emmett Stinson, senior lecturer in creative Writing at Edith Cowan University, told The Conversation the news is “highly distressing”.

If the most prestigious university in Australia will not fund our most prestigious literary journal, then it makes you question whether or not universities actually care about Australian culture.

The timing of Meanjin’s closure comes on the heels of Writing Australia’s July launch, with considerable fanfare and significant funding: more than A$26 million over three years, plus ongoing annual support and the appointment of Australia’s first National Poet Laureate.

The coexistence of these two developments – a state-sponsored national literary initiative on the one hand, the managed destruction of a historic literary periodical on the other – invites a difficult, if necessary question.

If Writing Australia is to truly support and promote the sector (to borrow its official phrasing), what does it say about our literary culture when one of the sector’s most venerable organs is simultaneously allowed to vanish?

One wonders how, in the years to come, the sudden winding down of the journal will be remembered – as a minor footnote, or a revealing commentary on what the very idea of “supporting literature” has come to mean?

Meanjin was, in part, about “articulating the Australian cultural moment” and ensuring Australia could speak to itself – critically, insistently, sometimes uncomfortably. Its closure raises the question of whether we – as a society – are still interested in hearing that voice.

At this moment in Australian life, is cutting-edge literature more welcome in practice than in principle?

Once the final issue of Meanjin has been published in December, a lively 85-year thread of our cultural conversation will fall silent. Whether that disquieting hush says more about our universities, our elected officials or ourselves is something all Australians will have to decide.The Conversation

Alexander Howard, Senior Lecturer, Discipline of English and Writing, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Google avoids being dismantled after US court battle – and it’s down to the rise of AI

Tada Images
Renaud FoucartLancaster University

A year ago, Google faced the prospect of being dismantled. Today, artificial intelligence (AI) and a new court judgment has helped it avoid this fate. Part of the reason is that AI poses a grave threat to Google’s advertising revenues.

“Google will not be required to divest Chrome; nor will the court include a contingent divestiture of the Android operating system in the final judgment,” according to the decision.

Google must share certain data with “qualified competitors” as deemed by the court. This will include parts of its search index, Google’s inventory of web content. Judge Mehta will allow Google to continue paying companies like Apple and Samsung to distribute of its search engine on devices and browsers. But he will bar Google from maintaining exclusive contracts.

The history of this decision goes back to a 2024 ruling by federal judge Amit Mehta. It found that Google maintained a monopoly in the search engine market, notably by paying billions to companies including Apple and Samsung to set Google as the default search engine on their devices.

Almost a year later, the same US judge issued his final ruling, and the tone could not be more different. Google will not be broken up. There will be no choice screen on new phones.

The nature of the search engine market, where more users generate more data, and more data improves search quality, made it impossible for competitors to challenge Google, the court found in 2024.

The 2024 ruling itself was controversial. While high quality data enables a dominant firm to extract more profit from consumers, it also allows it to provide a better service. Decades of research in economics has shown that determining which effect is more important is not straightforward.

At the time, the US Department of Justice deemed the issue so serious that it considered breaking up Google as the only viable solution. For instance, it suggested forcing the company to sell its web browser, Google Chrome.

The government also proposed forcing device manufacturers to offer users a choice of search engines during set up, and compelling Google to share most of its data on user behaviour and ad bidding, where advertisers compete in auctions to get their ads shown to users for a specific search query or audience. These so-called “remedies”, measures Google would be required to implement to end its monopoly, aimed to restore competition.

LLMs
AI has proven to be a game changer for search engines. Tada Images

Limited sharing

So, what has changed in a year to so radically change the perception of Google’s market dominance? The main answer is AI – and specifically, large language models (LLMs) like ChatGPT, Claude, and Google’s own Gemini. As users increasingly turn to LLMs for web searches, Google responded by placing AI-generated summaries at the top of its search results.

The way people navigate the internet is quickly evolving, with one trend reshaping the business models of online companies: the zero click search. According to a Bain & Company survey, consumers now default to accepting AI-generated answers without further interaction. The data is striking: 80% of users report being satisfied with AI responses for at least 40% of their searches, often stopping at the summary page.

Threat to ad revenue

This AI-driven shift in consumer behaviour threatens not only Google’s business model but also that of most internet based companies. Advertising accounts for roughly 80% of Google’s revenue, earned by charging companies for prominent placement in search results and by leveraging its vast amount of user data to sell ad space across the web. If users stop clicking links, this revenue stream evaporates.

More importantly for this ruling, the market Google once monopolised may no longer be the relevant one. Today, Google’s primary potential competitors in search are not Microsoft Bing, but AI models like ChatGPT, Claude, and Perplexity. In the global race for AI dominance, the outcome is far from certain.

From an antitrust standpoint, there is little justification for penalising Google now or forcing it to cede advantages to competitors. What would be the benefit for consumers of forcing Google to accept the £24.6 billion offer from Jeff Bezos’ Perplexity AI to buy the Chrome browser?

In essence, the judge acknowledges that Google monopolised the search engine market for a decade but concludes that the issue may resolve itself in the years ahead.

This situation echoes the first major monopolisation case: Internet Explorer. For years, European and US regulators battled Microsoft to dismantle the dominance of its web browser, which was bundled with the then-dominant Windows 95 operating system.

By the time all appeals were exhausted, however, the monopoly had vanished. Internet Explorer was partly a victim of the rise of smartphones, which did not rely on Windows. The new king in town was a newcomer: a certain Google Chrome.

How you view the economic and political power of tech giants will shape which lesson you draw from this story. An optimistic view I suggested (with the economist Jana Friedrichsen) is that winner-takes-all markets can intensify competition through innovation. In such markets, incremental investment is not enough; to challenge Google, a competitor must offer a vastly superior product to capture the entire market.

Precisely because they ruthlessly defend their monopoly positions, tech giants show competitors that the potential gains from radical innovations are massive. The pessimistic view, however, is that years of dominance have left these firms largely unaccountable, which could embolden them in future.The Conversation

Renaud Foucart, Senior Lecturer in Economics, Lancaster University Management School, Lancaster University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

u3a at Newport Community Centre: 

About Our Courses and Activities
Sydney u3a comprises seven regions covering the greater Sydney metropolitan area. The local one is U3A Northern Beaches Region.

Sydney u3a is managed and run entirely by volunteers who contribute time and energy to provide life-long learning and social activities for everyone.  Join in to enjoy the benefits of membership!  At the one affordable annual membership fee of $85.00 (less than $2 per week), you’ll get:
  • access to a wide range of courses and presentations
  • friendly and inviting social events in your region

Members can attend any course in any of the seven regions
  • Volunteers lead and administer the courses and talks
  • A wide range of topics is covered – from learning foreign languages to table tennis to history to book/movie clubs to philosophy to science related issues. There’s something for everyone!
  • Courses are held in a variety of local venues and via Zoom
  • Events, visits, tours and social activities are also offered
  • Full details of activities are listed each semester in the Course Book and on individual regional pages
From time to time there are changes to course details after publication of the Course Book. Please keep checking your region’s website or the website home page for updates.

u3a Northern Beaches Region
Our current newsletter includes up to date information on courses, events and any changes to the program.  Previous newsletters are available here if you missed any information or wish to refresh your memory.

Please note:  The newsletter is distributed to members by email at the end of each month. If you haven’t received the latest copy please check as it may have been captured in your Junk email folder. If this is the case, please adjust your settings so that you receive future newsletters as soon as possible. We also take this opportunity to issue a friendly reminder to contact us with your updated details if you change your home or email address. Thank you.

Legacy Week 2025 

On Monday September 1 2025 Premier Chris Minns and Minister for Veterans David Harris joined members of the veteran community and their families today to launch Legacy Week at a commemorative service at the Cenotaph in Martin Place, attended by members of the veteran community and their families.

Since the 1940s, the Legacy Week appeal has been a time for all Australians to show their support for the widows and children whose loved ones have served our country.

Across Australia, Legacy supports 34,000 partners and children of veterans who gave their lives or health serving our country – including 10,000 in NSW. The Legacy badge is a powerful symbol of this support for our veterans’ families, representing our nation’s greatest values of mateship, compassion and fairness.

In 1923, Legacy committed to helping veterans’ families carry on with their lives after the loss or injury of their loved one. Now, 102 years later, Legacy continues this promise, providing the same stability, guidance and assistance that a partner would normally provide to their family.

Legacy badges will be sold throughout the Sydney CBD and across NSW over the coming week. Funds raised from Legacy help support families in their darkest moment, giving them hope for a brighter future.

For more details please visit Legacy donations.

NSW Premier, the Hon. Chris Minns said:

“Legacy Week is a time for all of us to reflect on the enormous sacrifices made by veterans and their families. It’s a chance for our state to show that we value not only those who served, but also the families who carry their legacy forward.

“By wearing a Legacy badge, you’re sending a simple but powerful message: that we stand with veterans’ families and honour their loved ones’ service and sacrifice.

“Every badge bought, every donation made, helps ensure that veterans’ families are not forgotten and that they receive the care and support they deserve.”

NSW Minister for Veterans, the Hon. David Harris said:

“Legacy Week is an important opportunity to recognise the impact of military service on the families of our veterans.

“Purchasing a Legacy badge is a simple yet powerful way to show your support and help provide assistance to these families.”

Legatee Ian Thompson, immediate past President Sydney Legacy said:

”Whether in times of war or peace, there are families in our community who are struggling with the loss of their loved one’s life or health because of their military service.

“It’s important that these families know they are not alone. Legacy Week is a chance for us to show them that. Thank you for your support.”
Wreath to Honour the fallen, Legacy Week 2025 - the Hon. Chris Minns. Photo: NSW Government

$6 million boost for animal rehoming organisations

September 3, 2025
The state’s animal rehoming organisations will receive much needed support to continue their valuable work helping vulnerable cats and dogs, thanks to a $6 million funding injection from the Minns NSW Government.

The Companion Animal Welfare and Rehoming Grant program will provide grants of between $10,000 and $100,000 to eligible rehoming organisations and registered charities based in NSW.

Since 2020/21, on average these organisations have received more than 10,000 animals per year. The grant program will see $1.5 million a year available per year for 4 years to help organisations cover the costs associated with caring and rehoming companion animals across the state.

This support for animal rehoming organisations comes as the Minns Labor Government is undertaking the first review of the Companion Animals Act in over 20 years.

The review is examining all aspects of the care and management of pet dogs and cats, including ways to minimise the number of animals entering the rehoming system in the first place.

The government held 3 stakeholder workshops with close to 200 attendees and is examining over 3,600 public submissions that will inform the review.

Information on how to submit an application for the Companion Animal Welfare and Rehoming Grant program is on the Office of Local Government website: www.olg.nsw.gov.au/councils/responsible-pet-ownership/companion-animal-welfare-grants/ 

Applications for the first round for a share of $1.5 million in funding close at 5pm on Wednesday, 1 October 2025.

Minister for Local Government Ron Hoenig said:

“Rescuing, fostering and rehoming cats and dogs is only possible because of the volunteers who give up their time and often their own money to protect abandoned animals from a cruel fate.

“These organisations do incredible and often thankless work in our community, helping thousands of animals find loving homes each year.

“We recognise they are under increased pressure and need a helping hand.

“These grants will play an important role supporting community organisations dedicated to improving the standards of animal welfare through looking after our most vulnerable animals.

“I encourage all eligible organisations to take advantage of this program and apply for funding.

“The more organisations we can support, the better the outcomes will be for animals that want nothing more than a loving home.”

NSW Government's landmark ADHD GP reforms now in effect

September 2, 2025
Phase 1 of the Minns Government’s landmark ADHD (attention deficit hyperactivity disorder) reforms have come into effect this week allowing trained GPs to prescribe ongoing medicines for their patients previously diagnosed with ADHD.

The commencement of these reforms is the first step in providing more accessible ADHD care in NSW as part of the Minns Labor Government’s plan to increase access to healthcare regardless of where you live.

Around 1,330 general practitioners in NSW have already expressed an interest in participating in the staged reforms since the EOI process opened in July.

Of those, 62 have completed the required training and are now classed as continuation prescribers.

Currently, most people seeking ADHD care must navigate a costly and overloaded non-GP specialist system, experiencing long wait times and high fees which could delay treatment, particularly for children.

These delays can have a significant impact on children’s development, such as poorer academic progress, and later employment opportunities and mental health.

Details on the second stage, which will allow GPs to commence psychostimulant medicines, will be released later this year.

These changes will support paediatricians and psychiatrists to see new patients, as stable patients can access their GP for continuing management and medication. These reforms also recognise the holistic care that is best delivered in a general practice setting, providing support that looks at the whole patient, considering their physical, emotional, and social wellbeing needs. GPs will continue to refer and escalate the care of patients where there are concerns about their management.

Through NSW Health, the Government is covering the cost of training and access to resources for GPs so as many people as possible can benefit from these changes.

More information is available at Agency for Clinical Innovation | ADHD care in general practice.

NSW Premier, the Hon. Chris Minns, said:

“This is a really important milestone in our work to build a fairer system by reducing the cost of treatment and removing red tape for thousands of families.

“Now, rather than waiting months for an appointment to see a paediatrician or psychiatrist for repeat scripts, people can see a trained GP to get access to the ongoing medication they or their child needs to treat their ADHD.

“This reform is a common-sense change which we hope can help break the cycle of people having to wait years for what can be a life-altering diagnosis.”

Minister for Health, the Hon. Ryan Park stated:

“The response from the GP community has been really positive and ultimately what it means is people with ADHD are going to have better access to the care they need.

“For too long there has been underinvestment in healthcare access for regional and rural communities. The Minns Labor Government remains committed to building a better health system right across the state and the rollout of this important reform to ADHD care is part of that plan.

“As well as saving patients and their families time and money, we’re enabling GPs to do something they have always wanted to do and that is help their patients as much as they can in the primary health setting.”

Minister for Mental Health, the Hon. Rose Jackson said:

“We’ve seen incredible support for these reforms. From families, patients and from the more than 1,300 GPs who have already put their hand up to take part.

“This is the start of a new chapter in ADHD care in NSW. From today, patients can get more of their ongoing care from their GP, and early next year, trained GPs will also be able to diagnose ADHD and prescribe medicines. That means faster, fairer, and more affordable care for thousands of people across the state.

“We are building a system where ADHD care is based on need, not income. No more waiting lists just to refill your script. No more reaching for your credit card to access essential healthcare.”

Quotes attributable to RACGP NSW & ACT Chair Dr Rebekah Hoffman:

“It’s fantastic the first 62 GPs can now provide the continuing support families and patients with an ADHD diagnosis and prescriptions need. I’m proud to be one of them.

“Having a GP who you know and trust is the best way to be physically and mentally healthy. We train to provide the kind of whole-of-person, lifelong, accessible care people living with ADHD need.

“About one in 10 GPs in New South Wales have already expressed interest in training to provide this care across our metropolitan, regional and rural communities, so accessible and affordable ADHD care is around the corner for a growing number of patients. Our state is leading the way in making ADHD care accessible to everyone.”

NSW Emergency departments embrace on-demand psychiatric support

September 1, 2025
More than 40 Emergency Departments across the state are now using virtual support hubs to access psychiatric expertise on demand, transforming the delivery of mental health support in NSW.

Virtual Psychiatry Hubs are an initiative from the Minns Government to provide EDs with rapid access to support from senior psychiatrists, enhancing patient care and reducing the on-call demands for the state's psychiatric workforce.

Thanks to the on-demand model, patients can receive appropriate care sooner, improving outcomes and reducing a significant pressure point on the workforce.

Based in Newcastle and Orange, more than 20 psychiatrists work across the two hubs, managing more than 3,000 referrals from seven local health districts in the first six months.

Referrals have been steadily growing from just 35 in the first month to more than 850 in July, with the average time from referral to completion sitting at 32 minutes.

The model has proven so successful that the Western NSW hub has extended its hours, now operating 24 hours a day, seven days a week to provide additional coverage of specialist psychiatric assistance.

Feedback from clinicians who use the Hubs has been positive, with staff reporting improved access to specialist support and greater confidence in managing complex mental health presentations.

NSW Health is now exploring further expansion due to the success of the innovative model which is reducing workforce fatigue by easing after-hours pressure on local teams.

Minister for Mental Health, the Hon. Rose Jackson said:

“Some of the best ideas are borne out of necessity and I’m thrilled that the Virtual Psychiatry Hubs have proven to be so successful.

“The use of technology to provide virtual support is not new – we’ve seen it used in private practice and throughout the pandemic. We’ve taken this model and scaled it up, with hubs that can now provide psychiatric support to dozens of emergency departments across our state.

“This is an innovative solution to strengthen the NSW mental health system and emergency departments are embracing it – referrals are up more than 400% since March.

“The Minns Government is taking a modern, solutions-focused approach to improving mental health care and I look forward to seeing how we can further expand the virtual hub model to help more people.”

Chief Psychiatrist Dr Murray Wright PSM said:

“The Virtual Psychiatry Hubs have proved a valuable addition to the NSW mental health system as they have improved patients’ access to care, while also supporting our specialist teams across state.

“Initial feedback on the model has been very positive, from both patients and our colleagues who work in the emergency department.

“As well as helping ED clinicians get rapid access to a psychiatrist, the Hubs have also helped reduce clinician fatigue, ease after-hours pressure on local teams, and enhance continuity of care for patients across the state.”

Meet your new Building Commissioner and understand your obligations

In 2023, the NSW Government launched Building Commission NSW, the state’s first dedicated building and construction regulator covering: 
  • home building licence holders
  • tradespeople 
  • registered design and building practitioners 
  • professional engineers 
  • certifiers. 
Building Commission NSW is leading reform and rebuilding capability and trust in the construction sector. 
As your new NSW Building Commissioner, I’m responsible for ensuring safety, quality, and accountability across the residential construction industry. 

I lead a team of more than 400 experienced staff, brought together from NSW Fair Trading and the Office of the Building Commissioner, who are committed to raising standards and delivering quality, defect-free buildings.

We believe consumers deserve to rely on their statutory warranties, and take a firm stand against non-compliant or unlicenced work. 
Our regulatory responsibilities cover the following building classes: 
  • Class 1 (freestanding houses, duplexes and terraces).
  • Class 2 (multi-storey, multi-unit apartment buildings).
  • Class 3 (hostel, guest houses including dormitory style accommodation).
  • Class 9c (buildings for residential care, such as aged care).
Our key responsibilities, include: 
  • licensing 
  • complaints
  • compliance 
  • investigation and enforcement. 
As a licence holder it’s important to understand your obligations and stay up to date with industry requirements. 

To learn more about your responsibilities and updates, go to Building Commission NSW
For help, call Building Commission NSW on 13 27 00. 

Share any feedback you have by completing this survey: https://nswgov.qualtrics.com/jfe/form.

Thank you, 
James Sherrard, 
NSW Building Commissioner.

Regional NSW Ambulance staff recognised for outstanding service and bravery

September 2, 2025
​NSW Ambulance staff from across Northern NSW have been recognised for their unwavering service and dedication at an awards ceremony in Ballina.

Among those recognised were members of the aeromedical team who winched an elderly mother and son to safety after their house was pulled from its foundations and down a slope during severe flooding in northern NSW in March 2022. The delicate rescue operation at Main Arm, near Mullumbimby, took several hours and was successful thanks to the professionalism and teamwork shown by the pilots and crew.

Critical Care Paramedic William Brand received the National Medal and acknowledgement for his pivotal leadership role during Tropical Cyclone Alfred in March. He was also one of more than 25 paramedics and control centre staff also recognised for their service as part of the NSW Ambulance response to the Northern NSW floods in early 2022.

In addition, a number of community members were recognised for their bravery during emergencies, including seven-year-old Elijah Phillips who called Triple Zero (000) after his mother experienced a seizure in February. He used a picture he’d drawn of his house and kept in his ‘emergency box’ to confirm his house number and street name.

Staff and volunteers were also acknowledged with Long Service Good Conduct medals, Commissioner's Conspicuous Service Medals, Certificates of Appreciation and Commissioner’s Honour Awards. They included Northern Rivers paramedic Terence Savage, one of the service’s earliest critical care paramedics, who received a swag of medals in honour of his 44-year career.

Photo: NSW Ambulance

The Northern NSW Awards and Recognition Ceremony is the third of four events being held in 2025 to recognise NSW Ambulance staff and volunteers from across the state. Ceremonies have been held in Dubbo and Newcastle, and a ceremony will be held in Sydney in December.

NSW Minister for Regional Health, the Hon. Ryan Park said: 

“I want to acknowledge the incredible work of the team at NSW Ambulance - from paramedics, to call takers and control centre staff, through to volunteers. Every single contribution plays a vital role in ensuring our communities get help when they need it most.

“Those being honoured today have shown incredible bravery and dedication, and I want to thank them for their outstanding service to the community.

“Communities in Northern NSW have experienced extreme weather events in recent years and I admire their resilience, and I am thankful for those staff who have been there to assist and care for people during challenging times.”

Minister for the North Coast Janelle Saffin said:

“I have seen first hand how our first responders do the most extraordinary things to save lives when disasters strike. 

“It is great to see our first responders. brave community members and volunteers recognised for their service and commitment to keeping us safe.

“I know I express the wishes of the entire community when I say that we thank each and every one of them from the bottom of our hearts.”

Labor Spokesperson for Ballina Emily Suvaal said:

“I want to congratulate all NSW Ambulance award recipients recognised for demonstrating kindness, passion and bravery during service in often challenging and difficult circumstances.

“NSW Ambulance staff and volunteers play a vital role in our health system – I'd like to express my gratitude to all those staff that support the region and thank them for their ongoing contributions to the community.”

Quotes attributable to NSW Ambulance Chief Executive Dr Dominic Morgan: 

"It is an absolute privilege to stand here today and recognise the extraordinary contributions of our award recipients who provide critical care in life-threatening and often precarious conditions.

“That includes the dedicated aeromedical crew receiving the Commissioner’s Unit Citation for Service for the remarkable rescue of two people trapped in their home after a mudslide, as well as well-deserved recognition for staff who attended the Eugowra floods in November 2022.

“We also pay thanks to our long-serving paramedics for their diligent service with Long Service Good Conduct medals and the NSW Service Medallion. As well we recognise members of the public who have selflessly stepped in to assist others in their times of need.” ​

ACCC takes court action against fresh produce suppliers for alleged price fixing cartel

September 1, 2025
The ACCC has today commenced civil proceedings in the Federal Court against four suppliers and three senior executives for alleged price fixing while supplying fresh vegetables to ALDI, in breach of Australia’s cartel laws.

The alleged cartel conduct involved price fixing in the supply of fresh produce, including broccoli, cauliflower, iceberg lettuce, cucumber, Brussels sprouts and zucchini, to ALDI stores in New South Wales, Victoria and Queensland between 2018 and 2024.

The ACCC alleges cartel conduct by each of:
  • Perfection Fresh Australia
  • Hydro Produce (Aust)
  • Veli Velisha Fresh Produce and Velisha National Farms, its Director and Chief Executive Catherine Velisha, and its Senior Sales Manager Kaushik Vora
  • M. Fragapane & Sons, and its General Sales Manager Roberto Nave.
“Cartel conduct, whether by coordinating prices or agreeing on terms of bids with competitors, is anti-competitive, and is illegal,” ACCC Chair Gina Cass-Gottlieb said.

“Businesses acting together instead of competing can drive up prices and harm consumers, while disadvantaging other businesses that are seeking to compete fairly.”

“In this instance, we allege that price fixing conduct involving some essential household vegetables took place across three states," Ms Cass-Gottlieb said.

“Protecting competition in our fresh food supply chains is extremely important to drive price competition for the benefit of Australian consumers.”

The ACCC alleges that on 28 occasions, two or more of the suppliers made, or attempted to make, arrangements or understandings that had the purpose, effect or likely effect of fixing, controlling or maintaining the price of broccoli, cauliflower, iceberg lettuce, cucumber, Brussels sprouts or zucchini.

The ACCC also alleges that on 48 occasions, one or more of the suppliers then submitted prices to ALDI in accordance with these arrangements or understandings.

“The ACCC continues to prioritise investigating allegations of cartel behaviour and will bring enforcement action where appropriate,” Ms Cass-Gottlieb said.

The ACCC is seeking declarations, civil penalties, compliance orders and costs against the businesses, and declarations, civil penalties, disqualification orders, non-indemnification orders and costs against the individuals.

Background
Perfection Fresh Australia Pty Ltd is a fresh produce wholesaler based in New South Wales. Perfection Fresh is the second largest fresh vegetable supplier in Australia, supplying a broad range of produce, including cauliflower, broccoli, iceberg lettuce, Brussels sprouts, broccolini and celery, to all states.

Hydro Produce (Aust) Pty Ltd is a fresh produce wholesaler and grower based in New South Wales, with farms in every state. It supplies a broad range of produce, including cauliflower, broccoli, iceberg lettuce, kale, sweet potato and celery, to all states.

Veli Velisha Fresh Produce Pty Ltd was a grower and supplier of fresh produce based in Victoria. It ceased operations around June 2019 when its business was sold to Velisha National Farms. It supplies a broad range of produce including cauliflower, cucumber, broccoli, iceberg lettuce, zucchini, spring onion and Brussels sprouts.

Velisha National Farms Pty Ltd is a fresh produce wholesaler and grower of a limited range of produce based in Victoria. It supplies produce to at least Victoria, New South Wales, Queensland, South Australia and Tasmania. It supplies cauliflower, cucumber, broccoli, iceberg lettuce, zucchini and spring onion.

M. Fragapane & Sons Pty Ltd (trading as Fragapane Farms) is a fresh produce grower and supplier based in Victoria. It supplies cauliflower, broccoli, iceberg lettuce, and celery to at least Victoria, New South Wales, Queensland, South Australia and Western Australia.

The supply of fresh produce to ALDI is divided into three categories:
  1. Agile
  2. Standard
  3. Fixed cost
Agile pricing is the most flexible, with suppliers required to submit weekly quotes. ALDI uses agile pricing for vegetables including broccoli, cauliflower and iceberg lettuce.

The price fixing allegations in this case are predominantly in relation to agile supplying.

A cartel exists when businesses agree to act together instead of competing with each other.

More information about different types of cartel conduct can be found on the ACCC’s website at Cartels.

The ACCC works to detect alleged cartels including through education programs, proactive intelligence gathering and data assessment and working with overseas counterparts to identify alleged cartels that operate on a global level.

Anyone who thinks they may be involved in alleged cartel conduct is urged to call the ACCC Cartel Immunity Hotline on (02) 9230 3894. More information about the immunity process is available on the ACCC website at Cartels. They can also report alleged cartel conduct by using the anonymous cartel portal.

For conduct that occurred before 9 November 2022, the maximum civil penalty that may be ordered by the Court against businesses for each breach is the greater of:
  • $10 million;
  • if the court can determine the total value of the benefits that have been obtained by one or more persons and that are reasonably attributable to the act or omission - three times the total value of the benefits; or
  • if the Court cannot determine the total value of the benefits, 10 per cent of the annual turnover (as defined) of the body corporate during the 12 months ending at the end of the month in which the act or omission occurred.
  • The maximum penalty for individuals is $500,000 for each contravention.
For conduct that occurred after 9 November 2022, the maximum civil penalty that may be ordered by the Court against businesses for each breach is the greatest of:
  • $50 million;
  • Three times the value of the “reasonably attributable” benefit obtained from the conduct, if the court can determine this; or
  • If a court cannot determine the benefit, 30% of adjusted turnover during the breach turnover period.
The maximum penalty for individuals is $2.5 million for each contravention.

Four mobile crane companies in court over alleged cartel activity: ACCC

September 3, 2025
The ACCC has commenced civil cartel proceedings in the Federal Court against four mobile crane hire companies – Borger Crane Hire & Rigging Services Pty Ltd, MCR Melrose Pty Ltd, Two Way Cranes Pty Ltd and Ultra-Lift Cranes Pty Ltd – and four senior executives, for allegedly arranging not to supply services to certain customers or sites. Two of the companies also allegedly attempted to fix prices.

The ACCC alleges the four Sydney-based companies breached Australia’s cartel laws and likely impacted customers and sites, including major construction sites, on a number of occasions between 2020 and 2024.

“The allegations in this case involve the conduct of the largest mobile crane companies in Sydney that regularly supply mobile cranes for major infrastructure projects, small business and residential building work,” ACCC Chair Gina Cass-Gottlieb said.

“When companies collude to limit supply or fix prices, it reduces competition in the market and harms businesses and consumers.”

The ACCC alleges the four companies used WhatsApp to identify certain building sites or customers and make arrangements between themselves that some or all of these companies would not supply cranes to these sites or customers.

Borger Cranes’ General Manager Shawn Borger, Melrose Cranes’ former Managing Director Gregg Melrose and former General Manager Ryan Melrose, and the Managing Director of both Two Way Cranes and Ultra-Lift Cranes Frank Zammit are alleged to be involved in this conduct.

It is alleged that the senior executives coordinated their actions using WhatsApp chat groups named the “Crane Companies” and “Big 3”.

The ACCC alleges that Melrose Cranes and Gregg Melrose made three attempts in 2022 to fix mobile crane hire rates with competing crane companies.

It is also alleged that in 2022 Borger Cranes and Shawn Borger attempted to fix cross-hire rates, which are the rates that apply when a mobile crane company rents a crane from a competitor crane company.

“Mobile cranes are used across a range of critical sectors of the Australian economy, including construction, infrastructure, utilities, and mining, so ensuring businesses compete vigorously to supply services into these sectors is extremely important,” Ms Cass-Gottlieb said.

“We will continue to hold companies and individuals accountable for conduct that we consider harms competition and, ultimately, the broader community.”

The ACCC is seeking declarations, pecuniary penalties and costs against the businesses and the four senior executives, disqualification orders against three of the senior executives, and compliance orders against Borger Cranes, Two Way Cranes and Ultra-Lift Cranes.

Background
Mobile cranes are self-powered cranes that can move on their own. They include wheeled or truck-mounted cranes that can drive on roads. They come in various sizes and lifting capacities.

The alleged conduct would have impacted building and infrastructure projects across the Sydney area from 2020 to 2024. Mobile crane hire is important to the Australian economy, including in construction (from large scale government-funded construction projects to small scale residential projects), infrastructure, utilities, and mining.

Some of the alleged conduct arose in the context of ongoing negotiations between the mobile crane hire companies and the CFMEU regarding new Enterprise Bargaining Agreements. Certain alleged arrangements were entered into in circumstances where mobile crane companies had been, or were at risk of being, removed from sites due to the CFMEU. Other alleged arrangements were entered into in circumstances where the affected customers were identified as having unpaid debts for mobile crane hire services. 
A cartel exists when businesses agree to act together instead of competing with each other.

More information about different types of cartel conduct can be found on the ACCC’s website at Cartels.

The ACCC works to detect alleged cartels including through education programs, proactive intelligence gathering and data assessment and working with overseas counterparts to identify alleged cartels that operate on a global level.

Anyone who thinks they may be involved in alleged cartel conduct is urged to call the ACCC Cartel Immunity Hotline on (02) 9230 3894. More information about the immunity process is available on the ACCC website at Cartels. They can also report alleged cartel conduct by using the anonymous cartel portal.

Public procurement officials who want to know more about detecting cartels are encouraged to contact the ACCC Cartel Outreach team at carteloutreach@accc.gov.au

The ACCC investigates cartel conduct and can take civil cartel proceedings in the Federal Court or refer serious cartel conduct to the Commonwealth Director of Public Prosecutions.

For corporations, the maximum civil penalty which may be ordered by a Court for cartel conduct which occurred before 9 November 2022 is the greater of:
  • $10 million,
  • if the Court can determine the value of the benefits reasonably attributable to the act or omission – three times that value, or
  • if the Court cannot determine the value of the benefits reasonably attributable to the act or omission – 10 per cent of the corporation’s annual turnover in the 12 months preceding the act or omission.
An individual found to have been involved in civil cartel conduct before 9 November 2022 is subject to a maximum penalty of $500,000 for each act or omission. 

The maximum civil penalties for cartel conduct by corporations and individuals were substantially increased with effect from 9 November 2022. The maximum penalty for individuals after 9 November 2022 is $2.5 million for each act or omission. For corporations, the maximum penalty after 9 November 2022 is the greater of:
  • $50 million,
  • if the Court can determine the value of the benefits reasonably attributable to the act or omission – three times that value, or
  • if the court cannot determine the value of the benefits reasonably attributable to the act or omission – 30% of the company’s adjusted turnover during the breach turnover period.

NSW Victims Register reforms start today to provide more support for victim-survivors of serious crime

September 1, 2025
Under changes introduced by the Minns Labor Government that begin today, victim-survivors of serious offenders will receive mandatory notifications about NSW Victims’ Registers, including the information and services they can receive if they chose to register.

Victims of serious offenders will also be provided with assistance to register.

The reforms, which were passed by the NSW Parliament in May this year, will bolster support for victim-survivors of serious crimes through what is often the most difficult time of their lives.

The reforms apply to the three NSW Victims’ Registers: the Corrective Services NSW Victims’ Register, Youth Justice Victims’ Register, and the Specialist Victims’ Register for victims of forensic patients. 

The changes have been introduced following extensive consultation with victim-survivors, victim advocates, and victim support services, to ensure that they reflect the views of the people the Register serves. 

All eligible victims will now receive a notification about the Register and their eligibility to opt-in, or will have the option to be contacted at a later date, to discuss the benefits of registration and re-consider whether they would like to be registered.

Those who opt-in will receive timely, accurate, and trauma-informed updates regarding their perpetrator’s progress through the justice system. 

This includes details about the offender's location while in custody, sentence, location while in custody, parole eligibility, and any changes that may affect the victim's safety and well-being.  

The reforms will be complemented by a suite of public engagement measures to promote greater awareness for victims, including public education sessions and social media campaigns.  

Education on the Registers will also be provided to frontline professionals across the justice system, including NSW Police, the NSW Office of the Director of Public Prosecutions, and other relevant service providers.  

This will ensure that those staff who engage with victims at all stages of the justice system are aware of the Registers and their purpose, and can share this information to better support victims.

There is also work being done to make the Registers’ sign-up process simpler, with fewer technological or communication barriers for non-English speakers. 

The Minns Labor Government acknowledges the adverse impacts for people directly or indirectly exposed to crime, and we acknowledge that a person who has experienced personal violence can suffer long-lasting trauma and the feeling that their safety and security are constantly under threat.  

These changes are fundamental in supporting victims through this reality.   

Minister for Corrections Anoulack Chanthivong said:

“No-one chooses to become the victim of violent crime.  

“One of our top priorities as a government is to ensure we are doing all we can to support victim-survivors in the aftermath of a crime.

“These reforms will empower victim-survivors of the most heinous of crimes perpetrated in NSW, with the choice to access vital information that has a direct impact on their lives – such as opposing the perpetrator’s parole, and being informed if and when they are going to be released from prison.  

“Victim-survivors of serious crimes deserve to be given the knowledge and agency to engage with the justice system in a manner that reflects their needs, including making an informed choice about whether they would like to be supported by a Victims’ Register.” 

Minister for Youth Justice Jihad Dib said: 

“Mandatory notifications help victim-survivors stay up to date with information about a young person’s sentence, providing the justice, reassurance and protection needed to build a safer community. 

“These reforms are an important step in giving victim-survivors back the power they lose when they experience a violent crime, without compromising the safety and security of young offenders.” 

Minister for Mental Health Rose Jackson said: 

“We know that victim-survivors of serious crimes often experience severe mental injury, emotional suffering, grief, and trauma. 

“By allowing them to opt-in to trauma-informed updates about a perpetrator’s progress through the justice system, these reforms to the Victims’ Registers empower victim-survivors through their healing journeys.  

“Furthermore, the Specialist Victims’ Register also allows victim-survivors to receive important information about certain changes concerning a forensic patient and their reviews before the Mental Health Review Tribunal. 

“This is just one way we can provide victim-survivors with the mental health support they may need to feel safer in our communities.” 

Corrective Services NSW Commissioner Gary McCahon PSM: 

“Corrective Services NSW is committed to supporting victim-survivors through the CSNSW Victims’ Register.  

“Our committed, dedicated staff are trauma-informed, and understand the vital role that clear, compassionate communication plays in the healing process. 

“From the moment an offender enters custody, we provide registered victims with timely updates on key developments in the offender’s sentence that may affect the victims’ lives.

“We also help ensure that victims have the opportunity to be heard when critical decisions are being made about an offender’s release, which we hope will help restore a sense of control and empowerment to those affected by crime.

“Having access to key information, especially regarding an offender’s potential release, can offer victims the confidence that they deserve.” 

Victims Advocate Howard Brown OAM said: 

“Knowing that these significant reforms to the Victims’ Registers are now in place and actively working, provides victim-survivors of serious crimes the reassurance that they will be provided with the information they need to stay informed and updated on the details of their perpetrator’s progress through the justice system.  

“The Victims’ Registers provide the kind of timely, accurate, and trauma-sensitive information that victim-survivors may feel that they need to be able to take back control of their lives and well-being, sometimes many years after a serious crime has been committed against them.

“Maximising free and full access to such a vital resource like the Victims’ Registers is a major step toward healing for victim-survivors of violent crimes.”

CEO of the Homicide Victims’ Support Group & Acting CEO of The Road Trauma Support Group NSW Martha Jabour OAM said: 

“Family members of homicide can never reclaim what has been stolen from them through the devastating impact of homicide, just as families grieving the sudden and violent death of a loved one due to serious fatal road crime endure profound and lasting pain.  

“However, having the choice to access meaningful information through the Victims’ Registers about their offender – should they wish to – represents a vital step in their journey towards healing.

“These reforms to the Victims’ Registers mark an important step toward acknowledging the enduring impact of serious crimes, whether through homicide or fatal road crashes, ensuring that victims and survivors are not left to navigate their grief alone.” 

Healthy ageing at the heart of Multicultural Health Week 2025

September 1, 2025
This Multicultural Health Week, the NSW Government is raising awareness of the importance of older people from culturally and linguistically diverse (CALD) backgrounds staying healthy, active and socially connected in their communities.

NSW Health Minister Ryan Park today officially launched Multicultural Health Week (1 – 7 September) and announced the theme for this year, ‘Healthy ageing: Older people are the heart of the family and community’.

The messages at the heart of Multicultural Health Week 2025 are:
  • being physically active every day is important for older people to stay well and independent
  • eating healthily can help older people feel and function better
  • getting older is the biggest cancer risk factor, but finding cancer early can save lives; and
  • being socially connected to family, friends, and the community is good for older people’s health and wellbeing and creates a sense of belonging.
The population of NSW continues to age, with 18.2 per cent of residents aged 65 years and over in 2023, up from 17.6 per cent in 2021.

A significant portion of this older demographic is from CALD backgrounds, with 36 per cent of people aged 65 and over in NSW born overseas (ABS Census 2021). This group faces a higher risk of chronic health conditions which can affect quality of life, highlighting the importance of tailored health information and services.

The Healthy Eating Active Living website is where you can find resources on healthy ageing to help older people make small changes to improve their health and wellbeing, including practical tips, tools, and free NSW Government programs.

People of all ages are also encouraged to call the Get Healthy Service on 1300 806 258 if they need free, online tailored health coaching. Available from Monday to Friday, 8 am to 8 pm. Language support can be accessed by calling TIS National on 131 450 and asking to be connected to Get Healthy.

The Multicultural Health Week 2025 resources include:
NSW Minister for Health, the Hon. Ryan Park said:

“Talking about staying healthy is important. Multicultural Health Week is an opportunity to put the health and wellbeing of culturally and linguistically diverse communities front and centre.

“This year, the health of older people from multicultural backgrounds is at the heart of Multicultural Health Week, with new multilingual resources made available for them, their families and communities.

“The NSW Government is actively working to support healthy ageing by empowering older adults to live healthy, active, and fulfilling lives with dignity and independence, including through the Ageing Well in NSW: Seniors Strategy 2021-2031.”

NSW Minister for Multiculturalism, the Hon Steve Kamper said:

"Initiatives like these go far in ensuring NSW's diverse communities are healthy, active and socially connected.

"NSW is blessed to have so many amazing communities, and a vibrant multiculturalism, and we want to ensure that everyone is fit and healthy, especially our valuable elderly people from diverse backgrounds."

NSW Health Secretary Susan Pearce AM said:

“I am delighted to join this year’s launch of Multicultural Health Week, which focuses on healthy ageing in our culturally and linguistically diverse communities.

“NSW Health provides a range of healthy ageing programs and resources to support older people and promote the importance of wellbeing, independence and social inclusion.

“The stories from this year’s Multicultural Health Ambassadors Amir Salem OAM, Dimitra Micos OAM, Janey Tham and Maria Pirello are great examples of healthy ageing, showcasing that older people are the heart of family and community.”

NSW Chief Cancer Officer and CEO, Cancer Institute NSW Professor Tracey O'Brien AM said:

“Age is the biggest cancer risk factor which is why it’s critically important that as a community, we do everything possible to reduce our cancer risk by living a healthy life, taking part in cancer screening and seeing a GP regularly, especially if we notice changes to our health.

“Supporting multicultural communities to reduce their cancer risk and access cancer care and support when they need it is crucial. That’s why this Multicultural Health Week, we’re proud to be helping elevate the voices and health needs of our richly diverse NSW community.”

NSW Multicultural Health Communication Service Director Lisa Woodland said:

“We have partnered again this year with NSW Health and Cancer Institute NSW to deliver important health messages to keep older people from culturally and linguistically diverse backgrounds at the heart of their families and communities.

“I am thrilled with our ongoing collaboration with the Prevention Education and Research Unit (PERU) in engaging young people to play a key role in delivering health messages. This year, we partnered with six talented Multicultural Youth Ambassadors to deliver stories on how they play an active role in helping older people in their families and communities live healthy and socially connected lives.”

Multicultural Health Ambassadors: 

“Being socially connected gives me great courage and makes me feel strong.” – Dimitra Micos OAM, 76 years old

“I have to age healthily because I love being around my grandchildren. Healthy eating gives me good health so I can see my grandchildren grow.” – Maria Pirrello, 77 years old

“My three top tips for healthy aging are eating healthy food, being physically active and having a harmonious family life.” – Amir Salem OAM, 82 years old

“Health is a treasure. Even if you have a lot of money, but you don’t have good health, you are in big trouble. I go to see my GP regularly to keep up with medical check-ups because prevention is better than cure.” – Janey Tham, over 60 years old

New volunteer program to strengthen community-led disaster recovery rolls out

September 2, 2025
More than 1000 volunteers will be recruited across NSW, to support their communities when it matters most thanks to a new grants program unveiled by the Minns NSW Government. 

Four experienced state-wide not-for-profit organisations - Anglicare, Australian Red Cross, Disaster Recovery Chaplaincy Network and St Vincent de Paul Society – will share in $1.9 million in funding through the Recovery Services Capacity Grants Program.

In partnership with the NSW Reconstruction Authority, these organisations will develop flexible volunteering pathways that can be scaled up quickly, ensuring recovery operations are better resourced and more responsive to local needs.

These trained volunteers will be activated during the recovery phase and deployed across recovery centres, recovery assistance points and community outreach initiatives – providing practical support, information and comfort to people who have been impacted.

With the roll out of the program, the Minns Labor Government is directly addressing a key recommendation of the 2022 Flood Inquiry for better integration of spontaneous community responders, and better mobilisation of volunteers during the recovery stage of disasters and emergencies.

Projects will focus on recruiting and training formal and informal volunteers, who are often the first to step forward and support their community following a disaster.

Volunteers play a vital role not only during emergencies but throughout the recovery process. However, the pool of available volunteers is shrinking at the same time as the frequency of disasters increases, making programs like this essential to maintaining local recovery capacity.

By investing in recovery services and partnering with experienced not-for-profit organisations, the NSW Government and the NSW Reconstruction Authority are ensuring that communities across the state have the right support networks in place to recover stronger and faster from future disasters.

More information on the Program can be found at www.nsw.gov.au/recovery-services-capacity-grants

NSW Minister for Recovery, the Hon. Janelle Saffin said:

“We all recognise and appreciate the incredible community spirit that is evident in times of crisis.

“This program harnesses that energy, builds local capacity and ensures volunteers are supported and ready to respond when their communities need them to.

“Together we are helping to create more resilient communities that are better prepared for and can recover faster after a disaster.”

NSW Minister for Women, Minister for Seniors, Minister for Prevention of Domestic Violence and Sexual Assault, the Hon. Jodie Harrison said:

“Volunteers are the lifeblood of our communities contributing over 800 million hours a year.

“Many people step up during an emergency to help their local communities rebuild. For that, we are incredibly thankful.

“This new funding is a crucial injection into the sector to ensure our volunteers receive the training and support they need, as well as making sure we can recruit more volunteers when our communities need them.”

NSW Reconstruction Authority CEO Mal Lanyon said:

“Volunteers are a huge part of disaster recovery, and we rely on them to support communities during the long journey of building back.

“This initiative is based on lessons learnt from the 2022 Flood Inquiry, which highlighted the need to better coordinate and support those who step up to help their communities during natural disasters.

“We look forward to working with our not-for-profit recovery partners to bolster volunteer capacity around the state.”

Neo-Nazis and racist rallies: why it’s important the Australian media call them for what they are

Denis MullerThe University of Melbourne

If there was any doubt about neo-Nazi leader Thomas Sewell’s racist and anti-democratic attitudes, they were dispelled on the morning of September 2 when he gatecrashed a press conference by Victorian Premier Jacinta Allan and Treasurer Jaclyn Symes. In disrupting the conference, Sewell yelled that Australians did not have the right to protest and made the false claim that 50,000 protesters attended the “March for Australia” rally in Melbourne over the weekend.

The press conference was abandoned and Allan subsequently put out a statement saying she was unharmed and undeterred. She added:

But this isn’t about me. It’s about all the other people in the community who Nazis target – like multicultural people, LGBTIQA+ people, First Peoples, and Jews.

The symbolism of Sewell’s actions went well beyond the disruption of a press conference. It was an attempt to insert a neo-Nazi presence into the democratic process, and served to underline what was really behind the weekend’s events.

Media misjudgments

There were omissions and misjudgments in the media’s coverage of last weekend’s so-called anti-immigration rallies in eight Australian capital cities, leaving an unintentionally sanitised account of what occurred.

The main misjudgment was to persist in using the organisers’ description of the rallies as “March for Australia” and “anti-immigration” after it had become obvious the emotional dynamo behind them was racism.

It is true that they were in part anti-immigration, and it was clear from the coverage that some, perhaps most, people joined in because they were genuinely opposed to immigration for reasons not connected with race, but to do with issues such as housing.

But the fact is that the leadership of the Melbourne rally was provided by the National Socialist Network, a neo-Nazi organisation, and it became clear as events unfolded, especially in Melbourne and Sydney, that the terms “anti-immigration” and “March for Australia” were merely a smokescreen.

It became even clearer when a phalanx of neo-Nazis attacked an Indigenous protest site called Camp Sovereignty in Kings Domain, Melbourne. That had nothing to do with immigration: it was all about racism.

It also became clear when the main speaker at the Melbourne rally was Sewell. As The Age and Sydney Morning Herald’s Michael Bachelard reported:

[…] to the extent there was any sign of organisation among the grab-bag of grievances ranging over the streets of Melbourne’s CBD, it was the National Socialist Network that provided it.

It was a similar story in Sydney, where Joel Davis, a leader in the National Socialist Network who has openly praised Adolf Hitler, addressed the rally there.

However, by adopting the ambiguous title “March for Australia” and claiming a focus on immigration, the organisers masked the racist impulse driving them. Racism is a defining characteristic of Nazism. The neo-Nazis took a leading role. It follows that these were primarily racist rallies.

There were sound reasons for the media to suspect their true nature, reasons grounded in good reporting prior to the event.

On August 29, the Sydney Morning Herald published a story seeking to establish who was behind them. A Facebook group had popped up on August 9, but when the Herald asked who was behind it, a spokesperson who would not be identified said there was no “overall organiser” but “a number of people” providing logistical and social media support.

Evasive, yes, but the racist nature of the enterprise was clear.

The Herald also reported that “Bec Freedom”, the online pseudonym for a woman who claimed to have lodged the protest application form with NSW Police, was heard on a livestream on August 11 instructing march promoters to use messaging about protecting Australian heritage, which she said meant “white heritage”.

That is racist by definition. The organisers, whose unwillingness to be identified should have added to the suspicion, disclaimed connections with the National Socialist Network. So they now have to explain how it was that the neo-Nazis took over the Melbourne rally and provided principal speakers both there and in Sydney.

Moreover, the organisers drew on the rhetoric of the “great replacement theory” in a flyer that singled out Indian immigrants, claiming that the reason for increased Indian migration to Australia is “replacement, plain and simple”.

This theory asserts that some Western elites are conspiring to replace white Americans and Europeans with people of non-European descent, particularly Asians and Africans.

It was invoked by the Australian white-supremacist terrorist Brenton Harrison Tarrant, who massacred 51 Muslims at prayer in Christchurch in 2019, and by Anders Breivik, who massacred 69 young people in Norway in 2011.

The failure to draw attention to this connection was another omission in the coverage of the weekend’s violence.

And a third was the failure to point out the contrast between the scale and orderliness of the huge pro-Palestine marches of August 3 2025, which attracted largely peaceful crowds estimated at 100,000 in Sydney and 25,000 in Melbourne, compared with the disorder generated by crowds estimated 15,000 in Sydney and 9,000, including 3,000 counter-protesters, in Melbourne last weekend.

Calling the rallies for what they are

Having said that, the focus of last weekend’s news coverage was rightly on what happened on the streets, and in that respect the coverage was comprehensive and, so far as it was possible to tell, accurate and impartial. The language used was proportional to the events and properly focused on the violence, which was a clear and present danger to public safety.

However, the way the media name things matters, and in this respect there was enough evidence to call the rallies for what they were, rather than what the evasive and shadowy organisers said they were.The Conversation

Denis Muller, Senior Research Fellow, Centre for Advancing Journalism, The University of Melbourne

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

What are ShinyHunters, the hackers that attacked Google? Should we all be worried?

Jennifer MedburyEdith Cowan University

Cyber crime group ShinyHunters has received global attention after Google urged 2.5 billion users to tighten their security following a data breach via Salesforce, a customer management platform.

Unlike data breaches where hackers directly break into databases holding valuable information, ShinyHunters – and several other groups – have recently targeted major companies through voice-based social engineering (also known as “vishing”, short for voice phishing).

Social engineering is when a person is tricked or manipulated into providing information or performing actions that they wouldn’t normally do.

In this case, to get access to protected systems, a criminal would pose as a member of the target company’s IT helpdesk and convince an employee to share passwords and/or multi-factor authentication codes. Although vishing is not a new tactic, the use of deepfakes and generative artificial intelligence to clone voices is making this type of social engineering harder to detect.

Just this year, companies such as Qantas, Pandora, Adidas, Chanel, Tiffany & Co. and Cisco have all been targeted using similar tactics, with millions of users affected.

Who, or what, are ShinyHunters?

ShinyHunters first emerged in 2020 and claims to have successfully attacked 91 victims so far. The group is primarily after money, but has also been willing to cause reputational damage to their victims. In 2021, ShinyHunters announced they were selling data stolen from 73 million AT&T customers.

ShinyHunters has previously targeted companies through vulnerabilities within cloud applications and website databases. By targeting customer management providers such as Salesforce, cyber criminals can gain access to rich data sets from multiple clients in one attack.

The use of social engineering techniques is considered a relatively new tactic for ShinyHunters. This change in approach has been attributed to their links with other similar groups.

In mid-August, ShinyHunters posted on Telegram they have been working with known threat actors Scattered Spider and Lapsus$ to target companies such as Salesforce and Allianz Life. The channel was taken down by Telegram within days of being launched. The group publicly released Allianz Life’s Salesforce data, which included 2.8 million data records relating to individual customers and corporate partners.

Scattered Lapsus$ Hunters, the newly rebranded group, recently advertised they had started providing ransomware as a service. This means they will launch ransomware attacks on behalf of other groups willing to pay them.

They claim their service is better than what’s being offered by other cyber crime groups such as LockBit and Dragonforce. Rather than negotiating directly with victims, the group often publishes public extortion messages.

Who are all these cyber criminals? There’s likely a significant overlap of membership between ShinyHunters, Scattered Spider and Lapsus$. All these groups are international, with members operating on the dark web from various parts of the world.

Adding to the confusion, each group is known by multiple names. For example, Scattered Spider has been known as UNC3944, Scatter Swine, Oktapus, Octo Tempest, Storm-0875 and Muddled Libra.

How can we protect ourselves from vishing?

As everyday users and customers of large tech companies, there’s little we can do in the face of organised cyber crime groups. Keeping yourself personally safe from scams means staying constantly vigilant.

Social engineering tactics can be highly effective because they prey on human emotions and the desire to trust and to be helpful.

But companies can also be proactive about reducing the risk of being targeted by vishing tactics.

Organisations can build awareness of these tactics and build scenario-based training into employee education programs. They can also use additional verification methods, such as on-camera checks where an employee shows a corporate badge or government-issued ID, or by asking questions that cannot easily be answered with information found online.

Finally, organisations can strengthen security by using authenticator apps that require phishing-resistant multi-factor authentication such as number matching or geo-verification. Number matching requires a person to enter numbers from the identity platform into the authenticator app to approve the authentication request. Geo-verification uses a person’s physical location as an additional authentication factor.The Conversation

Jennifer Medbury, Lecturer in Intelligence and Security, Edith Cowan University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Digital platforms are now the ultimate political power brokers, with consequences for democracy

mos design/Unsplash
Francesco BailoUniversity of Sydney

Digital platforms have become the essential infrastructure of modern life. They power everything from our group chats to businesses, shopping, election campaigns and emergency coordination. They instantly connect us and continuously feed us information.

Yet although they broker information everywhere, the power of digital platforms remains largely invisible.

They control content and harvest information from behind a curtain, and avoid accountability by claiming they’re neutral. Section 230, the United States law that states online platforms can’t be treated as publishers, helps them avoid legal responsibility for the content they host.

In a new study published in Political Communication with Francesco Marolla, Marilù Miotto and Giovanni Cassani, we look behind the curtain into how this power works and what it means for democratic politics.

What is a digital platform, exactly?

When we think about digital platforms, we usually think about the apps and services we use every day, such as Google, Instagram or TikTok.

Yet digital platforms should be thought of as an ecosystem dominated by a small number of big tech companies. Governments have their own platforms in this ecosystem, such as GOV.UK or Australia’s myGov. But they still depend on private platforms – app stores, social media apps, payment systems and cloud services – to reach their citizens. The same is true for political parties and civic groups.

In our paper, we developed and tested a theory for understanding the political power of platforms.

Three forms of power

We studied Italy’s anti-establishment party, the Five Star Movement, using a large dataset of user interactions spanning five digital platforms.

The movement emerged in 2005 from its founder’s blog and, in its early years, used multiple platforms to enable direct participation. This makes it an ideal case study for understanding how platforms shape power within political organisations.

Building on previous theories, we have revealed how three critical forms of power emerge in the platform ecosystem.

Political actors either surrender or compete unequally for these powers with the owners and administrators of platforms.

Network-making power represents the ability to determine network shape and boundaries. It controls how users connect and which groups they can form, shaping their behaviour.

Networked power represents direct communication influence within networks, controlling which way the information flows and what people see.

System administration power controls access and the rules users must follow within the platform – from using pseudonyms instead of real names to the length of posts they can publish. It determines who can participate in digital political spaces and how.

Here’s how these powers play out

Platforms maintain complete control over system administration power, similar to how countries have sovereignty within their territories. Users give up control of this power when they participate in the platform ecosystem.

Platforms don’t like to exercise this power, but sometimes they do. We saw this with the systematic deplatformisation of far-right social media app Gab in 2018 or when US President Donald Trump’s social media accounts were locked in 2021 after January 6 violence on Capitol Hill.

By contrast, platform users can exercise some network-making and networked powers. For example, party leaders can mobilise supporters through viral posts and livestreams, while regular members organise local meetups and coordinate protests through online groups and events.

Platforms exercise network-making power through surveillance, control and modification of behaviours. They use algorithms and data analysis to shape user behaviours at scale, which determines how networks form and evolve. Facebook has used this power to manipulate users’ emotions and influence voting behaviour.

At the networked power level, platforms wield curation powers: they filter, amplify, or suppress content according to their goals. They decide which content ranks at the top of your news feed, and what gets ranked down or even shadowbanned.

Constrained, yet powerful

If platform owners have so much power over users, why do 96% of political parties across 48 countries still use them?

Because even under these constraints, political leaders, parties and grassroots organisations can use platforms for essential communication – and achieve their goals.

Political leaders can directly use platforms to promote collective action among their followers. This is the power Trump exercised when he tweeted “Be there, will be wild!” in December 2020 in reference to what became the Capitol Hill riots.

Meanwhile, grassroots activism can grow on platforms through “connective action”. This means people loosely coordinate online to form self-organised protest networks – examples of this are the Arab spring, the indignados in Spain and the #MeToo movement.

Political turbulence

Our findings reveal a critical issue in contemporary politics. Platforms concentrate unprecedented communication power, yet political actors remain dependent on these very systems for democratic participation.

This asymmetrical power structure has serious implications. Even when political organisations successfully use digital platforms – such as for reaching their constituents – they do so under the rules platforms have imposed.

Democratic discussion increasingly happens online, but platforms maintain full control over these digital spaces. A change in ownership or policies can abruptly disband established political networks. It can also reconfigure conversations completely.

The fragmentation of audiences across platforms creates additional problems. Our work and others shows users tend to cluster within single platforms rather than engaging across multiple spaces. This leads to distinct communities with their own communication norms and discussion topics.

This fragmentation can both strengthen and weaken political organisations. While it allows for diverse participation, it also makes it difficult to maintain consistent messaging.

All this leads to ongoing “political turbulence” where people’s attention and leadership credibility rises and falls dramatically.

Behind the scenes, digital platforms fragment public discourse while amplifying cynicism, distrust and rage-driven engagement. Their power can be repurposed to align with different goals: for financial gains, for political dominance, or for both.The Conversation

Francesco Bailo, Lecturer in Data Analytics in the Social Sciences, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Disclaimer: These articles are not intended to provide medical advice, diagnosis or treatment.  Views expressed here do not necessarily reflect those of Pittwater Online News or its staff.